Codigos de Partes Panduit
Codigos de Partes Panduit
Codigos de Partes Panduit
(PIM
(PViQ
Software provides an end-to-end physical to logical view of the data center and enterprise. This
helps reduce the time from receipt of asset to deployment, and allows assets to be effectively
reclaimed, re-purposed, and re-deployed. Unlike manual record keeping, PIM
Software
centralizes the collection and representation of a rich set of asset attributes, such as connectivity,
space/port availability, and power/environmentals to ensure that the physical infrastructure
supports mission-critical applications, enabling effective optimization of the data centers space,
power, and cooling resources.
PViQ
System Hardware provides real-time monitoring of patch field connectivity for enhanced
system security and reliability. Using hardware components placed in the network, combined
with management software, patch field connections are continuously monitored, accurately
documented, and automatically updated. Any change (whether planned or inadvertent) is
immediately detected and alerted through the management platform. The system can even
guide technicians through moves, adds, and changes, providing greater reliability, security,
efficiency, and savings.
PViQ
System Hardware offers a unique hardware design that allows active management
equipment to be installed at the back of PanView iQ
System Hardware.
A.6
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
POWER OVER ETHERNET (POE)
Since the introduction of the 2003 IEEE 802.3af Power over Ethernet (PoE) standard, customers
have realized the benefits of delivering DC power over standard Category 5e, 6, and 6A copper
cabling. Devices such as Voice over IP (VoIP) telephones, wireless access points, IP security
cameras and building automation systems increasingly align and converge network traffic over
a shared IP-based infrastructure. Because these technologies are often deployed in locations
where an available power source is not readily accessible or may be cost prohibitive, supplying
managed power through the data cabling is an attractive and cost saving alternative.
DPoE
Power Patch Panels save valuable rack space in telecommunications rooms, zone
enclosures, and data centers with a 1 RU design that allows PoE deployment in
space-constrained locations. The DPoE
1 Gig
Compact 8 Midspan.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.7 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
10 GIGABIT ETHERNET OVER COPPER
The rapid growth of network traffic and the drive to build and better utilize data centers
has many organizations looking toward the benefits of 10 Gig Ethernet (10 GbE) to process,
manage, and store increasingly large amounts of data across the network. Panduit 10 Gigabit
Solutions incorporate innovative product systems, tools, appliances, software, and services
to deliver a comprehensive strategy for unifying the installation and management of your
physical infrastructure.
The Panduit
TX6A
10Gig
10Gig
UTP
Copper Cabling System with MaTriX Technology, offer innovative design technologies that work
together to suppress alien crosstalk while delivering Category 6A electrical performance. These
systems provide end-users with a reliable, cost-effective, and flexible cabling infrastructure that
addresses the most demanding applications, including the following:
Enterprise LAN
TX6A
10Gig
UTP Copper Cabling System with MaTriX Technology supports to the desktop
to run increasingly sophisticated workgroup applications. Also, with enterprises increasingly
relying on VoIP, webcasting, video conferencing, and telepresence to communicate in real time
across long distances, TX6A
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
Solutions incorporate innovative product systems, tools, appliances, software, and services to
deliver a comprehensive strategy for unifying the installation and management of your
physical infrastructure.
Panduit has developed a comprehensive suite of 10Gig
Fiber Optic Cabling System exceeds the requirements of IEEE 802.3ae 10 GbE
and all high-speed ANSI Fibre Channel standards. QuickNet
StructuredGround
Grounding System
provides a high quality, visually verifiable, and dedicated grounding path to maintain system
performance, improve network reliability, and protect network equipment and personnel.
Highest reliability is ensured; this grounding system meets all applicable grounding and
bonding industry standards. Panduit
StructuredGround
10Gig
Software is a
next-generation physical infrastructure management system that provides real-time
monitoring of patch field connectivity to enable quick detection of unintended or
improper patch field changes
RJ45 jack blockout devices, RJ45 plug lock-in devices, and USB blockout devices
provide simple and secure methods to secure connections, control access to data,
and deter vandalism to jacks-saving time and money associated with downtime,
data security breaches, hardware replacement, and infrastructure repair
LC Fiber Optic Duplex Adapter Blockout Device is a tamper-resistant design which
blocks unauthorized access to LC duplex ports. The LC Fiber Optic Lock-In Duplex Clip
prevents unauthorized removal of cable and secures connections. The products work
to reduce network downtime, data security breaches, and hardware replacement due
to theft.
PanZone
Zone Cabling Enclosures for ceiling, wall mount and in-floor applications
offer lockable features to protect against tampering, theft, or other physical abuse to
network connections and cables
Whether in the data center, telecommunications rooms, factory floor or work area, Panduit
creates innovative solutions that improve security for both data and equipment within the
physical infrastructure, ensuring that only authorized individuals have access to building
management systems and network devices.
Pages with this icon are part of physical security.
A.14
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
ENTERPRISE SOLUTIONS
Enterprises today require the spaces they occupy to be supported by a wide variety of business
systems and communication technologies. Traditional control systems for lighting, security,
HVAC, and energy management must now co-exist with IP-based voice, data, and video
communication technologies.
Enterprise solutions link facility and network systems directly into the converged
building network, generating and sharing data over a single platform to enhance the
efficiency and effectiveness of the building as a whole. These solutions are based on
running network cabling within shared pathways in order to extend the reach of a
physically converged infrastructure to all devices and systems.
Most systems can be physically converged through shared conduit, cable trays, and building
pathways; while logically they will converge through a switched IP network. This converged
design allows building systems to be considered a true business asset, helping manage risk
across the enterprise by:
Reducing capital expenses by managing installation design and contracting
Reducing operational expenses through efficient moves, adds, and changes
Employing a scalable and smart infrastructure that supports
TIA/EIA-568 and -569 telecommunications cabling standards
Enabling greater occupant productivity, safety, and comfort while maintaining
the building value over time
The unified approach results in a reliable, interoperable, and scalable physical infrastructure
that enables the deployment of converged applications throughout a building to improve
manageability, lower total cost of ownership, and ultimately minimize risk.
A.15 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
MULTI-DWELLING/MULTI-TENANT UNIT
MEDIA SERVICES
Multi-dwelling units and/or multi-tenant units (MDU/MTU) consist of buildings with
multiple floors and units designated for residential (complexes, apartments, and condominiums)
or commercial use (hotels, office complexes, and retail buildings). Individuals occupying these
spaces are increasingly demanding access to the latest multimedia communications with the
ability for customization.
The Panduit media distribution system allows contractors and building owners to provide
end-to-end voice, video, and data systems to their customers by consolidating all incoming
communication cable from the buildings entry point to a centralized high-density enclosure
installed within each unit (typically in a utility or closet). The enclosure uses innovative hubs
to distribute these triple play services to individual outlets enabling unique, customer-defined
communication access to every room or office of the unit. As needs change, each occupant
may easily modify services using modular hubs and high density features that support a
greater number of media connections within the enclosure. As a result, the Panduit media
distribution system delivers maximum use of space and greater service flexibility while
maintaining aesthetics.
From the building demarcation point to the end users network outlet, the Panduit media
distribution system is the most flexible and comprehensive solution for distributing triple
play services in support of todays applications and tomorrows opportunities.
A.16 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
WIRELESS SOLUTIONS
Since the release of the IEEE 802.11 set of standards, wireless access to data and the Internet
has grown in popularity and has contributed to the tremendous growth in the use of WLANs
(wireless local area networks) to deliver freedom and mobility to users accessing Ethernet
networks. Integrated wired and wireless networks have become essential elements of successful
enterprise environments, and are rapidly becoming necessities throughout college campuses,
hospitals, convention centers, hotels, and ancillary facilities.
Panduit has collaborated with Cisco Systems to deliver a complete wireless enclosure solution.
This solution cost-effectively addresses network deployment, security, and aesthetics by
bringing together wired and wireless networks to enable complete interoperability. Integrated
networks reduce complexities associated with operating and maintaining devices across
multiple environments.
Complementing Cisco Systems Integrated Wireless Network are Panduit physical infrastructure
solutions. Designed specifically to support a secured wired and wireless environment, Panduit
copper and fiber cabling and connectivity systems, wireless access point enclosures, and Power
over Ethernet patch panels provide a reliable platform to ensure the most robust and secure
enterprise LAN possible.
The Panduit wireless connection delivers proven interoperability that helps ensure reliability
and performance throughout the enterprise LAN. End-users deploying an integrated wired and
wireless network are able to maximize their network investment by extending their network
applications throughout the enterprise in a reliable and cost-effective manner.
A.17 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
ULTIMATE ID
NETWORK LABELING
Permanent labeling is critical for all network cabling system installations. Proper labeling and
identification of the physical infrastructure enhances the visibility of all network elements;
reduces the time to make moves, adds, and changes; and contributes toward a safer network
and data center environment.
Panduit
Ultimate ID
system
standardizes on a common label height across all Ultimate ID
products (faceplates, surface mount boxes, patch panels) across your installation:
All labels are protected by a tamper-resistant transparent plastic cover to protect the legend
All labels are positioned adjacent to, centered on, and parallel to the port they are identifying
All labels have the same compact height to enhance the appearance of the installation
All labels are made of a durable, multi-layered, non-adhesive construction that makes
installation and removal quick and easy
The label cover surface is flush with the adjacent faceplate surface
Ultimate ID
PanTher
LS8E Printer makes compliant labeling fast and easy. Built-in programming lets
you line up your legends on patch panel and faceplate labels without guessing how many
spaces are needed, which makes the PanTher
Labeling Software for WINDOWS^is designed for fast and easy creation of labels
for Ultimate ID
Network System patch panels, faceplates, surface mount boxes and marker ties.
Ultimate ID
TX6A
Systems
Panduit
TX6500
Systems
Panduit
TX6000
Systems
Panduit
TX5500
Systems
Standards ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A
ISO/IEC 11801 Edition 2,
Amendment 1 Class EA
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6
ISO/IEC 11801 Edition 2
Class E
TSB-155 Supports 10GBASE-T
applications up to
37 meter channels
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6
ISO/IEC 11801 Edition 2
Class E
TSB-155 Supports 10GBASE-T
applications up to
37 meter channels
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e
ISO/IEC 11801 Edition 2
Class D
Performance
(Bandwidth)
>500 MHz >350 MHz >300 MHz >175 MHz
Applications Ethernet 10GBASE-T,
100BASE-T, 1000BASE-T
(Gigabit Ethernet), 10GBASE-T
Data center applications
for switch-to-switch links,
storage area networks,
computer cluster farms,
storage on demand, and
aggregation of data
Vital business
management
applications, scientific
modeling, work group file
transfer and
media rendering
Web-enabling applications
such as Voice over Internet
Protocol (VoIP) and live
video/audio broadcasting
Power over Ethernet (PoE)
Ethernet 10BASE-T,
100BASE-T (Fast
Ethernet), 1000BASE-T
(Gigabit Ethernet),
10GBASE-T (10
Gigabit Ethernet over
limited distances
as specified in the industry
10GBASE-T standards)
155 Mb/s ATM, 622 Mb/s
ATM, 1.2 Gb/s ATM
Token Ring 4/16
Voice/data systems
Voice over Internet
Protocol (VoIP)
Power over Ethernet (PoE)
Ethernet 10BASE-T,
100BASE-T (Fast
Ethernet), 1000BASE-T
(Gigabit Ethernet),
10GBASE-T (10
Gigabit Ethernet over
limited distances
as specified in the industry
10GBASE-T standards)
155 Mb/s ATM, 622 Mb/s
ATM, 1.2 Gb/s ATM
Token Ring 4/16
Voice/data systems
Voice over Internet
Protocol (VoIP)
Power over Ethernet (PoE)
Ethernet 10BASE-T,
100BASE-T (Fast
Ethernet), 1000BASE-T
(Gigabit Ethernet),
155 Mb/s ATM, 622 Mb/s
ATM, 1.2 Gb/s ATM
Token Ring 4/16
Voice/data systems
Voice over Internet
Protocol (VoIP)
Power over Ethernet (PoE)
Pre-Terminated
Connectivity
QuickNet
Copper
Cabling System
(pages B.8 B.13)
QuickNet
Copper
Cabling System
(pages B.8 B.13)
QuickNet
Copper
Cabling System
(pages B.8 B.13)
QuickNet
Plug
Pack Assemblies
(pages B.10 B.11)
QuickNet
Plug
Pack Assemblies
(pages B.10 B.11)
QuickNet
Plug
Pack Assemblies
(pages B.10 B.11)
QuickNet
Plug
Pack Assemblies
(pages B.10 B.11)
Cable TX6A
and TX6A-SD
10Gig
Enhanced Category 6
UTP Copper Cable
(page B.26)
TX6000
Category 6 UTP
Copper Cable
(page B.27)
TX5500
Category 5e UTP
Copper Cable
(page B.39)
Jack Modules Mini-Com
TX6
10Gig
Jack Modules
(pages B.16 and B.20)
Mini-Com
TX6
PLUS
Jack Modules
(page B.28)
Mini-Com
TX6
PLUS
Jack Modules
(page B.28)
Mini-Com
TX5e
Jack Modules
(page B.40)
Patch Panels DP6A
10Gig
Patch Panels
(page B.22)
DP6
Patch Panels
(page B.43)
Patch Cords TX6A
and TX6A-SD
10Gig
Patch Cords
(page B.46)
Punchdown
Systems
GP6
Punchdown System
(pages B.76 B.82)
GP6
Punchdown System
(pages B.76 B.82)
Pan-Punch
110 Category 5e
Punchdown System
(pages B.84 B.91)
A.23 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
FIBER OPTIC SYSTEMS SELECTION GUIDE
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
Panduit
Multimode Systems
Panduit
Singlemode Systems
OM3/OM4 10Gig
OM3/OM4 Multimode
(pages C.4 C.18)
OM2 Multimode
(pages C.4 C.18)
OM1 Multimode
(pages C.4 C.18)
OS1/OS2 Singlemode
(pages C.4 C.18)
Fiber Optic
Connectors
OptiCam
OM3/OM4 Multimode
MPO/MTP*, LC, Keyed LC,
and SC
(pages C.28 C.43)
OS1 Multimode MPO/MTP*,
LC, Keyed LC, SC, ST,
and MT-RJ
(pages C.28 C.43)
OM1 Multimode MPO/MTP*,
LC, Keyed LC, SC, ST,
and MT-RJ
(pages C.28 C.43)
OS1/OS2 Singlemode
MPO/MTP*, LC, Keyed LC, SC,
ST, and FC
(pages C.28 C.43)
Pre-Terminated
MTP* Cassettes
QuickNet
MTP* Cassettes
10Gig
OM3/OM4 Multimode
(pages C.44 C.53)
OM2 Multimode
(pages C.44 C.53)
OM1 Multimode
(pages C.44 C.53)
OS1/OS2 Singlemode
(pages C.44 C.53)
Enclosures,
Trays, Patch
Panels, and
Accessories
QuickNet
and Opticom
Patch Panels
(pages C.54 C.62) (pages C.54 C.62) (pages C.54 C.62) (pages C.54 C.62)
Patch Cords,
Pigtails,
Reference Cable
Assemblies, and
Kits
Opti-Core
Fiber Optic Patch Cords, Pigtails, and Reference Cable Assemblies and Kits
10Gig
OM3/OM4 Multimode
(pages C.91 C.100)
OM2 Multimode
(pages C.91 C.100)
OM1 Multimode
(pages C.91 C.100)
OS1/OS2 Singlemode
(pages C.91 C.100)
Termination Kits
and Tools
OptiCam
Copper
Cabling Systems provide reliable network performance for the most demanding high-speed and
bandwidth-demanding applications while exceeding the latest industry standards. Mini-Com
Modules are interchangeable within Panduit modular patch panels, faceplates, and surface mount
boxes to provide modular solutions for intermediate to high-density installations. A variety of
colors enable color-coding of connectivity for network segregation.
B.1 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
COPPER SYSTEMS
Pre-terminated solution can be installed in 75%
less time than field-terminated installations,
eliminating the need for on-site bundling,
terminating, and testing
Plug pack assemblies facilitate quick and easy
connection and disconnection of patch cords
to a variety of switches, reducing time and cost
associated when installing and maintaining
active equipment
Copper cable is designed to be installed with
Panduit connectivity products (jack modules,
pre-terminated cassettes, patch panels, and
patch cords) to provide a reliable, modular,
end-to-end solution
Copper TG Style Jack Modules feature enhanced
Giga-TX
Copper Cabling System is a pre-terminated solution with standard and custom options,
designed to meet data center and enterprise cabling requirements. Fast and simple to install, this
high-density solution provides consistent network reliability and reduces on-site rework. TX
Copper
Cabling Systems are available in Category 6A, Category 6, and Category 5e performance levels and
include STP and UTP copper cable, jack modules, patch cords and patch panels. Panduit solutions are
designed with flexibility to support your growing and changing network requirements.
B.2
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
TX
Copper Cable
(pages B.14, B.15,
B.19, B.26, B.27, B.39,
B.47, B.52)
Punchdown and Coupler
Patch Panels
(pages B.22, B.24, B.31,
B.33, B.43, B.45, B.53)
Mini-Com
Jack Modules
(pages B.16 B.17, B.20
B.21, B.28 B.29, B.36
B.37, B.40 B.42, B.48
B.49, B.55, B.58 B.64)
Mini-Com
Modular
Patch Panels
(pages B.66 B.73)
1 3
2
4
Copper Systems Roadmap
1 8
8
6 8
3
4
5
6
8
2
Data Center/Telecommunications Room
1 8
1
Cross-Connect
Configuration
Interconnect
Configuration
3 4 5 6 8 2 3 4 5 6 8 2
5
5
5
B.3 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Patch Cords
(pages B.18, B.25,
B.34, B.46, B.50)
Zone Cabling
(pages E.1 E.10)
6
7
Grounding
and Bonding
(pages M.1 M.58)
QuickNet
Copper
Cabling System
(pages B.8 B.13)
5
Basic
Configuration
Consolidation Point
Configuration
2
6
2
8
6
Workstation Area
1
7 5 2 3 4
8
1
B.4 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
*For lengths other than 1 meter (0.5 meters to 3.5 meters, increments of 0.5 meter) change the length designation
in the part number to the desired length. For standard cable colors other than Blue, replace suffix BU (Blue) with
WH (White) or BL (Black). For example, the part number for a white, 0.5 meter cord is PSF1PXA0.5MWH.
For lengths other than 4 meters (4 to 7 meters, increments of 0.5 meter) change the length designation in the
part number to the desired length. For standard cable colors other than Blue, replace suffix BU (Blue) with WH
(White) or BL (Black). For example, the part number for a white, 7-meter cord is PSF1PD7MWH.
SFP+ 10 Gb/s Direct Attach Passive Cable Assemblies
Meet SFF-8431, 8432, 8472 industry standards to support
10 Gigabit Ethernet
Ideal for Top of Rack (ToR) switch to server applications
Passive connection provides a low cost, short reach
interconnect option without additional power requirements
Constructed with high speed, 2-pair, twinaxial cable,
factory terminated to SFP+ 10 Gb/s hot pluggable
modular connectors
100% performance tested
Low profile latching mechanism in connector allows
assemblies to be installed side by side or stacked on top
of each other providing maximum port density in high
density installations
Small diameter cable design enables superior cable
management and improved air flow
Robust strain relief boot provides proper bend radius
control for consistent reliability
Variety of standard lengths allow more precise
deployment, improved cable management and
cost efficiencies
Part Number Part Description
Length
(m)
AWG
Size
Cable
Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
PSF1PXA1MBU* High speed twinaxial cable assembly with
SFP+ 10Gbps hot pluggable modular
connectors on each end.
1 30 Blue 1 10
PSF1PXD4MBU High speed twinaxial cable assembly with
SFP+ 10Gbps hot pluggable modular
connectors on each end.
4 24 Blue 1 10
B.5 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
*For lengths other than 7 meter (7 to 15 meters, increments of one meter) change the length designation in the
part number to the desired length. For standard cable colors other than Blue, replace suffix BU (Blue) with WH
(White) or BL (Black). For example, the part number for a white 10-meter cord is PSF1AXD10MWH.
**Also available in 5 meters. For standard cable colors other than Blue, replace suffix BU (Blue) with WH (White)
or BL (Black). The part number for a black 5-meter cord is PSF1AXA5MBL.
SFP+ 10 Gb/s Direct Attach Active Cable Assemblies
Meet SFF-8431, 8432, 8472 industry standards to support
10 Gigabit Ethernet
Ideal for Top of Rack (ToR) and End of Row (EoR) switch
to server applications
Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) capable
Connector contains low power circuitry to extend beyond
passive cable assemblies
Constructed with high speed, 2-pair, twinaxial cable,
factory terminated to SFP+ 10Gbps hot pluggable
modular connectors
100% performance tested
Low profile latching mechanism in connector allows
assemblies to be installed side by side or stacked on top
of each other providing maximum port density in high
density installations
Small diameter cable design enables superior cable
management and improved air flow
Robust strain relief boot provides proper bend radius
control for consistent reliability
Variety of standard lengths allow more precise
deployment, improved cable management, and
cost efficiencies
Part Number Part Description
Length
(m)
AWG
Size
Cable
Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
PSF1AXD7MBU* High speed twinaxial cable assembly with
SFP+ 10 Gb/s hot pluggable, active
modular connectors on each end.
7 24 Blue 1 10
PSF1AXA3MBU** High speed twinaxial cable assembly with
SFP+ 10 Gb/s hot pluggable modular
connectors on each end.
3 30 Blue 1 10
B.6 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
QSFP
+
40Gig Direct Attach Copper Cable Assemblies
Compliant to IEEE 802.3ba and SFF-8436 for use in
40GBASE-CR4 applications
EEPROM compliant to SFF-8436 ensures interoperability
with 40 Gigabit Ethernet equipment
Low latency is ideal for use in high performance computer
clustering, financial trading, and other latency
sensitive applications
Low profile latching allows high density belly to
belly installation
Constructed with 8-pair twinaxial cable factory terminated
to QSFP+ 40 Gb/s hot pluggable modular connectors
100% tested for assured system performance
Available for 40GBASE-CR4 Ethernet applications for
distances up to 7 meters and InfiniBand QDR applications
up to 5 meters
Advanced proprietary connector paddle card design
reduces crosstalk
Labels for Cable
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
PQSFPXA1MBU
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Cable
Part Number
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop
Printer Label
TDP43ME Thermal Transfer
Desktop Printer Label
PanTher
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All cable assemblies on
this page
S100X225YAJ S100X225VATY S100X225VAC T100X000CBC-BK
Part Number Part Description
Length
(m)
AWG
Size
Cable
Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
40GBASE-CR4
PQSFPXA1MBU 40GBASE-CR4 Ethernet high speed twin axial
cable assembly with QSFP+ 40 Gb/s hot
pluggable modular connectors on each end.
1 30 Blue 1 10
PQSFPXA2MBU 2 30 Blue 1 10
PQSFPXA3MBU 3 30 Blue 1 10
PQSFPXB4MBU 4 28 Blue 1 10
PQSFPXC5MBU 5 26 Blue 1 10
PQSFPXD6MBU 6 24 Blue 1 10
PQSFPXD7MBU 7 24 Blue 1 10
InfiniBand QDR
PQSFPQA1MBU InfiniBand QDR high speed twinaxial cable
assembly with QSFP+ 40 Gb/s hot pluggable
modular connectors on each end.
1 30 Blue 1 10
PQSFPQA2MBU 2 30 Blue 1 10
PQSFPQB3MBU 3 30 Blue 1 10
PQSFPQC4MBU 4 26 Blue 1 10
PQSFPQD5MBU 5 24 Blue 1 10
B.7 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
QSFP+ to Four SFP+ Copper Hydra Cable Assemblies
Compliant to SFF-8431 and 8436, which allows
compatibility with 40GBASE-CR4 QSFP+ and 10 GbE
SFP+ enabled equipment; hot pluggable to QSFP+/SFP+
compliant host ports
Ideal for Top of Rack (ToR) applications
EEPROM compliant to SFF-8472 and 8436, which ensures
interoperability with 10 GbE and 40 GbE equipment
Passive low power provides a low cost alternative to fiber
optics up to 3.5 meters
Low latency performance is ideal for high performance
computer clustering, financial trading, and other latency
sensitive applications
Constructed of high speed twinaxial cable factory
terminated to QSFP+ and SFP+ modular connectors
Advanced connector design and continuous shielding
throughout the assembly provide excellent resistance to
EMI and alien crosstalk
Tak-Ty
Cable Assemblies
Allow quick network deployment compared to
field-terminated installations
100% performance tested to electrical permanent link
specifications; shipped with permanent link test data for
each link
Terminated in factory controlled environment for consistent
network performance
Pre-bundled with six cables for easy installation
Plenum or riser cable flame ratings
Category 6 UTP and Category 6A UTP/Shielded
performance levels available
Available in many common standard lengths and in one
foot increments from 10 to 295 feet
Enable multiple termination types including,
pre-terminated cassettes, jack modules, modular plugs,
plug pack and/or unterminated options
Pre-terminated cassettes snap in and out of QuickNet
Patch Panels
Quality assurance label includes serialized number for
future traceability, performance level, and assembly length
Performance
Level
and
Description
Cable
Type
Part
Number
Template
Available
Assembly
Lengths
(in
feet)
Category6A UTP
QuickNet
10Gig
10Gig
UTP Copper
Cable with MaTriX Technology and
pre-terminated TX6A
10Gig
UTP
Jack Module Cassettes on each end.
Riser
QXRBCBCBXXnn
Plenum
QXPBCBCBXXnn
Category
6
UTP
QuickNet
PLUS UTP
Jack Module Cassettes on each end.
Riser QCRBCBCBXXnn
Plenum
QCPBCBCBXXnn
Ready to Order parts in common lengths and configurations
Simple 3 Step process to obtain ordering information for QuickNet
Standard Assembly:
1. Choose Performance Level of Cable Assembly
2. Choose Riser or Plenum Cable Type
3. Select desired length of assembly from those listed and replace nn with that length
Pre-Terminated UTP Cassette Pre-Terminated Shielded Cassette
Modular Plugs Plug Pack Un-Terminated
Jack Modules
Termination Options
B.9 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Loomed Cable Quality Assurance Label Tak-Ty
Pre-Terminated Cassette
QuickNet
10Gig
) UTP MaTriX Copper Cable, the maximum length is 196 ft. (60m).
All connectivity is wired T568B. Category 6 Enhanced Performance level utilizes Panduit
TX6500
2 Performance Level
B = Category 6 Enhanced UTP
C = Category 6 UTP
E = Category 6A (TX6A
10Gig
) Shielded
X = Category 6A (TX6A-SD
10Gig
) UTP MaTriX
Z = Category 6A (TX6A
10Gig
) UTP MaTriX
3 Flame/Smoke Rating
R = Riser or P = Plenum
4 Cable Color
B = Blue or W = White
5 Termination End 1
C = Cassette
J = Jack modules
P = Modular plugs
K = Jack modules staggered right
L = Jack modules staggered left
Q = Modular plugs staggered right
S = Modular plugs staggered left
6 Termination End 1 Color Options
Jack Module Color Options
B = Blue, E = Electric Ivory, G = Green, H = Off White,
I = International Gray, L = Black, O = Orange, R = Red,
V = Violet, W = White, Y = Yellow
Shielded Jack Modules, chose option L (all Shielded
Jack Modules are Black)
Modular Plug and Unterminated Color Options
X = No color option available, all modular plugs are clear
7 Termination End 2
C = Cassette
J = Jack modules
P = Modular plugs
A = Plug pack (6-pack)
R = Recessed plug pack (6-pack)
K = Jack modules staggered right
L = Jack modules staggered left
Q = Modular plugs staggered right
S = Modular plugs staggered left
U = Unterminated
O = Unterminated with cassette and jack modules for
on-site termination
8 Termination End 2 Color Options
Jack Module Color Options
B = Blue, E = Electric Ivory, G = Green, H = Off White,
I = International Gray, L = Black, O = Orange, R = Red,
V = Violet, W = White, Y = Yellow
Shielded Jack Modules, chose option L (all Shielded Jack
Modules are Black)
Plug Pack Color Options
B = Blue, W = White, R = Red, L = Black
Recessed Plug Pack Color Option
S = Silver
Modular Plug and Unterminated Color Option
X = No color option available, all modular plugs are clear
9 Assembly Options
P = Pulling eye
X = No assembly options requested
10 Custom Labeling*
L = Custom assembly label
C = Custom cable labels
B = Custom assembly and cable labels
X = No custom labels requested
11 Assembly Length**
10' to 295' (one foot increments)
B.10 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
QuickNet
10Gig
) UTP MaTriX
X = Category 6A (TX6A-SD
10Gig
) UTP MaTriX
E = Category 6A (10Gig
)/Category 6 Shielded*
C = Category 6 UTP
3 Flame/Smoke Rating
C = CM (UTP only)
D = Dual rated CM and LSZH (shielded only)
4 Cable Color
B = Blue
W = White (UTP only)
G = International Gray (shielded only)
5 Plug Pack Configuration
A = 6-pack
B = 12-pack
D = 8-pack
R = Recessed 6-pack
6 Plug Pack Color
B = Blue
W = White
S = Silver (Recessed version only)
7 Assembly Length
03 = 3 feet
05 = 5 feet
07 = 7 feet
10 = 10 feet
14 = 14 feet
Example The above part number is a 3 foot QuickNet
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All QuickNet
Plug
Pack Assemblies
C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T050X000VPC-BK
B.12 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
QuickNet
Modular
Patch Panels
QAPP24BL
QAPP48HDBL
QPP48HDBL
QPPABL
QPPBBL
QPP24BL
QASP24BL
QASP48HDBL
QSP24BL
QSP48HDBL
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm). M6 and #12-24 mounting screws included. QuickNet
Pre-Terminated
Cable Assemblies available on pages B.8 B.9. QuickNet
Patch
Panels. Each kit contains four labels and four clear
label covers per bag.
1 10
B.13 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
QuickNet
Plug
Pack Assemblies
QuickNet
Plug Pack
Assembly from the switch
Marker tie (included with assembly) can be used
to connect plug pack and lock-in device for additional
level of security
Two recommended per plug pack
QPPLD6-X
Recommended quantity two QPPLD6 per 6-pack plug pack, four QPPLD6 per 12-pack plug pack, and two
QPPLD8 per 8-plug pack plug pack.
QuickNet
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All cable on pages
B.10, B.11 and B.19
S100X225YAJ S100X225VATY S100X225VAC T100X000CBC-BK
B.16 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Mini-Com
TX6A
10Gig
Technology for
jack terminations which optimizes performance by
maintaining cable pair geometry and eliminating conductor
untwist
Fully grounded and bonded to patch panel when installed
in Panduit All Metal Modular Patch Panel
Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for superior
performance
No punchdown tool required; termination tool (EGJT)
ensures conductors are fully terminated by utilizing a
smooth forward motion without impact on critical internal
components for maximum reliability
Optional termination tool (TGJT) reduces termination time
by 25%, ideal for high volume installations
Can be re-terminated a minimum of twenty times
Blue termination cap designates 10Gig
Category 6A
performance and provides positive strain relief; helps
control cable bend radius and securely retains wires
Terminate 4-pair, 22 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or
stranded shielded twisted pair cable
Universal termination cap is color-coded for T568A and
T568B wiring schemes
Integrated strain relief with wire cap provides 360
conductive path for grounding
0.187 in. grounding tab provides conductive patch for
grounding individual jacks
Accept 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage
Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
Compatible with Mini-Com
10Gig
TX6A
10Gig
TX6A
10Gig
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
CJS6X88TGY
CJSK6X88TGBL
C138X019FJJ C138X019YPT C138X019FJC T019X000FJC-BK
Keyed Geometry
B.18 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
TX6A
10Gig
PLUS
Shielded Modular Plugs for superior performance
Cable includes overall metal shield that provides
conductive path for grounding
Plug meets all applicable ANSI/TIA-968-A requirements
and exceeds IEC 60603-7 specifications
Plug uses an integral pair manager to optimize
performance and consistency by reducing untwisting of
conductors within the plug
Plug performance in center of TIA/EIA component range,
ensuring interoperability and 10GBASE-T Ethernet
channel performance
Labels on patch cords provide identification of
performance level, length, and quality control number
Patented tangle-free latch prevents snags and provides
easy release, saving time on frequent moves, adds,
and changes
Optional patch cord color bands snap on and off individual
patch cables offering endless color-coding options
Optional RJ45 plug lock-in device blocks unauthorized
removal of cable, IP phone, other networking equipment,
or critical connection
For lengths 2 to 20 feet (increments of one foot) and 25, 30, 35, 40 feet change the length designation in the
part number to the desired length. For standard cable colors other than IG (International Gray) replace IG suffix
with BL (Black), BU (Blue), GR (Green), RD (Red), YL (Yellow), OR (Orange), or VL (Violet) to end of part number.
For example, the part number for a blue 15-foot patch cord is STP6X15BU.
*For lengths other than 3 feet (5, 7, 10, 14 feet) change the length designation in the part number to the desired
length. For standard cable colors other than Black, replace suffix BL (Black) with BU (Blue), RD (red), YL (Yellow),
GR (Green) or OR (Orange), each color representing a different keyed configuration.
Contact customer service for universal reference patch cords.
Patch cord color bands available on page B.96.
RJ45 plug lock-in device available on page B.94.
Must be installed as part of a complete TX6A
10Gig
10Gig
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All Patch Cords S100X150YAJ S100X150VATY S100X150VAC T100X000CBC-BK
B.19 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
PUP6A04BU-UG
For standard colors other than Blue, replace BU (Blue) with WH (White), YL (Yellow), or IG (International Gray).
1
Substitute PUR6A04BU-CG for alternative manufacturing location.
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of 9,000 feet.
Must be installed as part of a complete TX6A
10Gig
10Gig
and TX6A-SD
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
TX6A
10Gig
Technology for
jack terminations which optimizes performance by
maintaining cable pair geometry and eliminating
conductor untwist
Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for
superior performance
No punchdown tool required; termination tool (EGJT)
ensures conductors are fully terminated by utilizing a
smooth forward motion without impact on critical internal
components for maximum reliability
Optional termination tool (TGJT) reduces termination time
by 25%, ideal for high volume installations
Can be re-terminated a minimum of twenty times
Blue termination cap designates Category 6A
performance and provides positive strain relief; helps
control cable bend radius and securely retains wires
Terminate 4-pair, 22 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or
stranded twisted pair cable
Universal termination cap is color-coded for T568A and
T568B wiring schemes
Accept 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage
Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
Compatible with Mini-Com
10Gig
TX6A
10Gig
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All TX6A
10Gig
Jack Modules
C138X019FJJ C138X019YPT C138X019FJC T019X000FJC-BK
Mini-Com
TX6A
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All Patch Panels
on this Page
C379X030FJJ C379X030YPT C379X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
B.23 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Mini-Com
10Gig
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
CC6X88IW C138X019FJJ C138X019YPT C138X019FJC T019X000FJC-BK
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
B.24 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Category 6A Coupler Patch Panel
Coupler panel ports provide fast and easy plug and play
connection of 6 and 8-position RJ45 patch cords
No tools required
Designed to exceed performance requirements of the
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6A and ISO 11801 2nd
Edition Class E
A
channel standards
Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for superior
performance
Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
Mounts to standard EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with
optional extender bracket
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
M6 and #12-24 mounting screws included.
Each coupler module acts as one connecting hardware component in a channel.
TX6A
10Gig
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
CP246X88BL C252X030FJJ C252X030YPT C252X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
B.25 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
TX6A
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
Modular Plugs
on each end. Includes patent pending MaTriX
Tape Technology.
3 Blue 1 10
TX6A
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
Keyed Modular
Plug on one end and TX6A
10Gig
Non-Keyed
Modular Plug on the other end. Includes patent
pending MaTriX Tape Technology.
3 Black 1 10
B.26 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Labels for TX6500
reel-in-a-box
For standard colors other than Blue, replace suffix BU (Blue) with WH (White), YL (Yellow), or
IG (International Gray). Contact Customer Service for other color options.
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of 9,000 feet.
Part Number Part Description Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
(Ft.)
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
(Ft.)
Riser
PUR6504BU-UY Enhanced, high-performance, Category 6, riser
(CMR), 4-pair, UTP copper cable. Copper
conductors are 23 AWG construction with
polyolefin (PE) insulation. Conductors are twisted
in pairs, separated by an integrated pair divider
and protected by a flame-retardant PVC jacket.
Blue 1000 27000
Plenum
PUP6504BU-UY Enhanced, high-performance, Category 6, plenum
(CMP), 4-pair, UTP copper cable. Copper
conductors are 23 AWG construction with FEP
insulation. Conductors are twisted in pairs,
separated by an integrated pair divider and
protected by a low smoke, flame-retardant
PVC jacket.
Blue 1000 27000
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Cable
Part Number
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop
Printer Label
TDP43ME Thermal Transfer
Desktop Printer Label
PanTher
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
PUR6504**-UY
PUP6504**-UY
S100X150YAJ S100X150VATY S100X150VAC T100X000CBC-BK
B.27 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Labels for TX6000
reel-in-a-box
For standard colors other than Blue, replace suffix BU (Blue) with WH (White), YL (Yellow), or IG (International
Gray). Contact Customer Service for other color options.
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of 9,000 feet.
Part Number Part Description Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
(Ft.)
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
(Ft.)
Riser
PUR6004BU-UY High performance, Category 6, riser (CMR),
4-pair, UTP copper cable. Copper conductors
are 23 AWG construction with polyolefin (PE)
insulation. Conductors are twisted in pairs,
separated by an integrated pair divider, and
protected by a flame-retardant PVC jacket.
Blue 1000 27000
Plenum
PUP6004BU-UY High performance, Category 6, plenum (CMP),
4-pair, UTP copper cable. Copper conductors
are 23 AWG construction with FEP insulation.
Conductors are twisted in pairs, separated by
an integrated pair divider, and protected by a
low smoke, flame-retardant PVC jacket.
Blue 1000 27000
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Cable
Part Number
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop
Printer Label
TDP43ME Thermal Transfer
Desktop Printer Label
PanTher
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
PUR6004**-UY
PUP6004**-UY
S100X150YAJ S100X150VATY S100X150VAC T100X000CBC-BK
B.28 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Black
Key
Red
Key
Green
Key
Yellow
Key
Orange
Key
Blue
Key
Black
Key
Red
Key
Green
Key
Yellow
Key
Orange
Key
Blue
Key
Mini-Com
TX6
Technology
for jack terminations which optimizes performance by
maintaining cable pair geometry and eliminating
conductor untwist
Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for
superior performance
No punchdown tool required; termination tool (EGJT)
ensures conductors are fully terminated by utilizing a
smooth forward motion without impact on critical internal
components for maximum reliability
Optional termination tool (TGJT) reduces termination time
by 25%, ideal for high volume installations
Can be re-terminated a minimum of twenty times
White termination cap designates Category 6 performance
and provides positive strain relief; helps control cable
bend radius and securely retains wires
Terminate 4-pair, 22 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or
stranded twisted pair cable
Universal termination cap is color-coded for T568A and
T568B wiring schemes
Accept 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage
Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
Compatible with Mini-Com
PLUS components.
Part Number Part Description
No. of
Module
Spaces Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Jack Module
CJ688TGIW Category 6, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire universal
module.
1 Off White 1 50
Keyed Jack Module
CJK688TGBL* Keyed, Category 6, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire
universal module.
1 Black 1 50
CJ688TGIW
CJK688TGBL
Keyed Geometry
B.29 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Module
Part Number
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop
Printer Label
TDP43ME Thermal
Transfer Desktop Printer
Label
PanTher
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All TX6
PLUS
Jack Modules
C138X019FJJ C138X019YPT C138X019FJC T019X000FJC-BK
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Component Labels for Mini-Com
TX6
TX6
Technology
for jack termination which optimizes performance by
maintaining cable pair geometry and eliminating
conductor untwist
Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for
superior performance
No punchdown tool required; termination tool (EGJT)
ensures conductors are fully terminated by utilizing a
smooth forward motion without impact on critical internal
components for maximum reliability
Optional termination tool (TGJT) reduces termination time
by 25%, ideal for high volume installations
Can be re-terminated a minimum of twenty times
White termination cap designates Category 6 performance
and provides positive strain relief; helps control cable
bend radius and securely retains wires
Terminates 4-pair, 22 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or
stranded twisted pair cable
Universal termination cap is color-coded for T568A and
T568B wiring schemes
Accepts 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage
Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
Compatible with Mini-Com
Ultimate ID
Ultimate ID
Ultimate ID
TX6
TX6
LS8E or
Cougar
TX6
TX6
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All Patch Panels
on this Page
C379X030FJJ C379X030YPT C379X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
B.32 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Mini-Com
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
CC688IW C138X019FJJ C138X019YPT C138X019FJC T019X000FJC-BK
B.33 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Category 6 Coupler Patch Panel
Coupler panel ports provide fast and easy plug and play
connection of 6 and 8-position RJ45 patch cords
No tools required
Designed to exceed performance requirements of the
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 and ISO 11801 2nd Edition
Class E channel standards
Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for
superior performance
Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
Mounts to standard EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with optional
extender bracket
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
M6 and #12-24 mounting screws included.
Each coupler module acts as one connecting hardware component in a channel.
TX6
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
CP24688BL C252X030FJJ C252X030YPT C252X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
B.34 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
TX6
PLUS
Modular Plugs on each end.
3 Off White 1 10
Keyed Patch Cord
UTPKSP3BL* Keyed, Category 6, UTP patch cord with TX6
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All Patch Cords S100X150YAJ S100X150VATY S100X150VAC T100X000CBC-BK
B.35 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
TX6
PLUS components.
MPT5-8AS crimp tool required for termination, available on page B.98.
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
SP688-C 8-position, 8-wire modular plug. 100 1000
B.36 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Mini-Com
TX6
Technology for
jack terminations which optimizes performance by
maintaining cable pair geometry and eliminating
conductor untwist
Fully grounded and bonded to patch panel when installed
in Panduit All Metal Modular Patch Panel
Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for
superior performance
No punchdown tool required; termination tool (EGJT)
ensures conductors are fully terminated by utilizing a
smooth forward motion without impact on critical internal
components for maximum reliability
Optional termination tool (TGJT) reduces termination time
by 25%, ideal for high volume installations
Can be re-terminated a minimum of twenty times
Off white termination cap designates Category 6
performance and provides positive strain relief; helps
control cable bend radius and securely retains wires
Terminate 4-pair, 22 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or
stranded shielded twisted pair cable
Universal termination cap is color-coded for T568A and
T568B wiring schemes
Integrated strain relief with wire cap provides 360
conductive path for grounding
0.187 in. tab provides conductive path for grounding
individual jacks
Accept 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage
Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
Compatible with Mini-Com
PLUS components.
Contact customer service for bulk packaged jack modules.
Part Number Part Description
No. of
Module
Spaces Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Jack Module
CJS688TGY Category 6, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire universal
shielded black module with integral shield.
1 Black 1 50
Keyed Jack Module
CJSK688TGBL* Keyed, Category 6, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire
universal shielded black module with integral shield.
1 Black 1 50
CJS688TGY
CJSK688TGBL
B.37 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Black
Key
Red
Key
Green
Key
Yellow
Key
Orange
Key
Blue
Key
Violet
Key
Intl. Gray
Key
Violet
Key
Intl. Gray
Key
Black
Key
Red
Key
Green
Key
Yellow
Key
Orange
Key
Blue
Key
Mini-Com
TX6
TX6
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All TX6
PLUS
Jack Modules
C138X019FJJ C138X019YPT C138X019FJC T019X000FJC-BK
B.38 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
TX6
PLUS components.
MPT5-8AS crimp tool required for termination. Termination tool available on page B.98.
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
SPS688-C 8-position, 8-wire shielded modular plug. 100 1000
B.39 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
TX5500
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
PUR5504**-UY
PUP5504**-UY
S100X150YAJ S100X150VATY S100X150VAC T100X000CBC-BK
B.40 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Mini-Com
TX5e
Technology
for jack terminations which optimizes performance by
maintaining cable pair geometry and eliminating
conductor untwist
Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for
superior performance
No punchdown tool required; termination tool (EGJT)
ensures conductors are fully terminated by utilizing a
smooth forward motion without impact on critical internal
components for maximum reliability
Optional termination tool (TGJT) reduces termination time
by 25%, ideal for high volume installations
Can be re-terminated a minimum of twenty times
Red termination cap designates Category 5e performance
and provides positive strain relief; helps control cable
bend radius and securely retains wires
Terminate 4-pair, 22 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or
stranded twisted pair cable
Universal termination cap is color-coded for T568A and
T568B wiring schemes
Accept 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage
Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
Compatible with Mini-Com
TX5e
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All TX5e
Jack Modules
C138X019FJJ C138X019YPT C138X019FJC T019X000FJC-BK
Black
Key
Red
Key
Green
Key
Yellow
Key
Orange
Key
Blue
Key
Black
Key
Red
Key
Green
Key
Yellow
Key
Orange
Key
Blue
Key
Mini-Com
TX5e
TX5e
Technology
for jack terminations which optimizes performance by
maintaining cable pair geometry and eliminating
conductor untwist
Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for
superior performance
No punchdown tool required; termination tool (EGJT)
ensures conductors are fully terminated by utilizing a
smooth forward motion without impact on critical internal
components for maximum reliability
Optional termination tool (TGJT) reduces termination time
by 25%, ideal for high volume installations
Can be re-terminated a minimum of twenty times
Red termination cap designates Category 5e performance
and provides positive strain relief; helps control cable
bend radius and securely retains wires
Terminates 4-pair, 22 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or
stranded twisted pair cable
Universal termination cap is color-coded for T568A and
T568B wiring schemes
Accepts 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage
Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
Compatible with Mini-Com
TX5e
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
CJE5E88TG** C138X019FJJ C138X019YPT C138X019FJC T019X000FJC-BK
B.43 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
DP5e
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All Patch Panels
on this page
C379X030FJJ C379X030YPT C379X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
B.44 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Mini-Com
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
CC5E88IW C138X019FJJ C138X019YPT C138X019FJC T019X000FJC-BK
B.45 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Category 5e Coupler Patch Panel
Coupler panel ports provide fast and easy plug and play
connection of 6 and 8-position RJ45 patch cords
No tools required
Designed to exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and
all ISO 11801 2nd Edition Class D channel standard
requirements at swept frequencies up to 100 MHz
Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for
superior performance
Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
Mounts to standard EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with optional
extender bracket
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
M6 and #12-24 mounting screws included.
Each coupler module acts as one connecting hardware component in a channel.
TX5e
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
CP245E88BLY C252X030FJJ C252X030YPT C252X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
B.46 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
TX5e
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All Patch Cords S100X150YAJ S100X150VATY S100X150VAC T100X000CBC-BK
B.47 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Pan-Plug
TX5e
Technology for
jack terminations which optimizes performance by
maintaining cable pair geometry and eliminating
conductor untwist
Fully grounded and bonded to patch panel when installed
in Panduit All Metal Modular Patch Panel
Contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for
superior performance
No punchdown tool required; termination tool (EGJT)
ensures conductors are fully terminated by utilizing a
smooth forward motion without impact on critical internal
components for maximum reliability
Optional termination tool (TGJT) reduces termination time
by 25%, ideal for high volume installations
Can be re-terminated a minimum of twenty times
Red termination cap designates Category 5e performance
and provides positive strain relief; helps control cable
bend radius and securely retains wires
Terminate 4-pair, 22 26 AWG, 100 ohm, solid or
stranded shielded twisted pair cable
Universal termination cap is color-coded for T568A and
T568B wiring schemes
Integrated strain relief with wire cap provides 360
conductive path for grounding
0.187 in. tab provides conductive path for grounding
individual jacks
Accept 6 and 8-position modular plugs without damage
Can be clearly identified with optional labels and icons
Compatible with Mini-Com
TX5e
TX5e
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All TX5e
Shielded
Jack Modules
C138X019FJJ C138X019YPT C138X019FJC T019X000FJC-BK
Keyed Geometry
B.50 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
TX5e
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All Patch Cords S100X150YAJ S100X150VATY S100X150VAC T100X000CBC-BK
Part Number Part Description
Length
(m)
Boot
Color
Cable
Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Patch Cords
STPCH1MBBL Category 5e, shielded patch cord
with Pan-Plug
Shielded Modular
Plugs on each end.
1 Black International
Gray
1 10
Part Number Part Description
Length
(Ft.)
Boot
Color
Cable
Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Keyed Patch Cords
STPKCH3BL Keyed, Category 5e, shielded
patch cord with Pan-Plug
Keyed
Shielded Modular Plug on one
end and Pan-Plug
Non-Keyed
Shielded Modular Plug on the
other end.
3 Black International
Gray
1 10
B.51 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Pan-Plug
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
PUP5525IG-UY
PUR5525IG-UY
S100X400YAJ S100X400VATY S100X400VAC T100X000CBC-BK
B.53 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Data-Patch
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
DP24584TV25Y
DP48584TV25Y
C379X030FJJ C379X030YPT C379X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
B.54 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Data-Patch
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
DPA245E88TV25
DPA485E88TV25
DP245E88TV25
DP485E88TV25
C379X030FJJ C379X030YPT C379X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
B.55 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Data-Patch
10/100/1000BASE-T
Cable Assemblies
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Part Number Part Description
Length
(Ft.)
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
UTPCH8SR25Y RJ21 plug to RJ21 plug, straight, 110 right orientation. 8 1 10
UTPCH8SL25Y RJ21 plug to RJ21 plug, straight, 110 left orientation. 8 1 10
UTPCH8L25Y RJ21 plug to RJ21 plug, both 110 left orientation. 8 1 10
UTPCH8R25Y RJ21 plug to RJ21 plug, both 110 right orientation. 8 1 10
UTPCH8LR25Y RJ21 plug to RJ21 plug, 110 left, 110 right orientation. 8 1 10
UTPCH86PP25 RJ21 plug to six Pan-Plug
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All UTPCH8
Cable Assemblies
on this page
S100X400YAJ S100X400VATY S100X400VAC T100X000CBC-BK
B.56 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
RJ45 HD68 and RJ45 VHD68 SCSI Angled Patch Panel and Kits
Used for console management of selected
switching equipment
Each port 100% electrically tested
Angled patch panel is available individually or kitted with
cable assemblies
Female 68-pin sockets on panel meet ANSI T 10.1302D
SCSI Parallel Interface-3 (SPI-3) standard
Mount to standard EIA 19" rack or 23" racks with optional
extender bracket
Pre-printed numbers above each port for
easy identification
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
M6 and #12 24 mounting screws included.
TPK1A32R88S68Y
Component Labels for RJ45 HD68 and RJ45 VHD68 SCSI
Angled Patch Panel and Kits
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Patch Panel
Part Number
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop
Printer Label
TDP43ME Thermal Transfer
Desktop Printer Label
PanTher
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
TPA32R88S68
TPK1A32R88S68
C379X030FJJ C379X030YPT C379X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
Part Number Part Description
No. of
Rack
Spaces^
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
TPA32R88S68Y 32-port angled patch panel with 32 RJ45 ports wired
to four 68-pin SCSI connectors.
1 1 10
TPK1A32R88S68Y 32-port angled patch panel with 32 RJ45 ports wired
to four 68-pin SCSI connectors kitted with four cable
assemblies each 3 ft. long with 68-pin DB68 male
plugs on both ends.
1 1 10
TPK2A32R88S68 32-port angled patch panel with 32 RJ45 ports wired
to four 68 pin SCSI connectors kitted with four cable
assemblies each 6 ft. long with 68-pin DB68 male
plug on one end, and 68-pin VHD68 male plug on
the other.
1 1 10
B.57 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Mini-Com
Mini-Jack
Mini-Jack
Category 3 UTP
Jack Modules
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Module
Part Number
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop
Printer Label
TDP43ME Thermal
Transfer Desktop
Printer Label
PanTher
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All UTP
Category 3
Jack Modules
C138X019FJJ C138X019YPT C138X019FJC T019X000FJC-BK
B.58 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Mini-Com
Blank Module
Secures opening to prevent tampering Compatible with Mini-Com
F-Type Module
Typical use in CATV applications
Compatible with Mini-Com
D-Subminiature Inserts
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
CHD9CIWY CHD15HDCIWY
CHD15HDSCIWY
D-Subminiature Inserts
Used in audio and video applications Compatible with classic and executive faceplate frames
For other colors, replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray),
or BL (Black).
Compatible with Classic and Executive Faceplate Frames on page G.14.
Part Number Part Description Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
CHD9CIWY 1/3 insert with 9-pin female to female coupler. Off
White
1 10
CHD15HDCIWY 1/3 insert with 15-pin high density female to female
coupler; SVGA capable.
Off
White
1 10
CHD15HDSCIWY 1/3 insert with one 15-pin DB connector mounted to a
printed circuit board; terminates on site; SVGA capable.
Off
White
1 10
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Faceplate
Part Number
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop
Printer Label
TDP43ME Thermal Transfer
Desktop Printer Label
PanTher
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
CHD9C**Y
C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
CHD15HDC**Y
CHD15HDSC**Y
B.61 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
RCA 1/3 Inserts
CHR3RGBIW
For other colors, replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), or IG (International Gray).
Compatible with Classic and Executive Faceplate Frames on page G.14.
Used in audio and video applications Compatible with classic and executive faceplate frames
Part Number Part Description Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
CHR3RGBIW 1/3 insert with three RCA pass-through couplers. RCA insert
colors are red, green, and blue. R,G,B component video.
Off
White
1 10
CHR3WYRIW 1/3 insert with three RCA pass-through couplers. RCA
insert colors are white, yellow, and red. Composite video
and left and right stereo.
Off
White
1 10
CHR3WYRIW
Mini-Com
HDMI Coupler
Delivers audio and video signals in digital format
Supports Category 1 (standard) and Category 2
(high speed) HDMI cable
Backwards compatible
Compatible with select Mini-Com
USB Coupler
Interface for transmitting data between devices such as
scanners, digital cameras, printers, etc.
Supports cable lengths up to 15 feet between devices
Accepts USB 2.0 Patch Cords and is backwards
compatible with USB 1.1 Patch Cords
Compatible with all Mini-Com
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
VP24382TV25Y C379X030FJJ C379X030YPT C379X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
B.66 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Mini-Com
Ultimate ID
LS8E or
Cougar
Ultimate ID
Ultimate ID
Faceplates.
1 Six
4-Port
1 10
UICMPPA48BLY 48-port angled patch panel with twelve
UICPPL4BL Mini-Com
Ultimate ID
Faceplates.
2 Twelve
4-Port
1 10
Mini-Com
Ultimate ID
Ultimate ID
Faceplates.
1 Six
4-Port
1 10
UICMPP48BLY 48-port patch panel with twelve UICPPL4BL
Mini-Com
Ultimate ID
Faceplates.
2 Twelve
4-Port
1 10
Mini-Com
Ultimate ID
Patch Panels
Supplied with label covers; labels sold separately
Two label pocket faceplate allows port and panel
identification; also permits patch cords to be routed with-
out blocking port ID
Can be clearly identified with the PanTher
LS8E or
Cougar
Modules.
Two
4-Port
1 10
UICPPL4BL Patch panel faceplate with one label pocket; accepts
up to four Mini-Com
Modules.
One
4-Port
1 10
B.67 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Mini-Com
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All Flush Mount Patch
Panels on this page
C252X030FJJ C252X030YPT C252X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
B.68 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Mini-Com
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
CPPA72FMWBLY
CPP72FMWBLY
CPPA48HDEWBL
CPP48HDEWBL
C261X030FJJ C261X030YPT C261X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
B.69 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Mini-Com
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All Patch Panels
on this Page
C261X035Y1J C261X035Y1T C261X035Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
B.70 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Mini-Com
M6 Style Modular
Faceplate Patch Panels with label/label covers
(CPPL24M6BLY). Labels are pre-printed 1 24 on
one side and write-on area on reverse side.
1 10
C6PPLK25-48 Replacement labels for Mini-Com
M6 Style Modular
Faceplate Patch Panels with label/label covers
(CPPL**M6BLY). Labels are pre-printed 25 48 on
one side and write-on area on reverse side.
1 10
C6PPLK1-24
C6PPLK25-48
Component Labels for Mini-Com
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
CPPL24M6BLY
CPPL48M6BLY
C390X030Y1J C390X030Y1T C390X030Y1C T031X000FJC-BK
B.71 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Mini-Com
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
CPPL24WRBLY
CPPL48WRBLY
C261X035Y1J C261X035Y1T C261X035Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
B.72 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Mini-Com
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
CWPP12WBL
CPP12WBL
C261X030FJJ C261X030YPT C261X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
B.73 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Mini-Com
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All Metal Shielded
Modular Patch Panels
on this page
C252X030FJJ C252X030YPT C252X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
B.74 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Strain Relief Bar with Clips
Mounts to the rear of standard EIA 19" racks behind each
patch panel
Supports 24 cables with hinged dual clips and provides
bend radius protection
Each adjustable clip can hold up to two cables;
accommodates cable diameter range from 0.170" 0.330"
(4.3mm 8.4mm)
Provides superior aesthetics in cable management
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
Part Number Part Description
No. of
Rack
Spaces^
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
SRBWCY Strain relief bar with integrated adjustable clips; supports,
manages, and provides bend radius protection for up to 24
cables in 1 RU.
1 1 10
Strain Relief Bars for Patch Panels
Mount to standard EIA 19" racks
Ideal for standard density patch panels (24 ports per RU)
Tak-Ty
PLUS Patch
Cord Connector
Constructed of UL 94V-0 high impact
polycarbonate material
Patented single piece robust construction
Optional 4-pair retaining clip (GPRC4) provides additional
conductor retention and minimizes errors during moves,
adds, and changes
Termination tool available on page B.83.
Cable requirement: terminates most 22 26 AWG solid or stranded IWC wire with a 0.050" (1.27mm) max o.d.,
either PVC or plenum rated.
To ensure optimal performance, Panduit recommends use with other Panduit Category 6 PLUS components.
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
4-Pair Connecting Block
GPCB4-XY 4-pair Category 6 punchdown connecting block. 10 1000
GPCB4-CY 4-pair Category 6 punchdown connecting block. 100 1000
5-Pair Connecting Block
GPCB5-XY 5-pair Category 6 punchdown connecting block. 10 1000
GPCB5-CY 5-pair Category 6 punchdown connection block. 100 1000
GPCB5-*Y
GPCB4-*Y
GP6
PLUS
Tower Kit.
1
Termination tool available on page B.83.
Cable requirement: terminates most 22 26 AWG solid or stranded IWC wire with a 0.050" (1.27mm) max o.d.,
either PVC or plenum rated.
To ensure optimal performance, Panduit recommends use with other Panduit Category 6 components.
B.80 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
For non-adhesive labeling solution, do not remove liner from label.
Component Labels for GP6
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All GP Kits on pages
C1.33 C1.36
C788X050Y1J C788X050Y1T C788X050Y1C T100X000VPC-BK
B.81 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
GP6
PLUS components.
GPPC4IG*AY
and GPPC4IG*BY
GPPC4IG*Y
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Cable Labels for GP6
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All GPPC4IG Parts S100X125YAJ S100X125VATY S100X125VAC T100X000CBC-BK
B.82 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
GP6
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All GPPC Parts S100X125YAJ S100X125VATY S100X125VAC T100X000CBC-BK
B.83 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Jumper Troughs
Available with or without legs for a variety of
mounting options
Unique finger design maintains cable bend radius
Provide optimum cable management when used with
GP6
Bases
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
P110JTW-X Jumper trough with legs. 10
P110JT-X Jumper trough. 10
P110JTR2Y Two jumper troughs mounted to two rack space panel. 1
P110JT-X
P110JTW-X
GP6
Blocks
Reversible blade provides option of terminating without
cutting wire
4-pair punchdown tool seats 4 or 5-pair connecting blocks
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
4-Pair Punchdown Tool
GPDTM Inserts and cuts off up to 4-pairs at a time, for use with GP6
PLUS
System only.
1 10
4-Pair Replacement Head Assembly
GPDTMH Replacement head assembly for GP6
PLUS
System only.
1
Single Wire Replacement Blade
GPSTB Replacement blade for GP6
Towers
P110T300Y 300-pair tower. Components sold separately. 1
P110T900Y 900-pair tower. Components sold separately. 1
P110KT300Y
Each tower system contains adequate connecting blocks to complete each 25-pair wiring strip. Example:
P110KT3004Y includes five 4-pair and one 5-pair connecting block per 25-pair wiring strip for a total of sixty 4-pair
and twelve 5-pair connecting blocks.
GP6
PLUS system can be installed on individual towers, not recommended for use with GP6
PLUS high
density bases.
Termination tool available on page B.91.
Cable requirement: terminates most 22 26 AWG solid or stranded IWC wire with a 0.050" (1.27mm) max o.d.,
either PVC or plenum rated.
B.87 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Component Labels for Pan-Punch
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All Pan-Punch
Tower Kits
C750X050Y1J C750X050Y1T C750X050Y1C T050X000VPC-BK
110 Punchdown Label Holder
Use with adhesive or non-adhesive designation labels
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
P110LH Label holder snaps into 110 and GP6
Bases. 6 60
B.88 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
19" Rack Mount Bracket Kits
Used to attach tower systems and vertical cable managers
to 19" racks
Use two towers side-by-side or a tower and a vertical wire
manager side-by-side
Include brackets and mounting screws
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
P110TB300Y Kit for 300-pair tower or vertical wire management. 1
P110TB900Y Kit for 900-pair tower or vertical wire management. 1 P110TB
Pan-Punch
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
P110LH C750X050Y1J C750X050Y1T C750X050Y1C T050X000VPC-BK
B.89 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Pan-Punch
110
Connecting Blocks. Legs allow cables to be routed behind bases.
10
100-Pair Base
P110B100-X Positions and holds UTP cable for termination with Pan-Punch
110
Connecting Blocks. For frame or rack mount wiring behind bases.
10
300-Pair Base with Legs
P110BW300-X Positions and holds UTP cable for termination with Pan-Punch
110
Connecting Blocks. Legs allow cables to be routed behind bases.
10
300-Pair Base
P110B300-X Positions and holds UTP cable for termination with Pan-Punch
110
Connecting Blocks. For frame or rack mount wiring behind bases.
10
P110BW100-X
P110B100-X
P110BW300-X
P110B300-X
Pan-Punch
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
P110PC1 S100X125YAJ S100X125VATY S100X125VAC T100X000CBC-BK
P110PC2&4 S100X150YAJ S100X150VATY S100X150VAC T100X000CBC-BK
P110PC*IG*AY
B.91 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Pan-Punch
10Gig
, DP6
Patch Panels
Reversible blade provides option of terminating without
cutting wire
5-pair punchdown tool seats 3, 4, or 5-pair connecting
blocks onto 110 base
PDT110M
PDT110
Jumper Troughs
Available with or without legs for a variety of
mounting options
Unique finger design maintains cable bend radius
Provide optimum cable management when used with
GP6
Bases
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
P110JTW-X Jumper trough with legs. 10
P110JT-X Jumper trough. 10
P110JTR2Y Two jumper troughs mounted to two rack space panel. 1
P110JT-X
P110JTW-X
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
5-Pair Punchdown Tool
PDT110M 5-pair punchdown tool, can terminate up to 5 pairs at a time. 1 10
Replacement Head
PDH110M Replacement head assembly for 5-pair punchdown tool. 1 10
Replacement Blade Assembly
PDB110M Replacement blade for 5-pair punchdown tool. 1 10
Single Punchdown Tool
PDT110 Punchdown tool and blade for 110 style IDCs. Terminates and cuts UTP
cable in one operation.
1
Replacement Blade
PDTH110 Replacement blade for single pair punchdown tool. 1
B.92 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
RJ45 Jack Blockout Device
Blocks unauthorized access to jacks and potentially
harmful foreign objects, saving time and money
associated with data security breaches, network
downtime, repair and hardware replacement
Compatible with most RJ45 jacks to accommodate a
variety of applications and does not interfere with
jack contacts
Can be installed/removed without interfering with adjacent
jacks or hardware
May only be released with the special removal tool,
ensuring the safety and security of your
network infrastructure
PSL-DCJB
*Available in bulk packages of 100 devices and five removal tools. To order bulk package add -C to the suffix of
part number.
Part Number Part Description Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
PSL-DCJB* Package of ten RJ45 jack blockout devices and one
removal tool.
Red 1 20
PSL-DCJB-BL* Package of ten RJ45 jack blockout devices and one
removal tool.
Black 1 20
PSL-DCJB-BU* Package of ten RJ45 jack blockout devices and one
removal tool.
Blue 1 20
PSL-DCJB-YL* Package of ten RJ45 jack blockout devices and one
removal tool.
Yellow 1 20
PSL-DCJB-IW* Package of ten RJ45 jack blockout devices and one
removal tool.
International
White
1 20
PSL-DCJB-GR* Package of ten RJ45 jack blockout devices and one
removal tool.
Green 1 20
PSL-DCJB-OR* Package of ten RJ45 jack blockout devices and one
removal tool.
Orange 1 20
PSL-DCJB-IG* Package of ten RJ45 jack blockout devices and one
removal tool.
International
Gray
1 20
PSL-DCJB-VL* Package of ten RJ45 jack blockout devices and one
removal tool.
Violet 1 20
B.93 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
USB Blockout Device
Blockout devices block unauthorized access to USB ports,
to provide additional security from viruses being loaded
and illicit data being removed through the USB port
Type A blockouts compatible with USB 2.0 and USB 3.0
Type A ports; Type B blockouts compatible with USB 2.0
Type B ports
Can be installed without interfering with adjacent
USB ports
May only be released with the special removal tool,
ensuring the safety and security of your network
infrastructure; Permanent blockouts are not releasable
PSL-DCJBUSBA
Part Number Part Description Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
USB Type A Blockouts
PSL-USBA* Package of five USB Type A blockout devices
and one removal tool.
Red 1 20
PSL-PERM-USBA Package of ten Permanent USB Type A
blockout devices.
Red 1 20
USB Type B Blockouts
PSL-USBB Package of ten USB Type B blockout devices
and one removal tool.
Red 1 20
PSL-PERM-USBB Package of ten Permanent USB Type B
blockout devices.
Red 1 20
PSL-DCJBPERM-USBA
PSL-DCJBUSBB
PSL-DCJBPERM-USBB
*Available in bulk packages of 50 devices and five removal tools. To order bulk package add -L to the suffix
of part number.
B.94 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
RJ45 Plug Lock-In Device
Tamper-resistant design blocks unauthorized removal
of cable, VoIP phone, other networking equipment, or
critical connection
Compatible with UTP and shielded Category 6A, 6,
and UTP Category 5e patch cords
Deters unauthorized users from moving or stealing
VoIP phones helping to maintain E911 service
Compact design does not interfere with adjacent jack
modules, even in high-density applications
Installation/removal tool allows plug to be locked into or
released from jack module for enhanced physical security
Locking mechanism is white for flush mount and clear
for recessed devices
*Available in bulk packages of 100 devices and five installation/removal tools. To order bulk package add -C to the
suffix of part number. The RJ45 plug lock-in device may not be compatible with all jacks, overmolded cables, or
PanView
Cables.
Part Number Part Description Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Flush Compatible With Flush Mounted Jack Modules
PSL-DCPLX* Package of ten RJ45 plug lock-in devices and one
installation/removal tool.
Red 1 20
PSL-DCPLX-BL* Package of ten RJ45 plug lock-in devices and one
installation/removal tool.
Black 1 20
PSL-DCPLX-BU* Package of ten RJ45 plug lock-in devices and one
installation/removal tool.
Blue 1 20
PSL-DCPLX-YL* Package of ten RJ45 plug lock-in devices and one
installation/removal tool.
Yellow 1 20
PSL-DCPLX-IW* Package of ten RJ45 plug lock-in devices and one
installation/removal tool.
International
White
1 20
PSL-DCPLX-GR* Package of ten RJ45 plug lock-in devices and one
installation/removal tool.
Green 1 20
PSL-DCPLX-OR* Package of ten RJ45 plug lock-in devices and one
installation/removal tool.
Orange 1 20
PSL-DCPLX-IG* Package of ten RJ45 plug lock-in devices and one
installation/removal tool.
International
Gray
1 20
PSL-DCPLX-VL* Package of ten RJ45 plug lock-in devices and one
installation/removal tool.
Violet 1 20
Recessed Compatible With Recessed Jack Modules
PSL-DCPLRX* Package of ten recessed RJ45 plug lock-in
devices and one installation/removal tool.
Red 1 20
PSL-DCPLRX-BL* Package of ten recessed RJ45 plug lock-in
devices and one installation/removal tool.
Black 1 20
PSL-DCPLRX-BU* Package of ten recessed RJ45 plug lock-in
devices and one installation/removal tool.
Blue 1 20
PSL-DCPLRX-YL* Package of ten recessed RJ45 plug lock-in
devices and one installation/removal tool.
Yellow 1 20
PSL-DCPLRX-IW* Package of ten recessed RJ45 plug lock-in
devices and one installation/removal tool.
International
White
1 20
PSL-DCPLRX-GR* Package of ten recessed RJ45 plug lock-in
devices and one installation/removal tool.
Green 1 20
PSL-DCPLRX-OR* Package of ten recessed RJ45 plug lock-in
devices and one installation/removal tool.
Orange 1 20
PSL-DCPLRX-IG* Package of ten recessed RJ45 plug lock-in
devices and one installation/removal tool.
International
Gray
1 20
PSL-DCPLRX-VL* Package of ten recessed RJ45 plug lock-in
devices and one installation/removal tool.
Violet 1 20
PPSL-DCPLRX-BL
Part Number Part Description
Width Height
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty. In. mm In. mm
SLCT-WH White, self-laminating cable marker
holder, 25 tags/pkg.
3.00 76.2 1.31 33.3 1 4
SLCT-OR Orange, self-laminating cable
marker holder, 25 tags/pkg.
3.00 76.2 1.31 33.3 1 4
SLCT-YL Yellow, self-laminating cable marker
holder, 25 tags/pkg.
3.00 76.2 1.31 33.3 1 4
SLCT-IG Gray, self-laminating cable marker
holder, 25 tags/pkg.
3.00 76.2 1.31 33.3 1 4
B.95 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Component Labels for Self-Laminating Cable Markers or Large Cables
or Cable Bundles
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Self-Laminating Cable Marker Holders for Large Cables or Cable Bundles
Durable tag to mark a wide range of cables and
cable bundles
Can be used with printer generated labels or hand-written
Attaches easily with Panduit intermediate or standard
cross-section nylon cable ties or Panduit
Tak-Ty
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All SLCT Parts C200X100FJJ C200X100YPT C200X100FJC T100X000VPC-BK
B.96 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Thermal Transfer Marker Plates
Non-adhesive marker plates offer crisp, clear legends
with superior legibility
Attachable in a horizontal or vertical orientation
Available in a variety of colors and sizes
Use with Panduit RMR4BL resin thermal transfer ribbon
Patch Cord Color Bands
Removable band snaps on and off individual cables
allowing the same patch cord to be used for
different applications
Can be installed next to each other allowing multiple color
bands to be used on one cable, offering endless color
coding options
Internal grooves secure color bands in place on cable
providing easy identification at the connection
Available in 10 standard colors that match Panduit
connectivity providing an aesthetically pleasing solution
Compatible with all Panduit patch cords, existing and
new installations can be color-coded as networks change
Patch cords available on pages B.18, B.25, B.34, B.46, B.50.
Part Number Part Description
Width Height
Print-On Area
Width
Labels
Per
Roll
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty. In. mm In. mm In. mm
M300X100Y6T Yellow, thermal transfer marker plate. 3.00 76.2 1.00 25.4 1.80 45.7 500 1 4
M300X100Y7T White, thermal transfer marker plate. 3.00 76.2 1.00 25.4 1.80 45.7 500 1 4
M300X050Y6T Yellow, thermal transfer marker plate. 3.00 76.2 0.50 12.7 2.07 52.6 500 1 4
M300X050Y7T White, thermal transfer marker plate. 3.00 76.2 0.50 12.7 2.07 52.6 500 1 4
M200X100Y6T Yellow, thermal transfer marker plate. 2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 0.80 20.3 500 1 4
M200X100Y7T White, thermal transfer marker plate. 2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 0.80 20.3 500 1 4
M200X050Y6T Yellow, thermal transfer marker plate. 2.00 50.8 0.50 12.7 1.07 27.3 500 1 4
M200X050Y7T White, thermal transfer marker plate. 2.00 50.8 0.50 12.7 1.07 27.3 500 1 4
Part Number Part Description Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
PCBANDBL-Q Snaps onto individual patch cable for additional color-
coding.
Black 25
PCBANDBU-Q Blue 25
PCBANDWH-Q White 25
PCBANDEI-Q Electric Ivory 25
PCBANDIG-Q International Gray 25
PCBANDOR-Q Orange 25
PCBANDRD-Q Red 25
PCBANDGR-Q Green 25
PCBANDYL-Q Yellow 25
PCBANDVL-Q Violet 25
B.97 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Cable Prep Tools
CWST
CJAST
Module Termination Tools and Accessories
TGJT termination tool easily terminates all TG style jack
modules, reducing installation time by 25%
EGJT tool assists in terminating all enhanced Giga-TX
Mini-Jack
Jack Modules
CJT-X tool assists in terminating all Mini-Com
Mini-Jack
Mini-Jack
Jack Modules. 10 50
AVPDB Audio/video punchdown base used to assist in terminating
Mini-Com
Jack Modules.
100 1000
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
CWST Copper conductor snipping tool. 1
CJAST Cable jacket stripping tool. 1
CJASTB Replacement blade for cable stripping tool CJAST. 1
B.98
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Patch Cord Removal Tool
Tool arms allow the installer to pass over cabling which
interferes with accessibility
Compatible with copper and fiber patch cords
Optional flashlight kit (KPCRT1-FL) attaches to top of tool
Modular Plug Termination Tools
WPT-8 arranges all eight conductors in the proper
sequence and provides proper gauge length for trimming
conductors for MP588
MPT5-8AS required for modular plug termination
WPT-8
PCRT1
KPCRT1-FL
MPT5-8AS
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Wire Prep Tool
WPT-8 Crimp tool for TX6
Modular Plugs. 1 10
Modular Plug Installation Tool
MPT5-8AS Crimp tool for TX6
Modular Plugs. 1
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
PCRT1 Easily removes copper and fiber patch cords in dense rack installations. 1
KPCRT1-FL Flashlight kit for patch cord removal tool (PCRT1). 1
C.1 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
FIBER OPTIC SYSTEMS
Panduit provides high bandwidth and mission critical physical infrastructures in data center, enterprise,
and campus networks with comprehensive fiber optic systems that deliver high performance, reliability
and scalability. By leveraging its technology leadership, innovative design and cable management
expertise, Panduit fiber optic systems meet todays requirements and provide a migration path for
tomorrows applications. These systems accommodate multiple termination options, including
pre-terminated, field-terminated, and field-spliced methods, to meet your specific cabling infrastructure
requirements. Panduit fiber optic systems offer the industrys highest patch field density combined with
superior fiber cable management to provide unmatched network design and layout flexibility.
New Keyed LC System provides the strictest keying
integrity available to prevent unauthorized mating
and ensure network physical layer security
Opti-Core
and QuickNet
Fiber
Adapter Panels enable easy MACs to provide system
modularity and scalability for easy upgrades and
future network growth
Opti-Core
Cable
Assemblies are designed to fit the application to
minimize waste, optimize cable management, and
speed deployment
Panduit fiber optic systems include a full line of innovative, end-to-end, high performance products for
all fiber optic applications. These advanced fiber optic systems are comprised of a broad selection of
high performance fiber optic cable, connectors, adapter modules, adapter panels, cassettes, enclosures,
patch cords, cable assemblies, cable distribution products and accessories for both singlemode and
multimode applications. Together, these components provide complete solutions for todays high data
rate Fibre Channel and Ethernet applications, and support future readiness for 40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s
data rates, maximizing physical infrastructure performance, modularity, and scalability.
C.2
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Fiber Optic Systems Roadmaps
Data Center and SAN
Fiber Optic Adapters
(LC, SC, and ST)
(pages C.28 C.31)
Opti-Core
MTP* Cassettes
(pages C.43 C.53)
Mini-Com
Adapter Modules
(MPO, LC, Keyed LC,
SC, ST, FC, MT-RJ)
(pages C.31 C.36)
Opticom
Fiber
Adapter Panels (FAPs)
(LC, Keyed LC, SC, ST,
MT-RJ, FC)
(pages C.37 C.43)
6
4
5
6 7 8 12 5
7
11
5
7
6
9
12
8
6
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
C.3 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Telecommunications Room and Work Area
QuickNet
Hydra,
Interconnect, MTP*, and
Traditional Trunk Cable
Assemblies
(pages C.91 C.100)
Opticom
and QuickNet
, Opti-Crimp
, and
Field Polish Fiber Optic
Termination Kits and Tools
(pages C.101 C.106)
Cabinets, Racks, and
Cable Management
(pages L.1 L.74)
12
10
11
3 4
12
1 9
7
6
5
7
11
3 4
8
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
2
C.4
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Opti-Core
10Gig
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
6
12
S100X150YAJ S100X150VATY S100X150VAC T100X000CBC-BK
24
S100X225YAJ S100X225VATY S100X225VAC T100X000CBC-BK
36
48
S100X650YAJ S100X650VATY S100X650VAC T100X000CBC-BK
Opti-Core
10Gig
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
6
12
S100X225YAJ S100X225VATY S100X225VAC T100X000CBC-BK
24
36
48
72
96
144
S100X650YAJ S100X650VATY S100X650VAC T100X000CBC-BK
Opti-Core
50/125m
(OM3) multimode plenum rated indoor/outdoor central cable.
36 Black
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
Allows installation using loose tube cable methods within
buildings and outdoor environments for transitional aerial
and duct applications, and in entrance facilities that
require riser (OFNR) or plenum (OFNP) rated cable
Eliminates the need for building entrance transition point
All-dielectric cable construction requires no grounding
or bonding
UV resistant cable sheathing meets the light absorption
requirement defined by Telcordia GR-20, Issue 2 to
withstand harsh outdoor environmental demands
Dry water-blocking technology allows rapid cable
preparation and termination for lower termination costs
and time (no messy gel required)
Available in 6 and 12-fiber counts in central loose tube
design, and in 24, 36, 48, 72, 96 and 144-fiber counts
in a stranded loose tube design
Multimode (OM4,OM3, OM2, and OM1) and singlemode
(OS1/OS2) fiber available
Sheath markings provide positive identification, quality
traceability, and length verification
250m buffer coating protects fibers during handling
and allows for ease of stripping
Opti-Core
10Gig
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
6
12
24
36
48
72
96
144
S100X225YAJ S100X225VATY S100X225VAC
T100X000CBC-BK
C.11 www.panduit.com
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Opti-Core
10Gig
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
6
12
S100X225YAJ S100X225VATY S100X225VAC T100X000CBC-BK
24
36
48
72
96
144
S100X400YAJ S100X400VATY S100X400VAC T100X000CBC-BK
C.14 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Opti-Core
10Gig
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
6
12
24
36
48
S100X225YAJ S100X225VATY S100X225VAC T100X000CBC-BK
72
96
144
S100X400YAJ S100X400VATY S100X400VAC T100X000CBC-BK
C.16 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Opti-Core
10Gig
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
6
12
24
36
48
S100X225YAJ S100X225VATY S100X225VAC T100X000CBC-BK
72
96
144
S100X400YAJ S100X400VATY S100X400VAC T100X000CBC-BK
C.18 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Opti-Core
10Gig
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
2
S100X220YAJ
and NWSLC-7Y
S100X225VATY
and NWSLC-7Y
S100X220VAC
and NWSLC-7Y
T100X000CBC-BK
FSIR602Y
Part Number Part Description
Fiber
Count Color
Opti-Core
multimode), >20dB
(multimode), >50dB (singlemode)
Spring-loaded Senior rear pivot latch LC connector
Quick installation; provide field termination in less than
half the time of field polish connectors
Patented re-termination capability provides yield rates
approaching 100%
Factory pre-polished fiber endface eliminates
time-consuming field polishing to reduce installation costs,
labor, scrap and the number of tools required
Cam activated fiber and buffer clamp mechanisms provide
superior fiber and buffer retention less sensitivity to fiber
tensile loading
OptiCam
Cable Retention
Boot Assemblies (ten per package)
For 250m coated fiber termination, use 250 micron fiber
build-up tube kit or fan-out kits on pages C.27 C.28
Ferrule type: 1.25mm zirconia ceramic (highest durability
for repeated matings)
Use OptiCam
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
Duplex Clip
FLCCLIPBL-L LC OptiCam
multimode), >20dB
(multimode), >50dB (singlemode)
Include color-specific keys with positive and negative
keying features to visually and mechanically distinguish
connections to prevent unauthorized mating with unlike
keyed or non-keyed adapters
Part of a complete Keyed LC System that includes
Opti-Core
Fiber Adapter
Panels (FAPs), and Mini-Com
Adapter Modules
Translucent housing assembly is laser marked to identify
fiber stub fiber type (9m, 62.5, 50 or 50X)
Spring-loaded Senior rear pivot latch LC connector
Quick installation; provide field termination in less than
half the time of field polish connectors
Patented re-termination capability provides yield rates
approaching 100%
Factory pre-polished fiber endface eliminates
time-consuming field polishing to reduce installation costs,
labor, scrap, and the number of tools required
Cam activated fiber and buffer clamp mechanisms provide
superior fiber and buffer retention less sensitivity to fiber
tensile loading
OptiCam
Cable Retention
Boot Assemblies (ten per package)
For 250m coated fiber termination, use 250 micron fiber
build-up tube kit or fan-out kits on pages C.27 C.28
Ferrule type: 1.25mm zirconia ceramic (highest durability
for repeated matings)
Use OptiCam
10Gig
10Gig
50/125m
Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m
tight-buffered fiber installation.
Keyed A
Black
1 10
FLCSMCXBRD LC (keyed B red) OptiCam
10Gig
50/125m
Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m
tight-buffered fiber installation.
Keyed B
Red
1 10
FLCSMCXCGR LC (keyed C green) OptiCam
10Gig
50/125m
Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m
tight-buffered fiber installation.
Keyed C
Green
1 10
FLCSMCXDYL LC (keyed D yellow) OptiCam
10Gig
50/125m
Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m
tight-buffered fiber installation.
Keyed D
Yellow
1 10
FLCSMCXEOR LC (keyed E orange) OptiCam
10Gig
50/125m
Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m
tight-buffered fiber installation.
Keyed E
Orange
1 10
FLCSMCXFDB LC (keyed F dark blue) OptiCam
10Gig
50/125m
Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m
tight-buffered fiber installation.
Keyed F
Dark
Blue
1 10
Keyed LC OptiCam
50/125m
Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m
tight-buffered fiber installation.
Keyed A
Black
1 10
FLCSMC5BRD LC (keyed B red) OptiCam
50/125m
Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m
tight-buffered fiber installation.
Keyed B
Red
1 10
FLCSMC5CGR LC (keyed C green) OptiCam
50/125m
Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m
tight-buffered fiber installation.
Keyed C
Green
1 10
FLCSMC5DYL LC (keyed D yellow) OptiCam
50/125m
Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m
tight-buffered fiber installation.
Keyed D
Yellow
1 10
FLCSMC5EOR LC (keyed E orange) OptiCam
50/125m
Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m
tight-buffered fiber installation.
Keyed E
Orange
1 10
FLCSMC5FDB LC (keyed F dark blue) OptiCam
50/125m
Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m
tight-buffered fiber installation.
Keyed F
Dark
Blue
1 10
*To order duplex connectors, replace the first S in the part number (FLCSSCABL) with a D (FLCDSCABL).
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Key Type
and
Color Part Description Part Number
C.21 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Keyed LC OptiCam
62.5/125m
Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m
tight-buffered fiber installation.
Keyed A
Black
1 10
FLCSMC6BRD LC (keyed B red) OptiCam
62.5/125m Multimode
Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m
tight-buffered fiber installation.
Keyed B
Red
1 10
FLCSMC6CGR LC (keyed C green) OptiCam
62.5/125m
Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m
tight-buffered fiber installation.
Keyed C
Green
1 10
FLCSMC6DYL LC (keyed D yellow) OptiCam
62.5/125m
Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m
tight-buffered fiber installation.
Keyed D
Yellow
1 10
FLCSMC6EOR LC (keyed E orange) OptiCam
62.5/125m
Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m
tight-buffered fiber installation.
Keyed E
Orange
1 10
FLCSMC6FDB LC (keyed F dark blue) OptiCam
62.5/125m
Multimode Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m
tight-buffered fiber installation.
Keyed F
Dark
Blue
1 10
Keyed LC OptiCam
Singlemode
Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m
tight-buffered fiber installation.
Keyed A
Black
1 10
FLCSSCBRD LC (keyed B red) OptiCam
Singlemode
Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m
tight-buffered fiber installation.
Keyed B
Red
1 10
FLCSSCCGR LC (keyed C green) OptiCam
Singlemode
Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m
tight-buffered fiber installation.
Keyed C
Green
1 10
FLCSSCDYL LC (keyed D yellow) OptiCam
Singlemode
Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m
tight-buffered fiber installation.
Keyed D
Yellow
1 10
FLCSSCEOR LC (keyed E orange) OptiCam
Singlemode
Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m
tight-buffered fiber installation.
Keyed E
Orange
1 10
FLCSSCFDB LC (keyed F dark blue) OptiCam
Singlemode
Simplex Fiber Optic Connector for 900m
tight-buffered fiber installation.
Keyed F
Dark
Blue
1 10
OptiCam
Duplex Clip
FLCCLIPBL-L LC OptiCam
multimode), >20dB
(multimode), >50dB (singlemode)
Quick installation; provide field termination in less than
half the time of field polish connectors
Patented re-termination capability provides yield rates
approaching 100%
Factory pre-polished fiber endface eliminates
time-consuming field polishing to reduce installation costs,
labor, scrap and the number of tools required
Cam activated fiber and buffer clamp mechanisms provide
superior fiber and buffer retention less sensitivity to fiber
tensile loading
OptiCam
Cable Retention
Boot Assemblies (ten per package) ten per package
For 250m coated fiber termination, use 250 micron fiber
build-up tube kit or fan-out kits on pages C.27 C.28
Ferrule type: 2.5mm zirconia ceramic (highest durability
for repeated matings) or composite to meet a variety of
application requirements
Use OptiCam
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
multimode), >20dB
(multimode), >50dB (singlemode)
Quick installation; provide field termination in less than
half the time of field polish connectors
Patented re-termination capability provides yield rates
approaching 100%
Factory pre-polished fiber endface eliminates
time-consuming field polishing to reduce installation costs,
labor, scrap and the number of tools required
Cam activated fiber and buffer clamp mechanisms provide
superior fiber and buffer retention less sensitivity to fiber
tensile loading
OptiCam
Cable Retention
Boot Assemblies (ten per package)
For 250m coated fiber termination, use 250 micron fiber
build-up tube kit or fan-out kits on pages C.27 C.28
Ferrule type: 2.5mm zirconia ceramic (highest durability
for repeated matings) or composite to meet a variety of
application requirements
Use OptiCam
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
, or
OptiCam
Fiber
Adapter Panels on page C.43 and in QuickNet
MTP*
Fiber Optic Cassettes on pages C.46 C.53 to provide
a complete ST system solution
ST simplex adapters are also available in Mini-Com
products for
complete modularity
Provide a FOCIS-10 senior adapter interface at each end
Accept FOCIS-10 compatible senior LC connectors
Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split
sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia
ceramic split sleeves are recommended for OM3/OM4
multimode and OS1/OS2 singlemode applications
Every adapter is laser marked with Q.C. number to assure
100% traceability
LC simplex and duplex adapters are also available
separately on pages C.28 C.29 and in patch panels
or fiber adapter panels to provide a complete LC
system solution
CMDSAQLCZ
CMDSBLLC
CMDSLC
CMDSLCZ
For other colors module colors, replace suffix BL (Black), EL (Electric Ivory), or BU (Blue) with EI (Electric Ivory),
BU (Blue), BL (Black), IW (Off White) or AW (Arctic White). 10Gig
products for
complete modularity
Accept FOCIS-10 compatible senior LC connectors at
either end and FOCIS-10 junior LC connectors at the
inside end for behind the wall applications
Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split
sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia
ceramic split sleeves are recommended for OM3/OM4
multimode and OS1/OS2 singlemode applications
Every adapter is laser marked with Q.C. number to assure
100% traceability
LC simplex and duplex adapters are also available
separately on pages C.28 C.29 and in patch panels
or fiber adapter panels to provide a complete LC
system solution
CMDJAQLCZ
CMDJBLLC
CMDJLC
CMDJLCZ
For other colors module colors, replace suffix BL (Black), EL (Electric Ivory), or BU (Blue) with EI (Electric Ivory),
BU (Blue), BL (Black), IW (Off White) or AW (Arctic White). 10Gig
Fiber Adapter
Panels (FAPs), and Mini-Com
Adapter Modules
Small form factor (SFF) keyed LC duplex adapter design
fits into single module space
Compatible with Mini-Com
products for
complete modularity
Provide a keyed senior adapter interface at each end for
keyed LC connectivity
Include zirconia ceramic split sleeves for superior
performance and reliability
Every adapter is laser marked with Q.C. number to assure
100% traceability
Keyed LC adapters are also available in Keyed LC
QuickNet
products for
complete modularity
Improved protective cap fully surrounds split
sleeve opening
Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split
sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia
ceramic split sleeves are recommended for OM3/OM4
multimode and OS1/OS2 singlemode applications
Every adapter is laser marked with Q.C. number to assure
100% traceability
Mini-Com
Simplex
Multimode Fiber Optic Adapter (AQ) with
zirconia ceramic split sleeve.
1 Black 1 10
CMSAQSCBL Module supplied with one SC 10Gig
Simplex
Multimode Fiber Optic Adapter (AQ) with
phosphor bronze split sleeve.
1 Black 1 10
CMDAQSCZBL Module supplied with one SC 10Gig
Duplex
Multimode Fiber Optic Adapter (AQ) with
zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
2 Black 1 10
CMDAQSCBL Module supplied with one SC 10Gig
Duplex
Multimode Fiber Optic Adapter (AQ) with
phosphor bronze split sleeves.
2 Black 1 10
SC Fiber Optic Adapter Modules OM2 50/125m (Black Adapters)
CMSBLSCBL Module supplied with one SC simplex
multimode fiber optic adapter (BL) with
phosphor bronze split sleeve.
1 Black 1 10
CMDBLSCBL Module supplied with one SC duplex multimode
fiber optic adapter (BL) with phosphor bronze
split sleeves.
2 Black 1 10
SC Fiber Optic Adapter Modules OM1 62.5/125m (Electric Ivory Adapters)
CMSEISCEI Module supplied with one SC simplex
multimode fiber optic adapter (EI) with phosphor
bronze split sleeve.
1 Electric
Ivory
1 10
CMDEISCEI Module supplied with one SC duplex multimode
fiber optic adapter (EI) with phosphor bronze
split sleeves.
2 Electric
Ivory
1 10
SC Fiber Optic Adapter Modules OS1/OS2 9/125m (Blue Adapters)
CMSBUSCZBU Module supplied with one SC simplex
singlemode fiber optic adapter (BU) with
zirconia ceramic split sleeve.
1 Blue 1 10
CMDBUSCZBU Module supplied with one SC duplex
singlemode fiber optic adapter (BU) with
zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
2 Blue 1 10
SC Fiber Optic Adapter Modules APC OS1/OS2 9/125m (Green Adapters)
CMSAGSCZBL Module supplied with one SC APC simplex
singlemode fiber optic adapter (AG) with
zirconia ceramic split sleeve.
1 Black 1 10
CMDAGSCZBL Module supplied with one SC APC duplex
singlemode fiber optic adapter (AG) with
zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
2 Black 1 10
C.36 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
ST Mini-Com
products for
complete modularity
Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split
sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia
ceramic split sleeves are recommended for OM3/OM4
multimode and OS1/OS2 singlemode applications
Mini-Com
Patch Panels
ST simplex adapters are also available separately, and
in patch panels or fiber adapter panels to provide a
complete ST system solution
CMSTZ
For other colors replace suffix BU (Blue) or EI (Electric Ivory) with EI (Electric Ivory), BU (Blue), BL (Black),
IW (Off White) or AW (Arctic White).
Mini-Com
products for
complete modularity
Commonly used with MDU installations on pages
H.1 H.5 and IndustrialNet
Blank Module
Secures opening to prevent tampering Compatible with Mini-Com
Patch Panels
Adapter housing colors follow TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested
color identification scheme
Significantly reduce installation time and labor by
eliminating field connector terminations
Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each
fiber adapter panel
QuickNet
Fiber Optic Migration Adapter Panels are also available in Charcoal Gray (CG). Ex: FQMAP45BL
to FQMAP46CG
Part Number Part Description Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
QuickNet
and Opticom
QuickNet
Components
Can be used with Opticom
or Opticom
QuickNet
or Opticom
QuickNet
or Opticom
QuickNet
or Opticom
QuickNet
or Opticom
QuickNet
or Opticom
QuickNet
or Opticom
QuickNet
or Opticom
QuickNet
or Opticom
QuickNet
components
LC fiber adapter panels are Sr./Jr. to conserve
enclosure space
Accept FOCIS-10 compatible senior LC connectors at
either end and FOCIS-10 junior LC connectors at the
inside end for behind the wall applications
Both ends accept FOCIS-10 compatible senior
LC connectors
Junior end also accepts FOCIS-10 compatible junior
(fixed ferrule/springless) LC connectors
Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split
sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia
ceramic split sleeves are recommended for OM3/OM4
multimode and OS1/OS2 singlemode applications
Every adapter is laser marked with Q.C. number to
assure 100% traceability
LC adapters are also available in QuickNet
Fiber Optic
Cassettes on pages C.44 C.48, Mini-Com
Modules on
page C.33, or separately on pages C.28 C.29 to provide
a complete LC system solution
FAP12WAQDLCZ
FAP8WBLDLC
FAP6WEIDLC
FAP12WBULCZ
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
LC Fiber Adapter Panels 10Gig
Duplex Multimode
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
1 10
FAP6WAQDLC LC 10Gig
Duplex Multimode
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
1 10
FAP8WAQDLCZ LC 10Gig
Duplex Multimode
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
1 10
FAP8WAQDLC LC 10Gig
Duplex Multimode
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
1 10
FAP12WAQDLCZ LC 10Gig
Duplex Multimode
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with zirconia ceramic
split sleeves.
1 10
FAP12WAQDLC LC 10Gig
Duplex Multimode
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
1 10
LC Fiber Adapter Panels OM2 50/125m (Black Adapters)
FAP6WBLDLC LC FAP loaded with six LC duplex multimode fiber optic adapters
(Black) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
1 10
FAP8WBLDLC LC FAP loaded with eight LC duplex multimode fiber optic
adapters (Black) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
1 10
FAP12WBLDLC LC FAP loaded with twelve LC duplex multimode fiber optic
adapters (Black) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
1 10
LC Fiber Adapter Panels OM1 62.5/125m (Electric Ivory Adapters)
FAP6WEIDLC LC FAP loaded with six LC duplex multimode fiber optic adapters
(Electric Ivory) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
1 10
FAP8WEIDLC LC FAP loaded with eight LC duplex multimode fiber optic
adapters (Electric Ivory) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
1 10
FAP12WEIDLC LC FAP loaded with twelve LC duplex multimode fiber optic
adapters (Electric Ivory) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
1 10
LC Fiber Adapter Panels OS1/OS2 9/125m (Blue Adapters)
FAP12WBULCZ LC FAP loaded with twelve LC simplex singlemode fiber optic
adapters (Blue) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
1 10
FAP6WBUDLCZ LC FAP loaded with six LC duplex singlemode fiber optic
adapters (Blue) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
1 10
FAP8WBUDLCZ LC FAP loaded with eight LC duplex singlemode fiber optic
adapters (Blue) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
1 10
FAP12WBUDLCZ LC FAP loaded with twelve LC duplex singlemode fiber optic
adapters (Blue) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
1 10
C.40 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Keyed LC Opticom
Fiber Adapter
Panels (FAPs), and Mini-Com
Adapter Modules
Snap quickly into the front of all Opticom
components
Provide a keyed senior adapter interface at
each end for keyed LC connectivity
Include zirconia ceramic split sleeves for superior
performance and reliability
Every adapter is laser marked with Q.C. number to assure
100% traceability
Keyed LC adapters are also available in Keyed LC
QuickNet
components
Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split
sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia
ceramic split sleeves are recommended for OM3/OM4
multimode and OS1/OS2 singlemode applications
Q.C. number and split sleeve material laser marked on
every adapter assures 100% traceability and quick and
easy identification of split sleeve material
SC adapters are also available in QuickNet
Fiber Optic
Cassettes on pages C.46 C.53, Mini-Com
Modules on
page C.35, or separately on page C.30 to provide a
complete SC system solution
FAP6WAQDSCZ
FAP4WBLDSC
FAP3WEIDSC
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
SC Fiber Adapter Panels 10Gig
Simplex Multimode
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
1 10
FAP6WAQSC SC 10Gig
Simplex Multimode
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
1 10
FAP2WAQDSCZ SC 10Gig
Duplex Multimode
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
1 10
FAP3WAQDSCZ SC 10Gig
Duplex Multimode
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
1 10
FAP4WAQDSCZ SC 10Gig
Duplex Multimode
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
1 10
FAP6WAQDSCZ SC 10Gig
Duplex Multimode
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
1 10
FAP2WAQDSC SC 10Gig
Duplex Multimode
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
1 10
FAP3WAQDSC SC 10Gig
Duplex Multimode
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
1 10
FAP4WAQDSC SC 10Gig
Duplex Multimode
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
1 10
FAP6WAQDSC SC 10Gig
Duplex Multimode
Fiber Optic Adapters (Aqua) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
1 10
SC Fiber Adapter Panels OM2 50/125m (Black Adapters)
FAP6WBLSC SC FAP loaded with six SC simplex multimode fiber optic
adapters (Black) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
1 10
FAP12WBLSC SC FAP loaded with twelve SC simplex multimode fiber optic
adapters (Black) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
1 10
FAP2WBLDSC SC FAP loaded with two SC duplex multimode fiber optic adapters
(Black) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
1 10
FAP3WBLDSC SC FAP loaded with three SC duplex multimode fiber optic
adapters (Black) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
1 10
FAP4WBLDSC SC FAP loaded with four SC duplex multimode fiber optic
adapters (Black) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
1 10
FAP6WBLDSC SC FAP loaded with six SC duplex multimode fiber optic adapters
(Black) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
1 10
SC Fiber Adapter Panels OM1 62.5/125m (Electric Ivory Adapters)
FAP6WEISC SC FAP loaded with six SC simplex multimode fiber optic
adapters (Electric Ivory) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
1 10
FAP12WEISC SC FAP loaded with twelve SC simplex multimode fiber optic
adapters (Electric Ivory) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
1 10
FAP2WEIDSC SC FAP loaded with two SC duplex multimode fiber optic adapters
(Electric Ivory) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
1 10
FAP3WEIDSC SC FAP loaded with three SC duplex multimode fiber optic
adapters (Electric Ivory) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
1 10
FAP4WEIDSC SC FAP loaded with four SC duplex multimode fiber optic
adapters (Electric Ivory) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
1 10
FAP6WEIDSC SC FAP loaded with six SC duplex multimode fiber optic adapters
(Electric Ivory) with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
1 10
Table continues on page C.42
C.42 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Std.
Pkg.
Qty. Part Description Part Number
SC Opticom
components
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
FMP6 Unloaded panel accepts up to six Mini-Com
components
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
FAPB Blank fiber adapter panel reserves space for future use. 1 10
ST Opticom
components
Choice of phosphor bronze or zirconia ceramic split
sleeves to fit specific network requirements; zirconia
ceramic split sleeves are recommended for OM3
multimode and OS1/OS2 singlemode applications
ST adapters are also available in Mini-Com
Modules on
pages C.36 C.38, or separately on page C.31 to provide
a complete ST system solution
FAP6WSTZ
FAP6WSTA
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
FAP6WSTZ ST FAP loaded with six ST simplex singlemode fiber optic adapters
with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
1 10
FAP8WSTZ ST FAP loaded with eight ST simplex singlemode fiber optic
adapters with zirconia ceramic split sleeves.
1 10
FAP6WST ST FAP loaded with six ST simplex multimode fiber optic adapters
with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
1 10
FAP6WSTA ST FAP (angled) loaded with six ST simplex multimode fiber optic
adapters with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
1 10
FAP8WST ST FAP loaded with eight ST simplex multimode fiber optic adapters
with phosphor bronze split sleeves.
1 10
C.44 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Please refer to Product Bulletin number WW-FBCB35 for complete part number ordering information.
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
QuickNet
multimode), >20dB
(multimode), >55dB (singlemode)
Connect together with high-density female MTP* cable
assemblies as interconnecting network segments for
deploying a remote or data center location in minutes
Significantly reduce installation time and labor by
eliminating field connector terminations
Factory terminated, assembled and 100% tested
Insertion loss data provided on every fiber cassette
Return loss data provided on all singlemode
fiber cassettes
Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on
each fiber cassette
10Gig
multimode), >20dB
(multimode), >55dB (singlemode)
Connect together with high-density female MTP* cable
assemblies as interconnecting network segments for
deploying a remote or data center location in minutes
Significantly reduce installation time and labor by
eliminating field connector terminations
Factory terminated, assembled and 100% tested
Insertion loss data provided on every fiber cassette
Return loss data provided on all singlemode
fiber cassettes
Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on
each fiber cassette
10Gig
LC/SC SFQ Small Form Factor Cable Assemblies are also available in 72 and 96 fiber solutions.
Please refer to Product Bulletin number WW-FBCB35 for complete part number ordering information.
* MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec LTD.
50/125m (OM2) Multimode SFQ Series MTP* Cassettes
FQ5-12-10 OM2 50/125m Six LC duplex adapters to one male MTP*;
12-fiber pre-terminated MTP* rear mount cassette provides low
insertion loss of 1.0dB max. per fiber.
1 10
FQ5-6-3 OM2 50/125m Three SC duplex adapters to one male MTP*;
6-fiber pre-terminated MTP* rear mount cassette provides low
insertion loss of 1.0dB max. per fiber.
1 10
62.5/125m (OM1) Multimode SFQ Series MTP* Cassettes
FQ6-12-10 OM1 62.5/125m Six LC duplex adapters to one male MTP*;
12-fiber pre-terminated MTP* rear mount cassette provides low
insertion loss of 1.0dB max. per fiber.
1 10
FQ6-6-3 OM1 62.5/125m Three SC duplex adapters to one male MTP*;
6-fiber pre-terminated MTP* rear mount cassette provides low
insertion loss of 1.0dB max. per fiber.
1 10
9/125m (OS1/OS2) Singlemode SFQ Series MTP* Cassettes
FQ9-12-10 OS1/OS2 Singlemode Six LC duplex adapters to one male MTP*;
12-fiber pre-terminated MTP* rear mount cassette provides low
insertion loss of 1.0dB max. per fiber.
1 10
FQ9-6-3 OS1/OS2 singlemode Three SC duplex adapters to one male
MTP*; 6-fiber pre-terminated MTP* rear mount cassette provides
low insertion loss of 1.0dB max. per fiber.
1 10
C.46 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Quicknet
QuickNet
Zero RU
Cable Management Solutions on page C.57, and
Opticom
multimode), >20dB
(multimode), >55dB (singlemode)
Adapter housing colors follow TIA/EIA-568-C.3 suggested
color identification scheme
Connect together with high-density female MTP* cable
assemblies as interconnecting network segments for
deploying a remote or data center location in minutes
Significantly reduce installation time and labor by
eliminating field connector terminations
Factory terminated, assembled, and 100% tested
Insertion loss data provided on every fiber cassette
Return loss data provided on all singlemode
fiber cassettes
Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on
each fiber cassette
FCX-12-3SY
FCX-12-3Y
FCXO-24-10Y
Quicknet
QuickNet
QuickNet
QuickNet
QuickNet
QuickNet
QuickNet
QuickNet
HDQ Cassettes, or
QuickNet
2-Post Racks
ONLY. Not intended for 4-post racks, server cabinets or
network cabinets.
1 10
QuickNet
QuickNet
QuickNet
QuickNet
QuickNet
QuickNet
QuickNet
QuickNet
Fiber Adapter
Panels (FAPs), and Mini-Com
Adapter Modules
Compatible with Opticom
QuickNet
Zero RU
Cable Management Solutions on page C.57, and
Opticom
multimode), >20dB
(multimode), >55dB (singlemode)
Connect together with high-density female MTP* cable
assemblies as interconnecting network segments for
deploying a remote or data center location in minutes
Significantly reduce installation time and labor by
eliminating field connector terminations
Factory terminated, assembled, and 100% tested
Insertion loss data provided on every fiber cassette
Return loss data provided on all singlemode
fiber cassettes
Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on
each fiber cassette
10Gig
QuickNet
or Opticom
Fiber Adapter
Panels on pages C.38 C.43, and Opticom
Fiber Optic
Splice Modules on page C.62
Suitable for all pre-terminated, field terminated, or
field-splice applications
Up to four cassettes or FAPs per rack unit for maximum
patch field density
Slide-out, tilt-down drawer provides full front access to all
fibers and cables
Integral bend radius control and cable management for
fiber optic patch cords
Innovative rear cable management for proper
slacking/spooling of trunk cable break-outs and
interconnect cables
Multiple trunk cable entry locations
Include fiber optic cable routing kit (grommets, cable ties,
spools, strain relief bracket, and ID/caution labels) for
various cable management solutions
FCE1U
FCE2U
FCE4U
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.5mm).
Part Number Part Description
No. of
Rack
Spaces^
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
FCE1U Holds up to four QuickNet
or Opticom
Fiber
Optic Splice Modules on page C.62
Front and rear access on all models via durable
molded-hinge doors
Integral bend radius control and cable management for
fiber patch cords
Multiple trunk cable entry locations
Include fiber optic cable routing kit (grommets, cable ties,
saddle clips, strain relief bracket, and ID/caution labels)
for various cable management solutions
FRME1U
FRME2U
FRME3
FRME4
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
Optional locks available for rack mount enclosures.
All product color is black.
Part Number Part Description
No. of
Rack
Spaces^
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
FRME1U Holds up to three FAP or FMP adapter panels or FOSM splice
modules. Bidirectional sliding drawers provides front and rear access
to fibers.
Dimensions: 1.74"H x 17.00"W x 14.20"D
(44.0mm x 432.0mm x 361.0mm)
1 1
FRME2U Holds up to six FAP or FMP adapter panels or FOSM splice
modules. Bidirectional sliding drawers provides front and rear access
to fibers.
Dimensions: 3.48"H x 17.00"W x 14.20"D
(88.0mm x 432.0mm x 361.0mm)
2 1
FRME3 Holds up to nine FAP or FMP adapter panels. Fixed bulkhead design.
Dimensions: 5.00"H x 17.16"W x 11.80"D
(127.0mm x 433.3mm x 292.1mm)
3 1
FRME4 Holds up to twelve FAP or FMP adapter panels. Fixed
bulkhead design.
Dimensions: 6.62"H x 17.16"W x 11.80"D
(168.1mm x 433.3mm x 292.1mm)
4 1
C.56 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Opticom
Patch Panels
Removable top cover provides access to connections,
fibers, and slack storage in rear of tray
Multiple trunk cable entry locations provided on rear and
sides of enclosure
Include fiber optic cable routing kit (grommets, cable ties,
spools, strain relief bracket and ID/caution labels) for
various cable management solutions
For fiber optic splicing solutions see page C.67
FMT2
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
All product color is black.
Part Number Part Description
No. of
Rack
Spaces^
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Standard Fiber Mount Trays
FMT1 Mount with CFAPPBL1 fiber adapter patch panel to hold up to
four QuickNet
Fiber Optic
Cassettes and Opticom
or
Opticom
Hydra Cable
Assemblies on page C.91 to facilitate connection to the
active equipment
Angled bracket includes adhesive foam tape and magnetic
strip for mounting to rack
Standard straight bracket screws directly to rack
or enclosure
FEABRUA
FEABRU
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
FQCBRUA
FQCRCM
FPFPC1
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
FEABRUA Zero RU adhesive or magnetic mount 90 angle fiber enclosure
adapter panel bracket.
1 10
FEABRU Zero RU screw mount fiber enclosure adapter panel bracket. 1 10
FQCBRUA QuickNet Zero RU Bracket accepts up to two fiber QuickNet
SFQ cassettes or up to two QuickNet pre-terminated copper
cassettes without occupying RU space. Mounts to any EIA-310-D
compliant rack rail.
1
FQCRCM QuickNet
HDQ Cassettes, or
QuickNet
2-Post Racks
ONLY. Not intended for 4-post racks, server cabinets or
network cabinets.
1 10
QuickNet
Modular
Patch Panels
QuickNet
SFQ
Series MTP* Fiber Optic Cassettes available on page C.51.
Part Number Part Description
No. of
Rack
Spaces^
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
QuickNet
Patch
Panels. Each kit contains four labels and four clear
label covers per bag.
1 10
C.59 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
Mini-Com
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All Patch Panels
on this Page
C261X035Y1J C261X035Y1T C261X035Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
C.60 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Opticom
1RU
and 2RU Rack Mount Enclosures. Maintains proper bend radius
control of fiber patch cords from patch field to vertical fiber manager;
includes two bend radius control clips.
Dimensions: 1.50"H x .09"W x 3.10"D
(79.8mm x 21.8mm x 39.1mm)
1
FMFIN Fiber manager fin; individual fiber management fin with NyLatch
fastener for attachment to FCE4U Opticom
Fiber Cassette
Enclosure front patch cord manager.
Dimensions: 3.60"H x 1.00"dia.
(92.1mm x 25.4mm)
1
PZBR3.5 Bend Radius Post Kit for use with FCE4U Opticom
Fiber Cassette
Enclosure; 3.5" (89mm) long. Maintains proper bend radius control of
fiber patch cords within patch field; includes two bend radius posts
and hardware.
1 10
Accessories For Rack Mount Enclosures
VWS106-C Single saddle clip for fiber slack management and fiber patch cord
routing. Accepts up to 1.06" dia (26.9mm) cable bundle. Nylon 6.6
material, natural color. Push mount into 0.18" (4mm) pre-drilled holes
in Opticom
Fiber Enclosures.
100 500
VWSDC-C Dual saddle clip for fiber slack management and fiber patch cord
routing. Accepts two cable bundles up to 1.06" dia (26.9mm) each.
Nylon 6.6 material, natural color. Push mount into 0.18" (4mm)
pre-drilled holes in Opticom
Fiber Enclosures.
100 500
C.62 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
FST24
FSC24
Opticom
Tak-Ty
Cable Ties. Mounting hardware included. For use with FRME3 and
FRME4 rack mount enclosures.
Dimensions: 2.07"H x 4.56"W x 11.61"L
(52.6mm x 115.8mm x 294.9mm)
1 10
Metal Splice Tray and Holder 12-Splice Increment
FST6 Fiber splice tray kit for up to twelve mechanical or fusion splices. Fits in
Panduit FMT, FWME4, and FWME8 series enclosures. Stack up to four
high using FSTHE stacking unit in rack mount enclosures or using
FST6H4 stacking unit in wall mount enclosures.
Dimensions: 0.40"H x 4.42"W x 7.90"L (10.2mm x 112.3mm x 200.7mm)
1 10
FSTHE Stacking holder for FST6 fiber splice tray. Holds and secures one to four
splice trays (FST6) with Panduit
Tak-Ty
Tak-Ty
Cable
Ties. Mount with existing enclosure hardware. For use in FWME2 wall
mount enclosure.
Dimensions: 1.62"H x 3.50"W x 6.50"L (41.1mm x 88.9mm x 167.6mm)
1 10
Fiber Splice Chip
FSC24 Accommodates and protects up to 24 fusion splices. Comes with label,
clear cover, and adhesive mount. For use with any Panduit
Opticom
Enclosure.
Dimensions: 0.50"H x 3.12"W x 2.47"D (12.7mm x 79.4mm x 62.7mm)
1 10
C.63 For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
Opti-Core
50/125m.
1 1 10
LC to Pigtail OM3 Multimode Simplex Pigtails 900m Buffered Fiber
FXB10-NM1Y LC to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 900m buffered fiber (one
LC connector on one end and open on the other end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
SC to SC OM3 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable
FXD3-3M1Y SC to SC multimode duplex patch cord, 3mm jacketed cable (one
duplex SC connector on each end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
SC to Pigtail OM3 Multimode Simplex Pigtails 900m Buffered Fiber
FXB3-NM1Y SC to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail, 900m buffered fiber (one
SC connector on one end and open on the other end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
FJ
Plug to FJ
Plug to FJ
50/125m.
1 1 10
FJ
50/125m.
1 1 10
FJ
50/125m.
1 1 10
Table continues on page C.64
C.64 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Opti-Core
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All FZE/FXE parts
S100X160YAJ
and NWSLC-3Y
S100X150VATY
and NWSLC-3Y
S100X160VAC
and NWSLC-3Y
T100X000CBC-BK
and NWSLC-3Y
All FZD/FXD parts
S100X220YAJ
and NWSLC-7Y
S100X225VATY
and NWSLC-7Y
S100X220VAC
and NWSLC-7Y
T100X000CBC-BK
and NWSLC-7Y
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Length
(m)^ Part Description Part Number
SC to LC OM3 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
FXE3-10M1Y SC to LC multimode duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one
duplex SC connector on one end and one duplex LC connector on
the other end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
FJ
50/125m.
1 1 10
FJ
50/125m.
1 1 10
C.65 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
Opti-Core
Plug to FJ
Plug to FJ
Jack Module to Pigtail OM1 Multimode Duplex Pigtails 3mm Jacketed Cable
F6D6J-NM1Y FJ
Jack Module to Pigtail OM1 Multimode Duplex Pigtails 900m Buffered Fiber
F6B6J-NM1Y FJ
Plug to MT-RJ OM1 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.8mm Jacketed Cable
F6Z6P-12M1 FJ
Multimode 62.5/125m
(OM1) or 50/125m (OM2) Fiber Optic Patch Cords and Pigtails
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Patch Cord
Part Number
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop
Printer Label
TDP43ME Thermal Transfer
Desktop Printer Label
PanTher
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All F6S, F6E, F5S and
F5E parts
S100X160YAJ
and NWSLC-3Y
S100X150VATY
and NWSLC-3Y
S100X160VAC and
NWSLC-3Y
T100X000CBC-BK
and NWSLC-3Y
All F6D, F6Z, F5D and
F5Z parts
S100X220YAJ
and NWSLC-7Y
S100X225VATY
and NWSLC-7Y
S100X220VAC
and NWSLC-7Y
T100X000CBC-BK
and NWSLC-7Y
C.68 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Opti-Core
Plug to FJ
Plug to FJ
Jack Module to Pigtail OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Pigtails 3mm Jacketed Cable
F9D6J-NM1Y FJ
Jack Module to Pigtail OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Pigtails 900m Buffered Fiber
F9B6J-NM1Y FJ
Singlemode 9/125m
(OS1/OS2) Fiber Optic Patch Cords and Pigtails
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18
For complete information on fiber optic cable identification solutions, reference page C.92.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Patch Cord
Part Number
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop
Printer Label
TDP43ME Thermal Transfer
Desktop Printer Label
PanTher
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All F9F parts
S100X160YAJ and
NWSLC-2Y
S100X150VATY and
NWSLC-2Y
S100X160VAC and
NWSLC-2Y
T100X000CBC-BK
and NWSLC-2Y
All F9S and
F9E parts
S100X160YAJ and
NWSLC-3Y
S100X150VATY and
NWSLC-3Y
S100X160VAC and
NWSLC-3Y
T100X000CBC-BK
and NWSLC-3Y
All F9D parts
S100X220YAJ and
NWSLC-7Y
S100X225VATY and
NWSLC-7Y
S100X220VAC and
NWSLC-7Y
T100X000CBC-BK
and NWSLC-7Y
C.70 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Opti-Core
LC Patch Cords with mSFP Duplex Clip are available in lengths of 1, 2, 3, 5, and 10 meters for LC to
mSFP and 1 and 2 meters for mSFP to mSFP.
Part Number Part Description
Length
(m)
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
mSFP to LC OM4 Multimode Patch Cords Riser Rated (OFNR)
FZNLCMLE2RM001 mSFP to LC, OM4, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm jacketed
cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP form
factor transceiver.
1 1 10
FZNLCMLE2RM002 mSFP to LC, OM4, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm jacketed
cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP form
factor transceiver.
2 1 10
FZNLCMLE2RM003 mSFP to LC, OM4, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm jacketed
cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP form
factor transceiver.
3 1 10
FZNLCMLE2RM005 mSFP to LC, OM4, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm jacketed
cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP form
factor transceiver.
5 1 10
FZNLCMLE2RM010 mSFP to LC, OM4, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm jacketed
cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP form
factor transceiver.
10 1 10
mSFP to mSFP OM4 Multimode Patch Cords Riser Rated (OFNR)
FZNMLMLE2RM001 mSFP to mSFP, OM4, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm
jacketed cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP
form factor transceiver.
1 1 10
FZNMLMLE2RM002 mSFP to mSFP, OM4, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm
jacketed cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP
form factor transceiver.
2 1 10
mSFP to LC OM3 Multimode Patch Cords Riser Rated (OFNR)
FXNLCMLE2RM001 mSFP to LC, OM3, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm jacketed
cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP form
factor transceiver.
1 1 10
FXNLCMLE2RM002 mSFP to LC, OM3, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm jacketed
cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP form
factor transceiver.
2 1 10
FXNLCMLE2RM003 mSFP to LC, OM3, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm jacketed
cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP form
factor transceiver.
3 1 10
FXNLCMLE2RM005 mSFP to LC, OM3, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm jacketed
cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP form
factor transceiver.
5 1 10
FXNLCMLE2RM010 mSFP to LC, OM3, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm jacketed
cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP form
factor transceiver.
10 1 10
mSFP to mSFP OM3 Multimode Patch Cords Riser Rated (OFNR)
FXNMLMLE2RM001 mSFP to mSFP, OM3, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm
jacketed cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP
form factor transceiver.
1 1 10
FXNMLMLE2RM002 mSFP to mSFP, OM3, duplex, riser rated, 1.6mm
jacketed cable patch cord enables mating to the mSFP
form factor transceiver.
2 1 10
C.71 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Opti-Core
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All F9F parts
S100X160YAJ and
NWSLC-2Y
S100X150VATY and
NWSLC-2Y
S100X160VAC and
NWSLC-2Y
T100X000CBC-BK
and NWSLC-2Y
All F9S parts
S100X160YAJ and
NWSLC-3Y
S100X150VATY and
NWSLC-3Y
S100X160VAC and
NWSLC-3Y
T100X000CBC-BK
and NWSLC-3Y
Part Number Part Description
Length
(m)^
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
SC APC to SC APC APC OS1/OS2 Simplex Patch Cords 3mm Jacketed Cable
F9S3A-3AM1 SC APC to SC APC singlemode simplex patch cord,
3mm jacketed cable (one SC APC connector on each
end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
SC APC to Pigtail APC OS1/OS2 Simplex Pigtails 3mm Jacketed Cable
F9S3A-NM1 SC APC to pigtail singlemode simplex pigtail, 3mm
jacketed cable (one SC APC connector on one end and
open on the other end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
SC APC to SC APC APC OS1/OS2 Simplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
F9F3A-3AM1 SC APC to SC APC singlemode simplex patch cord,
1.6mm jacketed cable (one SC APC connector on each
end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
SC APC to Pigtail APC OS1/OS2 Simplex Pigtails 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
F9F3A-NM1 SC APC to pigtail singlemode simplex pigtail, 1.6mm
jacketed cable (one SC APC connector on one end and
open on the other end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
SC APC to SC APC APC OS1/OS2 Simplex Patch Cords 900m Buffered Fiber
F9B3A-3AM1 SC APC to SC APC singlemode simplex patch cord,
900m buffered fiber (one SC APC connector on each
end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
SC APC to Pigtail APC OS1/OS2 Simplex Pigtails 900m Buffered Fiber
F9B3A-NM1 SC APC to pigtail singlemode simplex pigtail, 900m
buffered fiber (one SC APC connector on one end and
open on the other end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
C.72 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Keyed Opti-Core
10Gig
Fiber Adapter
Panels (FAPs) and Mini-Com
Adapter Modules
Backward compatible for use with all 50/125m
system requirements
Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss
Insertion loss data recorded for every multimode
patch cord
Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each
patch cord
Highest quality flame retardant fiber optic cable with
tight-buffered coating on each optical fiber
Part Number Part Description
Length
(m)^
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Keyed LC to Keyed LC 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
FXE10B-10BM1 LC (keyed B red) to LC (keyed B red) multimode duplex
patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC
connector on each end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
FXE10C-10CM1 LC (keyed C green) to LC (keyed C green) multimode
duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed
LC connector on each end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
FXE10D-10DM1 LC (keyed D yellow) to LC (keyed D yellow) multimode
duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex
keyed D yellow LC connector on each
end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
FXE10E-10EM1 LC (keyed E orange) to LC (keyed E orange) multimode
duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed
LC connector on each end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
FXE10F-10FM1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to LC (keyed F dark blue)
multimode duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable
(one duplex keyed LC connector on each
end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
Keyed LC to Pigtail 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
FXB10B-NM1 LC (keyed B red) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail,
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end
and open on the other end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
FXB10C-NM1 LC (keyed C green) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail,
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end
and open on the other end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
FXB10D-NM1 LC (keyed D yellow) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail,
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end
and open on the other end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
FXB10E-NM1 LC (keyed E orange) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail,
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end
and open on the other end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
FXB10F-NM1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail,
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end
and open on the other end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
^Additional lengths and availability: Keyed LC patch cords and pigtails are available in 1m 10m lengths in 1m
increments, and 15m, 20m, and 30m lengths. Keyed FJ
50/125m.
1 1 10
FXPE10B-NM1 LC (keyed B red) to pigtail multimode duplex plenum
pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC
connector on one end and open on the other
end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
FXPE10C-NM1 LC (keyed C green) to pigtail multimode duplex plenum
pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC
connector on one end and open on the other
end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
FXPE10D-NM1 LC (keyed D yellow) to pigtail multimode duplex plenum
pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC
connector on one end and open on the other
end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
FXPE10E-NM1 LC (keyed E orange) to pigtail multimode duplex plenum
pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC
connector on one end and open on the other
end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
FXPE10F-NM1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to pigtail multimode duplex plenum
pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC
connector on one end and open on the other
end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
Keyed LC to LC 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
FXE10B-10M1 LC (keyed B red) to LC multimode duplex patch cord,
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on
one end and one duplex LC connector on the other
end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
FXE10C-10M1 LC (keyed C green) to LC multimode duplex patch cord,
10 GbE, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC
connector on one end and one duplex LC connector on the
other end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
FXE10D-10M1 LC (keyed D yellow) to LC multimode duplex patch cord,
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on
one end and one duplex LC connector on the other
end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
FXE10E-10M1 LC (keyed E orange) to LC multimode duplex patch cord,
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on
one end and one duplex LC connector on the other
end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
FXE10F-10M1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to LC multimode duplex patch
cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector
on one end and one duplex LC connector on the other
end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
C.73 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Keyed Opti-Core
10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
FXE3-10BM1 SC to LC (keyed B red) multimode duplex patch cord,
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one
end and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
FXE3-10CM1 SC to LC (keyed C green) multimode duplex patch cord,
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one
end and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
FXE3-10DM1 SC to LC (keyed D yellow) multimode duplex patch cord,
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one
end and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
FXE3-10EM1 SC to LC (keyed E orange) multimode duplex patch cord,
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one
end and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
FXE3-10FM1 SC to LC (keyed F dark blue) multimode duplex patch
cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on
one end and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
Keyed FJ
Plug to SC 10Gig
Plug on one
end and one duplex SC connector on the other
end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
FXD6PX-3M1Y FJ
Plug on one
end and one duplex SC connector on the other
end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
FXD6PY-3M1Y FJ
Plug on one
end and one duplex SC connector on the other
end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
FXD6PZ-3M1Y FJ
Plug on one
end and one duplex SC connector on the other
end) 10Gig
50/125m.
1 1 10
FXE3-10FM
FXD6PW-3M*Y
FXD6PX-3M*Y
FXD6PY-3M*Y
FXD6PZ-3M*Y
Keyed Opti-Core
10Gig
10Gig
50/125m
(OM3) Fiber Optic Patch Cords and Pigtails
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Patch Cord
Part Number
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop
Printer Label
TDP43ME Thermal Transfer
Desktop Printer Label
PanTher
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All FXE parts
S100X160YAJ
and NWSLC-3Y
S100X150VATY
and NWSLC-3Y
S100X160VAC
and NWSLC-3Y
T100X000CBC-BK
and NWSLC-3Y
All FXD parts
S100X220YAJ
and NWSLC-7Y
S100X225VATY
and NWSLC-7Y
S100X220VAC
and NWSLC-7Y
T100X000CBC-BK
and NWSLC-7Y
The Keyed LC Fiber Optic System is now offering 18 colors to ensure network physical layer security with
color-specific keyed connectivity. For complete keyed solutions, please reference www.panduit.com.
C.75 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Keyed Opti-Core
Fiber Adapter
Panels (FAPs) and Mini-Com
Adapter Modules
Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss
Insertion loss data recorded for every multimode
patch cord
Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each
patch cord
Highest quality flame retardant fiber optic cable with
tight-buffered coating on each optical fiber
Table continues on page C.76
Part Number Part Description
Length
(m)^
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Keyed LC to Keyed LC OM1 Multimode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
F6E10A-10AM1 LC (keyed A black) to LC (keyed A black) multimode
duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed
LC connector on each end) 62.5/125m.
1 1 10
F6E10B-10BM1 LC (keyed B red) to LC (keyed B red) multimode duplex
patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC
connector on each end) 62.5/125m.
1 1 10
F6E10C-10CM1 LC (keyed C green) to LC (keyed C green) multimode
duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed
LC connector on each end) 62.5/125m.
1 1 10
F6E10D-10DM1 LC (keyed D yellow) to LC (keyed D yellow) multimode
duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed
LC connector on each end) 62.5/125m.
1 1 10
F6E10E-10EM1 LC (keyed E orange) to LC (keyed E orange) multimode
duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed
LC connector on each end) 62.5/125m.
1 1 10
F6E10F-10FM1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to LC (keyed F dark blue)
multimode duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one
duplex keyed LC connector on each end) 62.5/125m.
1 1 10
Keyed LC to Pigtail OM1 Multimode Simplex Pigtail 900m Buffered Fiber
F6B10A-NM1 LC (keyed A black) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail,
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end
and open on the other end) 62.5/125m.
1 1 10
F6B10B-NM1 LC (keyed B red) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail,
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end
and open on the other end) 62.5/125m.
1 1 10
F6B10C-NM1 LC (keyed C green) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail,
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end
and open on the other end) 62.5/125m.
1 1 10
F6B10D-NM1 LC (keyed D yellow) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail,
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end
and open on the other end) 62.5/125m.
1 1 10
F6B10E-NM1 LC (keyed E orange) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail,
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end
and open on the other end) 62.5/125m.
1 1 10
F6B10F-NM1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to pigtail multimode simplex pigtail,
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end
and open on the other end) 62.5/125m.
1 1 10
F6E10B-10BM
F6B10C-NM
To order standard OM2 50/125m performance (orange cable) patch cords, replace the 6 in the part number
(F6E10A-10AM1) with a 5 (F5E10A-10AM1).
^Additional lengths and availability: Keyed LC patch cords and pigtails are available in 1m 10m lengths in 1m
increments, and 15m, 20m, and 30m lengths. Keyed FJ
Plug Patch Cords and Pigtails are available in 1m, 2m, 3m,
5m and 10m lengths. To order lengths other than 1m, replace the 1 after the M (F6E10A-10AM1) with the desired
length (F6E10A-10AM2 for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For other lengths, contact
Customer Service for actual lead times.
Keyed Opti-Core
Plug on one
end and one duplex SC connector on the other
end) 62.5/125m.
1 1 10
F6D6PX-3M1Y FJ
Plug on one
end and one duplex SC connector on the other
end) 62.5/125m.
1 1 10
F6D6PY-3M1Y FJ
Plug on one
end and one duplex SC connector on the other
end) 62.5/125m.
1 1 10
F6D6PZ-3M1Y FJ
Plug on one
end and one duplex SC connector on the other
end) 62.5/125m.
1 1 10
F6E3-10FM
F6D6PW-3M*Y
F6D6PX-3M*Y
F6D6PY-3M*Y
F6D6PZ-3M*Y
The Keyed LC Fiber Optic System is now offering 18 colors to ensure network physical layer security with
color-specific keyed connectivity. For complete keyed solutions, please reference www.panduit.com.
C.78 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18.
For complete information on fiber optic cable identification solutions, reference page C.92.
Cable Self-Laminating Labels for Keyed Opti-Core
Multimode 62.5/125m
(OM1) or 50/125m (OM2) Fiber Optic Patch Cords and Pigtails
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Patch Cord
Part Number
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop
Printer Label
TDP43ME Thermal Transfer
Desktop Printer Label
PanTher
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All F6E and
F5E parts
S100X160YAJ
and NWSLC-3Y
S100X150VATY
and NWSLC-3Y
S100X160VAC and
NWSLC-3Y
T100X000CBC-BK
and NWSLC-3Y
All F6D and
F5D parts
S100X220YAJ
and NWSLC-7Y
S100X225VATY
and NWSLC-7Y
S100X220VAC
and NWSLC-7Y
T100X000CBC-BK
and NWSLC-7Y
C.79 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Keyed Opti-Core
Fiber
Adapter Panels (FAPs) and Mini-Com
Adapter Modules
Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss and
return loss
Insertion loss and return loss data recorded for every
singlemode patch cord
Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each
patch cord
Highest quality flame retardant fiber optic cable with
tight-buffered coating on each optical fiber
^Additional lengths and availability: Keyed LC patch cords and pigtails are available in 1m 10m lengths in 1m
increments, and 15m, 20m, and 30m lengths. Keyed FJ
Plug Patch Cords and Pigtails are available in 1m, 2m, 3m,
5m and 10m lengths. To order lengths other than 1m, replace the 1 after the M (F9E10A-10AM1) with the desired
length (F9E10A-10AM2 for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For other lengths, contact Customer
Service for actual lead times.
F9E10B-10BM
F9B10C-NM
Part Number Part Description
Length
(m)^
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Keyed LC to Keyed LC OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
F9E10A-10AM1 LC (keyed A black) to LC (keyed A black) singlemode
duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC
connector on each end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
F9E10B-10BM1 LC (keyed B red) to LC (keyed B red) singlemode duplex
patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC
connector on each end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
F9E10C-10CM1 LC (keyed C green) to LC (keyed C green) singlemode
duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC
connector on each end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
F9E10D-10DM1 LC (keyed D yellow) to LC (keyed D yellow) singlemode
duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC
connector on each end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
F9E10E-10EM1 LC (keyed E orange) to LC (keyed E orange) singlemode
duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC
connector on each end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
F9E10F-10FM1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to LC (keyed F dark blue)
singlemode duplex patch cord, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one
duplex keyed LC connector on each end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
Keyed LC to Pigtail OS1/OS2 Singlemode Simplex Pigtail 900m Buffered Fiber
F9B10A-NM1 LC (keyed A black) to pigtail singlemode simplex pigtail,
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end and
open on the other end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
F9B10B-NM1 LC (keyed B red) to pigtail singlemode simplex pigtail, 900m
buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end and open
on the other end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
F9B10C-NM1 LC (keyed C green) to pigtail singlemode simplex pigtail,
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end and
open on the other end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
F9B10D-NM1 LC (keyed D yellow) to pigtail singlemode simplex pigtail,
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end and
open on the other end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
F9B10E-NM1 LC (keyed E orange) to pigtail singlemode simplex pigtail,
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end and
open on the other end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
F9B10F-NM1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to pigtail singlemode simplex pigtail,
900m buffered fiber (one keyed LC connector on one end and
open on the other end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
Keyed LC to Pigtail OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Plenum Pigtail 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
F9PE10A-NM1 LC (keyed A black) to pigtail singlemode duplex plenum
pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector
on one end and open on the other end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
F9PE10B-NM1 LC (keyed B red) to pigtail singlemode duplex plenum pigtail,
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on one
end and open on the other end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
The Keyed LC Fiber Optic System is now offering 18 colors to ensure network physical layer security with
color-specific keyed connectivity. For complete keyed solutions, please reference www.panduit.com.
Table continues on page C.80
C.80 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Length
(m)^ Part Description Part Number
Keyed Opti-Core
Plug Patch Cords and Pigtails are available in 1m, 2m, 3m,
5m and 10m lengths. To order lengths other than 1m, replace the 1 after the M (F9E10A-10AM1) with the desired
length (F9E10A-10AM2 for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For other lengths, contact Customer
Service for actual lead times.
F9PE10D-NM
F9E10E-10M
F9PE10C-NM1 LC (keyed C green) to pigtail singlemode duplex plenum
pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector
on one end and open on the other end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
F9PE10D-NM1 LC (keyed D yellow) to pigtail singlemode duplex plenum
pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector
on one end and open on the other end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
F9PE10E-NM1 LC (keyed E orange) to pigtail singlemode duplex plenum
pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector
on one end and open on the other end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
F9PE10F-NM1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to pigtail singlemode duplex plenum
pigtail, 1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector
on one end and open on the other end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
Keyed LC to LC OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
F9E10A-10M1 LC (keyed A black) to LC singlemode duplex patch cord,
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on one
end and one duplex LC connector on the other
end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
F9E10B-10M1 LC (keyed B red) to LC singlemode duplex patch cord, 1.6mm
jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on one end and
one duplex LC connector on the other end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
F9E10C-10M1 LC (keyed C green) to LC singlemode duplex patch cord,
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on one
end and one duplex LC connector on the other
end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
F9E10D-10M1 LC (keyed D yellow) to LC singlemode duplex patch cord,
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on one
end and one duplex LC connector on the other
end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
F9E10E-10M1 LC (keyed E orange) to LC singlemode duplex patch cord,
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on one
end and one duplex LC connector on the other
end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
F9E10F-10M1 LC (keyed F dark blue) to LC singlemode duplex patch cord,
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex keyed LC connector on one
end and one duplex LC connector on the other
end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
SC to Keyed LC OS1/OS2 Singlemode Duplex Patch Cords 1.6mm Jacketed Cable
F9E3-10AM1 SC to LC (keyed A black) singlemode duplex patch cord,
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one end
and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
F9E3-10BM1 SC to LC (keyed B red) singlemode duplex patch cord,
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one end
and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
F9E3-10CM1 SC to LC (keyed C green) singlemode duplex patch cord,
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one end
and one duplex keyed C LC connector on the other
end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
F9E3-10DM1 SC to LC (keyed D yellow) singlemode duplex patch cord,
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one end
and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
F9E3-10EM1 SC to LC (keyed E orange) singlemode duplex patch cord,
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one end
and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
F9E3-10FM1 SC to LC (keyed F dark blue) singlemode duplex patch cord,
1.6mm jacketed cable (one duplex SC connector on one end
and one duplex keyed LC connector on the other
end) 9/125m.
1 1 10
F9E3-10FM
The Keyed LC Fiber Optic System is now offering 18 colors to ensure network physical layer security with
color-specific keyed connectivity. For complete keyed solutions, please reference www.panduit.com.
C.81 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Cable Self-Laminating Labels for Keyed Opti-Core
Singlemode 9/125m
(OS1/OS2) Patch Cords and Pigtails
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18
For complete information on fiber optic cable identification solutions, reference page C.92.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Patch Cord
Part Number
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop
Printer Label
TDP43ME Thermal Transfer
Desktop Printer Label
PanTher
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All F9E parts
S100X160YAJ and
NWSLC-3Y
S100X150VATY and
NWSLC-3Y
S100X160VAC and
NWSLC-3Y
T100X000CBC-BK
and NWSLC-3Y
C.82 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
LC Lock-In Duplex Clip
Used with Opti-Core
Fiber
Adapter Panels (FAPs), and Mini-Com
Adapter Modules
SC Adapter Blockout Device
Part Number Part Description Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
FLCCLIW-X Package of ten LC duplex lock-in clips and one
removal tool.
Off White 10 100
LC Duplex Adapter Blockout Device
TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-10 compliant device fits all LC duplex
adapters for a variety of applications and installations
Tamper-resistant design blocks unauthorized access to LC
duplex ports to reduce the risk of damage, saving time
and money associated with downtime, repairs, and
hardware replacement
Compact, low profile design allows installation or removal
without disturbing adjacent ports or installed patch cords
in high-density applications
Also functions as dust plug to mechanically protect the
LC adapter optics and render it eye-safe
Removal tool allows only authorized personnel to
release the device, ensuring safety and security of your
network infrastructure
Available in multiple colors to match or contrast adapter
colors for easy identification of blocked out adapters
TIA/EIA-604 FOCIS-3 compliant device fits all SC
adapters for a variety of applications and installations
Tamper-resistant design blocks unauthorized access to
SC switch and HBA/NIC ports, switch uplinks and user
outlets, saving time and money associated with data
security breaches, network downtime, repairs, and
hardware replacement
Compact, low profile design allows installation or removal
without disturbing adjacent ports or installed patch cords
in high-density applications
Also functions as dust plug to mechanically protect the
SC adapters/receptacle optics and renders it eye-safe
to prevent exposure to laser radiation and contamination
on dust sensitive transceivers
Removal tool allows only authorized personnel to
release the device, ensuring safety and security of your
network infrastructure
Available in multiple colors for visual identification
or aesthetics
*For other colors, add -AQ for Aqua, -BL for Black, -BU for Blue, or -EI for Electric Ivory. Also available in bulk
packages of 100 devices and five removal tools. To order bulk package, add -C to the end of the part number.
*For other colors, add -AQ for Aqua, -BL for Black, -BU for Blue, -EI for Electric Ivory, or -AG for Green to the end
of the part number. Also available in bulk packages of 100 devices and five removal tools. To order bulk package,
add -C to the end of the part number.
Part Number Part Description Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
PSL-LCAB* Package of ten LC duplex adapter blockout devices and
one removal tool.
Red 1 20
Part Number Part Description Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
PSL-SCBD* Package of ten SC adapter blockout devices and one
removal tool.
Red 1 20
C.83 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Opti-Core
50/125m.
2 1 10
FR2XSL-RSM02 Duplex standard grade LC to reference grade SC
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
cable 10Gig
50/125m.
2 1 10
FR2XSL-R2M02 Duplex standard grade LC to reference grade ST
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
cable 10Gig
50/125m.
2 1 10
FR2XSS-RSM02 Duplex standard grade SC to reference grade SC
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
cable 10Gig
50/125m.
2 1 10
FR2XSS-RLM02 Duplex standard grade SC to reference grade LC
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
cable 10Gig
50/125m.
2 1 10
FR2XSS-R2M02 Duplex standard grade SC to reference grade ST
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
cable 10Gig
50/125m.
2 1 10
FR2XS2-R2M02 Duplex standard grade ST to reference grade ST
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
cable 10Gig
50/125m.
2 1 10
FR2XS2-RLM02 Duplex standard grade ST to reference grade LC
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
cable 10Gig
50/125m.
2 1 10
FR2XS2-RSM02 Duplex standard grade ST to reference grade SC
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
cable 10Gig
50/125m.
2 1 10
FR2XSS-R2M02
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Length
(m) Part Description Part Number
C.87 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Opti-Core
50/125m.
2 1 10
FR1XS1-R3M02 Simplex standard grade LC to reference grade SC
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
cable 10Gig
50/125m.
2 1 10
FR1XS1-R2M02 Simplex standard grade LC to reference grade ST
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
cable 10Gig
50/125m.
2 1 10
FR1XS3-R3M02 Simplex standard grade SC to reference grade SC
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
cable 10Gig
50/125m.
2 1 10
FR1XS3-R1M02 Simplex standard grade SC to reference grade LC
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
cable 10Gig
50/125m.
2 1 10
FR1XS3-R2M02 Simplex standard grade SC to reference grade ST
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
cable 10Gig
50/125m.
2 1 10
FR1XS2-R2M02 Simplex standard grade ST to reference grade ST
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
cable 10Gig
50/125m.
2 1 10
FR1XS2-R1M02 Simplex standard grade ST to reference grade LC
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
cable 10Gig
50/125m.
2 1 10
FR1XS2-R3M02 Simplex standard grade ST to reference grade SC
reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm jacketed
cable 10Gig
50/125m.
2 1 10
OM1 Multimode Duplex Reference Cable Assemblies
FR26SL-RLM02 Duplex standard grade LC to reference grade LC
multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
2 1 10
FR26SL-RSM02 Duplex standard grade LC to reference grade SC
multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
2 1 10
FR26SL-R2M02 Duplex standard grade LC to reference grade ST
multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
2 1 10
FR26SS-RSM02 Duplex standard grade SC to reference grade SC
multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
2 1 10
FR26SS-RLM02 Duplex standard grade SC to reference grade LC
multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
2 1 10
FR26SS-R2M02 Duplex standard grade SC to reference grade ST
multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
2 1 10
FR26S2-R2M02 Duplex standard grade ST to reference grade ST
multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
2 1 10
FR26S2-RLM02 Duplex standard grade ST to reference grade LC
multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
2 1 10
FR26S2-RSM02 Duplex standard grade ST to reference grade SC
multimode reference cable assembly, riser rated 2mm
jacketed cable 62.5/125m.
2 1 10
C.88 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Opti-Core
Sleeve to cable
Wrap self-laminating label
around LabelCore
Sleeve
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
LabelCore
Sleeve
Part Number
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop
Printer Label
TDP43ME Thermal Transfer
Desktop Printer Label
PanTher
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
NWSLC-2Y
S100X160YAJ S100X150VATY S100X160VAC T100X000CBC-BK
NWSLC-3Y
NWSLC-7Y S100X220YAJ S100X225VATY
S100X220VAC T100X000CBC-BK
C.91 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
QuickNet
50/125m OM3
Multimode Plenum Rated Hydra Cable Assembly with std. 24"
(61cm) breakout length.
5 1
FHPX126LM010N Male MTP* to LC duplex 12-fiber 10Gig
50/125m OM3
Multimode Plenum Rated Hydra Cable Assembly with std. 24"
(61cm) breakout length.
10 1
FHPX126LM015N Male MTP* to LC duplex 12-fiber 10Gig
50/125m OM3
Multimode Plenum Rated Hydra Cable Assembly with std. 24"
(61cm) breakout length.
15 1
FHPX126LM020N Male MTP* to LC duplex 12-fiber 10Gig
50/125m OM3
Multimode Plenum Rated Hydra Cable Assembly with std. 24"
(61cm) breakout length.
20 1
Male MTP* to LC Duplex OM2 Multimode Plenum Hydra Cable Assemblies
FHP5126LM005N Male MTP* to LC duplex 12-fiber 50/125m OM2 multimode
plenum rated hydra cable assembly with std. 24" (61 cm)
breakout length.
5 1
FHP5126LM010N Male MTP* to LC duplex 12-fiber 50/125m OM2 multimode
plenum rated hydra cable assembly with std. 24" (61 cm)
breakout length.
10 1
FHP5126LM015N Male MTP* to LC duplex 12-fiber 50/125m OM2 multimode
plenum rated hydra cable assembly with std. 24" (61 cm)
breakout length.
15 1
FHP5126LM020N Male MTP* to LC duplex 12-fiber 50/125m OM2 multimode
plenum rated hydra cable assembly with std. 24" (61 cm)
breakout length.
20 1
Male MTP* to LC Duplex OS1/OS2 Singlemode Plenum Hydra Cable Assemblies
FHP9126LM005N Male MTP* to LC duplex 12-fiber 9/125m OS1/OS2
singlemode plenum rated hydra cable assembly with std. 24"
(61cm) breakout length.
5 1
FHP9126LM010N Male MTP* to LC duplex 12-fiber 9/125m OS1/OS2
singlemode plenum rated hydra cable assembly with std. 24"
(61cm) breakout length.
10 1
FHP9126LM015N Male MTP* to LC duplex 12-fiber 9/125m OS1/OS2
singlemode plenum rated hydra cable assembly with std. 24"
(61cm) breakout length.
15 1
FHP9126LM020N Male MTP* to LC duplex 12-fiber 9/125m OS1/OS2
singlemode plenum rated hydra cable assembly with std. 24"
(61cm) breakout length.
20 1
C.92 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
QuickNet
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All FHP parts
S100X160YAJ
and NWSLC-3Y
S100X150VATY
and NWSLC-3Y
S100X160VAC
and NWSLC-3Y
T100X000CBC-BK and
NWSLC-3Y
Part Number Part Description
Length
(m)^
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
MTP* Interconnect Cable Assemblies Multimode 10Gig
OM4 50/125m
FZ12D5-5M1Y 12 Fiber 10Gig
OM3 50/125m
FX12D5-5M1Y Female MTP* to female MTP* 12-fiber interconnect cable
assembly (one female MTP* connector on each end on
ribbon interconnect cable) 10Gig
50/125m. Outside
diameter: 5mm x 2.5mm.
1 1 10
For OM4 interconnect assembly, replace the X ( FX12D5-5M1Y) with Z (FZ12D5-5M1Y).
^Additional lengths and availability: Interconnect cable assemblies are available in 1 10 meter lengths in 1 meter
increments, and 15, 20, 25 and 30 meter lengths. To order lengths other than 1 meter, replace the 1 after the M
(FZ12D5-5M1) with the desired length (FZ12D5-5M2 for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For
other lengths or male MTPs*, contact Customer Service for actual lead times.
For MTP* Connector Cleaning Tools, see page C.105.
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
C.93 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18.
For complete information on fiber optic cable identification solutions, reference page C.92.
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Patch Cord
Part Number
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop
Printer Label
TDP43ME Thermal Transfer
Desktop Printer Label
PanTher
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
FX12D5-5M*Y
S100X220YAJ
and NWSLC-7Y
S100X225VATY
and NWSLC-7Y
S100X220VAC
and NWSLC-7Y
T100X000CBC-BK
and NWSLC-7Y
QuickNet
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
F512D5-5M*Y
S100X220YAJ
and NWSLC-7Y
S100X225VATY
and NWSLC-7Y
S100X220VAC
and NWSLC-7Y
T100X000CBC-BK
and NWSLC-7Y
Cable Labels for QuickNet
MTP* Interconnect
Cable Assemblies Multimode 10Gig
50/125m (OM3)
C.94 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
QuickNet
LS8
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All MTP* Interconnect
Cable Assemblies on
this page
S100X220YAJ and
NWSLC-7Y
S100X225VATY and
NWSLC-7Y
S100X220VAC and
NWSLC-7Y
T100X000CBC-BK
and NWSLC-7Y
Part Number Part Description
Length
(m)^
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
4-Fiber Interconnect Cable Assembly Female MTP* to Female MTP*
F64D5-5M1Y Female MTP* to female MTP* 4-fiber interconnect cable
assembly (one female MTP* connector on each end
on ribbon interconnect cable) 62.5/125m.
Outside diameter: 5mm x 2.5mm.
1 1 10
6-Fiber Interconnect Cable Assembly Female MTP* to Female MTP*
F66D5-5M1Y Female MTP* to female MTP* 6-fiber interconnect cable
assembly (one female MTP* connector on each end
on ribbon interconnect cable) 62.5/125m.
Outside diameter: 5mm x 2.5mm.
1 1 10
8-Fiber Interconnect Cable Assembly Female MTP* to Female MTP*
F68D5-5M1Y Female MTP* to female MTP* 8-fiber interconnect cable
assembly (one female MTP* connector on each end
on ribbon interconnect cable) 62.5/125m.
Outside diameter: 5mm x 2.5mm.
1 1 10
12-Fiber Interconnect Cable Assembly Female MTP* to Female MTP*
F612D5-5M1Y Female MTP* to female MTP* twelve strand fiber optic cable
assembly (one female MTP* connector on each end
on ribbon interconnect cable) 62.5/125m.
Outside diameter: 5mm x 2.5mm.
1.0 1 10
C.95 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
QuickNet
satisfy high-speed
network application requirements
Factory terminated and 100% tested for insertion loss and
return loss
Insertion loss and return loss data recorded for every
singlemode cable assembly
Lifetime traceability of test data to a Q.C. number on each
cable assembly
^Additional lengths and availability: 12-fiber interconnect cable assemblies are available in 1 10 meter lengths in
1 meter increments, and 15, 20, 25 and 30 meter lengths. All other cable assemblies above are available in 1, 2, 3
and 10 meter lengths. To order lengths other than 1 meter, replace the 1 after the M (F912D5-5M1Y) with the
desired length (F912D5-5M2Y for 2 meter length). The above lengths are stock items. For other lengths or male
MTPs*, contact Customer Service for actual lead times.
For MTP* Connector Cleaning Tools, see page C.107.
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
F912D5-5M*Y
Part Number Part Description
Length
(m)^
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
4-Fiber Interconnect Cable Assembly Female MTP* to Female MTP*
F94D5-5M1Y Female MTP* to female MTP* 4-fiber interconnect cable
assembly (one female MTP* connector on each end
on ribbon interconnect cable) 9/125m.
Outside diameter: 5mm x 2.5mm.
1 1 10
6-Fiber Interconnect Cable Assembly Female MTP* to Female MTP*
F96D5-5M1Y Female MTP* to female MTP* 6-fiber interconnect cable
assembly (one female MTP* connector on each end
on ribbon interconnect cable) 9/125m.
Outside diameter: 5mm x 2.5mm.
1 1 10
8-Fiber Interconnect Cable Assembly Female MTP* to Female MTP*
F98D5-5M1Y Female MTP* to female MTP* 8-fiber interconnect cable
assembly (one female MTP* connector on each end
on ribbon interconnect cable) 9/125m.
Outside diameter: 5mm x 2.5mm.
1 1 10
12-Fiber Interconnect Cable Assembly Female MTP* to Female MTP*
F912D5-5M1Y Female MTP* to female MTP* twelve strand fiber optic cable
assembly (one female MTP* connector on each end
on ribbon interconnect cable) 9/125m.
Outside diameter: 5mm x 2.5mm.
1.0 1 10
Cable Labels for QuickNet
MTP* Interconnect
Cable Assemblies Singlemode 9/125m (OS1/OS2)
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.18.
For complete information on fiber optic cable identification solutions, reference page C.92.
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Cable Assembly
Part Number
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop
Printer Label
TDP43ME Thermal Transfer
Desktop Printer Label
PanTher
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All MTP*
Interconnect
Cable Assemblies
S100X220YAJ and
NWSLC-7Y
S100X225VATY and
NWSLC-7Y
S100X220VAC and
NWSLC-7Y
T100X000CBC-BK
and NWSLC-7Y
C.96 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
QuickNet
OM4
FZN0505RTPM001 12-fiber OM4 plenum rated female
MTP*/MPO female MTP*/MPO interconnect
round cable assembly.
Aqua 1 10
MTP* Interconnect Round Cable Assemblies 10Gig
OM3
FXN0505RTPM001 12-fiber OM3 plenum rated female
MTP*/MPO female MTP*/MPO interconnect
round cable assembly.
Aqua 1 10
Optimized MTP* Interconnect Round Cable Assemblies 10Gig
OM4
FZP0505RTPM001 12-fiber OM4 optimized plenum rated female
MTP*/MPO female MTP*/MPO interconnect
round cable assembly.
Aqua 1 10
Optimized MTP* Interconnect Round Cable Assemblies 10Gig
OM3
FXP0505RTPM001 12-fiber OM3 optimized plenum rated female
MTP*/MPO female MTP*/MPO interconnect
round cable assembly.
Aqua 1 10
Part Number Part Description Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
MTP* Interconnect Round Cable Assemblies Singlemode 9m OS1/OS2
F9N0505RTPM001 12-fiber 9m plenum rated female
MTP*/MPO female MTP*/MPO interconnect
round cable assembly.
Yellow 1 10
C.97 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
QuickNet
50/125m OM3
Multimode Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye
on one end.
100 1
FSPX1255F150A Female MTP* to female MTP* 12-fiber 10Gig
50/125m OM3
Multimode Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye
on one end.
150 1
FSPX1255F200A Female MTP* to female MTP* 12-fiber 10Gig
50/125m OM3
Multimode Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye
on one end.
200 1
FSPX2455F100A Female MTP* to female MTP* 24-fiber 10Gig
50/125m OM3
Multimode Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye
on one end.
100 1
FSPX2455F150A Female MTP* to female MTP* 24-fiber 10Gig
50/125m OM3
Multimode Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye
on one end.
150 1
FSPX2455F200A Female MTP* to female MTP* 24-fiber 10Gig
50/125m OM3
Multimode Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye
on one end.
200 1
FSPX4855F100A Female MTP* to female MTP* 48-fiber 10Gig
50/125m OM3
Multimode Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye
on one end.
100 1
FSPX4855F150A Female MTP* to female MTP* 48-fiber 10Gig
50/125m OM3
Multimode Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye
on one end.
150 1
FSPX4855F200A Female MTP* to female MTP* 48-fiber 10Gig
50/125m OM3
Multimode Plenum Rated Trunk Cable Assembly with pulling eye
on one end.
200 1
C.98 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
^Additional lengths and availability: The above lengths and configurations are stock items. For other lengths or
configurations, contact Customer Service for actual lead times.
For MTP* Connector Cleaning Tools, see page C.107.
*MTP is a registered trademark of US Conec Ltd.
QuickNet
OptiCam
Pre-Polished Connectors
OptiCam
OptiCam
OptiCam
Pre-Polished
Cam Connectors.
1
OptiCam
Termination
FPPKIT-CVY Converts Opti-Crimp
OptiCam
Connector Termination
FIELDKITUPG Upgrades FIELDKIT with the additional tools, consumables, installation
instructions and stripping templates required for termination of all
Panduit
OptiCam
DPoE
DPoE
Element Manager Software automatically locates and provides visibility of all powered
ports across the network and allows multiple site management with a single graphical user
interface. As a result, Panduit
DPoE
Power
Midspan Accessories
(page D.4)
DPoE
Power Supply
(page D.5)
PanZone
In-Ceiling
Enclosures
(page E.3)
4
6
4
6
7
DPoE
Power Midspan
(page D.4)
DPoE
Power System
(page D.5)
DPoE
Element Manager
7
1
1
5
5
2
2
3
3
DPoE
Labeling Solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.11 and O.19.
Part Number Part Description
No. of
Rack
Spaces^
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
DPOE24U1XG 24-port UTP 1 GbE 10/100/1000 patch panel supporting
IEEE 802.3af-2003 and legacy PoE power protocols.
Includes Element Manager software CD, rack mount
screws, grounding strap, and lug.
1 1
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Patch Panel
Part Number
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop
Printer Label
TDP43ME Thermal Transfer
Desktop Printer Label
PanTher
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
DPOE24U1XG UILJ6 UILS8BW UILS8BW
D.4 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
DPoE
Power Midspan
Delivers reliable, cost-effective Power over Ethernet to
new or existing networks
Supports up to 32 watts (2X Power) to every port
Fully compliant with IEEE 802.3af standards
Compact, modular design allows up to three units to fit
horizontally across one rack space
Dissipates significantly less heat than comparable
network equipment
Scalable to grow network as needed
Requires 48V DC power supply
DPOE8KIT
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
Power supply and/or power system sold separately.
Part Number Part Description
No. of
Rack
Spaces^
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
DPOE8S2XG 8-port STP 10/100/1000 midspan supporting IEEE
802.3af-2003 and legacy PoE protocols. Option for table
top mounting, wall bracket, or 1 RU shelf. Includes Element
Manager software CD.
1 1
DPOE8KIT Compact 8 midspan kit includes individual unit, 120 watt
power supply, and 15 A conductor power cord.
1 1
DPOEWM8B Wall mount bracket for DPOE8S2XG. 1 1
DPOEPL8BU 8-port passive patch panel module. 1 1
DPOESHELF 1 RU shelf for DPOE8S2XG. 1 1
DPOEWM8B
DPOEPL8BU
DPOESHELF
DPOE8S2XG
Component Labels for DPoE
Power Midpsan
For complete Ultimate ID
Labeling Solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.11 and O.19.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Patch Panel
Part Number
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop
Printer Label
TDP43ME Thermal Transfer
Desktop Printer Label
PanTher
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
DPOE8S2XG UILJ4 UILS8BW UILS8BW
DPOEPL8BU UILJ4 UILS8BW UILS8BW
D.5 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
DPoE
Power System
Offers 48 volt DC power that is scalable from 1,250 watts
to 3,750 watts
Utilizes high efficiency power supplies that can be hot
swapped for upgrades or replacement without taking the
entire system down
Provides consistent powering across a wide range of
devices and application needs
Offers a low profile, one rack space design
Emits 35% less heat compared to other power
supply systems
Increases reliability with problem fault isolation
DPOEPWRR1250
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
Power system chassis requires proper A/C country-specific power cord, (CORD-A for Australia, CORD-E for
Europe, CORD-S15 for United States, CORD-J15 for Japan, or CORD-U for United Kingdom), must be ordered
separately.
DPoE
Power Supply
Provides up to 120 watts of regulated power
Offers flexible placement inside of rack
Removes AC to DC power conversion heat from power
patch panels due to isolation
LED indicates when power is being supplied to the panel
Power supply requires proper A/C country-specific power cord (CORD-A for Australia, CORD-E for Europe,
CORD-S15 for North America, or CORD-U for United Kingdom), must be ordered separately. Japan Power Supply
(DPOEPWRB120Y-J) includes CORD-J15 for use in Japan.
Part Number Part Description
No. of
Rack
Spaces^
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
DPOEPWRCU Power system chassis. Utilized for supplying power to
single and multiple power patch panels when equipped
with the appropriate DPoE
Power Rectifiers.
1 1
DPOEPWRR1250 1250 watt power rectifier supplies power for multiple
power patch panels. A combination of three rectifiers will
support up to fourteen panels. Used with DPOEPWRCU.
1
DPOEPWRCU
DPOEPWRB120Y
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
DPOEPWRB120Y 120 watt power supply. Suitable for single unit power installations with
low power needs or a mixture of active and passive devices.
1
DPOEPWRB120Y-J 120 watt power supply for use in Japan. Suitable for single unit power
installations with low power needs or a mixture of active and passive
devices. Kit includes Japan power supply and cord.
1
D.6
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
NOTES
E.1 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
PANZONE
Modules for
STP and UTP, fiber optic, and audio/video applications. Zone cabling products accommodate
multimedia solutions and can be used in floor, ceiling, and wall mount applications while
providing a complete end-to-end network solution. With a zone cabling topology in place, IT
managers provide themselves with a scalable physical network infrastructure that meets their
needs today as well as the flexibility to deploy the technology of tomorrow.
*Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology, Inc.
E.2 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Net-Access
Server Cabinet
(pages L.19 L.22)
6
PanZone
Raised Floor Enclosure
(page E.7)
4
PanZone
Cable Assemblies
(page E.9)
7
PanZone
Building Automation
Systems Enclosure
(page E.5)
3
PanZone
Wall Mount Cabinet
(page E.4)
2
PanZone
In-Ceiling Enclosures
(page E.3)
1
7
7
2
3
8
5
5
6 7 4
1
PanZone Overhead
Distribution Racks
(page E.6)
5
Zone Cabling Systems Roadmap
Racks and
Cable Management
(pages L.59 L.84)
9
PanZone
Wireless Access
Point Enclosures
(pages F.4 F.5)
8
9
PZICE
E.3 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
PanZone
In-Ceiling Enclosures
Designed to accept up to 2 RU of active electronics as
deep as 17.5" and up to 6 RU of standard 19" passive
connectivity (PZICEA only)
Designed to accept up to 8 RU standard 19" passive
connectivity (PZICE only)
Thermal management design optimizes air flow for
improved heat dissipation; ideal for high heat load
PoE enabled switch applications
Mount in 2' x 2', 2' x 4', and 2' x 6' drop ceilings
50 pound door weight capacity
Include door plate, equipment mounting bracket,
integrated horizontal cable slack manager
AC power ready receptacle not included (PZICEA only)
Includes low decibel 60 CFM fan (PZICEA only)
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
PZICFK-E
PZICEA
Part Number Part Description
No. of
Rack
Spaces^
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
PanZone
In-Ceiling Enclosures
PZICEA Fully assembled in-ceiling active enclosure. Accepts up to 2 RU
of active network equipment and up to 6 RU of passive product.
Includes mounting brackets, integrated horizontal slack manager,
AC power provisions, fan assembly, air dam, and electrical
junction box.
External dimensions: 13.50"H x 25.50"W x 27.50"D
(342.9mm x 647.7mm x 698.5mm).
Internal dimensions: 11.49"H x 22.31"W x 22.46"D
(291.8mm x 566.7mm x 570.5mm).
5 1
PZICE Fully assembled in-ceiling enclosure. Accepts up to 8 RU of
standard 19" patch panels. Includes mounting brackets and
integrated horizontal slack manager.
External dimensions: 13.50"H x 25.50"W x 27.50"D
(342.9mm x 647.7mm x 698.5mm).
Internal dimensions: 11.49"H x 22.31"W x 22.46"D
(291.8mm x 566.7mm x 570.5mm).
1
PanZone
Accessories
PZICFK-E In-ceiling enclosure fan kit power conversion for european
regions. Converts fan within in-ceiling active enclosure (PZICEA
with 60 CFM fan) to accept 220 VAC/50 Hz power. Includes fan
assembly with Shuko plug, air dam, and electrical junction box.
1
PZICFRK Filter replacement kit, includes five pairs of air inlet filters. 1
StructuredGround
Grounding Kit
PZICGK Grounding and bonding kit includes all components to properly
ground enclosure and two network switches.
1
E.4 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PanZone
Accessories
PZCFK Wall mount cabinet fan kit; kit includes one 115 VAC fan rated
at 112 CFM.
1
PZCFK-E Wall mount cabinet fan kit european version, 220 VAC with
Shuko plug.
1
PZCFR Wall mount filter replacement kit. 1
StructuredGround
Grounding Kit
PZCGK Grounding and bonding kit; includes all components to properly
ground cabinet.
1
PZC12S
PZC12P
PZC12W
PZCHSM2
PZBR4
PZCGK
E.5 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
PanZone
Accessories
PZAELOCK Optional keyed lock set; includes two locks with keys. 1 10
StructuredGround
Grounding Kit
PZAEGK One tin-plated copper bracket; 3.92"L x .56"W x .79"H
(99.6mm x 14.2mm x 20.1mm); provided with four
#12-24 screws, one each #10-32 and #10-24 hex nut,
#10 split lock washer, grounding washer, and ESD
protection sticker.
1
E.6 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Consolidation Point Boxes
Suitable for wall mount and underfloor applications
UL 2043 approved for use in air-handling spaces for
copper applications
Accept Mini-Com
Pan-Ty
Modules
Accept field terminated or pre-terminated
connectivity solutions
Secure lockable cover
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
ACE48 Fully assembled office raised floor consolidation point enclosure mounts in
10.5" x 10.5" cutout in one raised floor tile; black finish. Support 48 copper
cables or up to 96 fiber cables, accepts Mini-Com
Modules.
Dimensions: 12.37"H x 12.45"W x 7.88"D
(314mm x 316mm x 200mm)
1
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
PZLRB2U 2 RU ladder rack bracket. Bracket fits Wyr-Grid
Modules
Accept field terminated or pre-terminated
connectivity solutions
Secure lockable cover
Compatible with 7/8" square, 1" diameter, 1 1/2" diameter,
and 2" diameter raised floor pedestals
PZRFE12U
Part Number Part Description
No. of
Rack
Spaces^
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
PZRFE4U Fully assembled raised floor enclosure requires 6" minimum
raised floor depth; black finish. Accepts 4 RU of standard patch
panels or 2 RU of QuickNet
Pre-Terminated Assemblies
or Cassettes.
UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 22.62"H x 22.62"W x 5.0"D
(575mm x 575mm x 127mm).
4 1
PZRFE8U Fully assembled raised floor enclosure requires 9.5" minimum
raised floor depth; black finish. Accepts 8 RU of standard patch
panels or 4 RU of QuickNet
Pre-Terminated Assemblies
or Cassettes.
UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 22.62"H x 22.62"W x 8.5"D
(575mm x 575mm x 216mm).
8 1
PZRFE12U Fully assembled raised floor enclosure requires 13" minimum
raised floor depth; black finish. Accepts 12 RU of standard patch
panels or 6 RU of QuickNet
Pre-Terminated Assemblies
or Cassettes.
UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 22.6"H x 22.6"W x 12.0"D
(575mm x 575mm x 305mm).
12 1
PZRFC Lockable cover for PanZone
Hook &
Loop Cable Ties
Accommodate up to four 100-pair punchdown bases or
optional patch panel bracket (PZBPPB) can be used to
accommodate up to 2 RU of standard 19" patch panels
Conduit knockouts of 1 3/4" 2" are available on top
and bottom; conduit knockouts of 1 1/2" are available
on the sides
Option of flat cover or hinged lockable door
(each sold separately)
PZB4 PZB4-HC
PZB4-FC PZBPPB
One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
PanZone
Enclosure Bracket
PZBPPB Patch panel bracket accommodates up to 2 RU of standard 19"
patch panels. Includes one pair of brackets.
1 10
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
WMCPE Punchdown consolidation point enclosure. UL2043 approved for use in air
handling spaces. Punchdown kit sold separately.
Dimensions: 3.44"H x 9.47"W x 13.22"L
(87.4mm x 240.5mm x 335.8mm).
1
Punchdown Bases
GPB24-X Positions and holds UTP wire for termination with Category 6
connecting blocks.
10
GPB144-X Positions and holds UTP wire for termination with Category 6 punchdown
connecting blocks.
10
P110B100-X Positions and holds UTP cable for termination with Pan-Punch
110
Connecting Blocks. For frame or rack mount wiring behind bases.
10
WMCPE GPB24-X
GPB144-X P110B100-X
All product color is black.
Image reflects standard density punchdown base.
E.9 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
PanZone
Cable Assemblies
Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 and ISO 11801 standards
for permanent link performance
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at
for PoE applications
PanZone
10Gig
Shielded Patch Cords, found on page B.14, can be used as plug to plug cable assemblies.
For lengths 10 to 100 feet (five foot increments) and 110, 120, 130, 140, 150 feet change the length designation
in the part number to the desired length. For example, the part number for a 100 foot, plug to plug, Category 6A,
shielded, riser cable assembly is SAPRBU100.
Plug to Plug Shielded
Cable Assembly
Part Number Part Description
Length
(Ft.)
Cable
Type
Cable
Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Plug to Plug Cable Assemblies Category 6A Shielded
SAPPBU25 Category 6A, FTP, solid, plenum cable with
TX6A
10Gig
10Gig
Modular Plugs on
each end.
25 FTP
Solid
Riser
Blue 1 10
Category 6A UTP
UAPPBU25 Category 6A, UTP, solid, plenum cable with
TX6A
10Gig
Modular Plugs on
each end.
25 UTP
Solid
Plenum
Blue 1 10
UAPRBU25 Category 6A, UTP, solid, riser cable with
TX6A
10Gig
Modular Plugs on
each end.
25 UTP
Solid
Riser
Blue 1 10
Category 6 UTP
UPPBU25Y Category 6, UTP, solid, plenum cable with
TX6
10Gig
TX6A
10Gig
10Gig
TX6A
10Gig
10Gig
TX6A
10Gig
10Gig
TX6A
10Gig
TX6
PLUS Jack
Module on the other.
25 UTP
Solid
Plenum
Blue 1 10
UJRBU25BLY Category 6, UTP, solid, riser cable with a
TX6
TX6
PLUS Jack
Module on the other.
25 UTP
Solid
Riser
Blue 10
E.10 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Cable Labels for PanZone
Cable Assemblies
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.22.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Cable
Part Number
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop
Printer Label
TDP43ME Thermal Transfer
Desktop Printer Label
PanTher
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All Pan-Zone
Cable
Assemblies
S100X150YAJ S100X150VATY S100X150VAC T100X000CBC-BK
F.1 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
WIRELESS SOLUTIONS
Panduit and Cisco Systems have collaborated to develop a complete solution that cost-effectively
addresses wireless deployment, security management, and control issues facing enterprises by
enabling application interoperability between wired and wireless networks. Panduit physical
infrastructure systems complement the Cisco Unified Wireless Network to provide a reliable platform
that guards against threats to the wireless local area network (WLAN) and provides protection for
critical network elements.
Ensure full wired and wireless compatibility
and interoperability
Provide integrated solution for lower total cost
of ownership
Cost-effectively address WLAN security, deployment,
and management issues
Aesthetically designed enclosures blend into
the enterprise office without compromising
wireless performance
UL rated enclosures are certified for use in
plenum spaces
The wireless solution set features Panduit
PanZone
Building Automation
Systems Enclosure
(page E.5)
PanZone
In-Ceiling Enclosures
(page E.3)
Racks and
Cable Management
(pages L.59 L.84)
Indoor Wireless Access
Point Enclosures
(Shown)
(pages F.3 F.4)
PanZone
TX6
PLUS Patch
Cord, silicone sealant and grounding cable
Shielded connectivity accessory kit also available
PZNWE12
PZNWE14
^Cisco and Aironet are registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc.
^^^Aruba is a registered trademark of Aruba Networks, Inc.
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
PanZone
Modular
Furniture Faceplates
(pages G.18 G.20)
Mini-Com
Faceplates
(pages G.3 G.14)
Mini-Com
Surface
Mount Boxes
(pages G.22 G.25)
3
1
3
2
1
2
3
Mini-Com
Ultimate ID
LS8E or
Cougar
Modules.
Off
White
One 1-Port
One 2-Port
1 10
UICFP4IW Single gang, vertical faceplate holds up to
four Mini-Com
Modules.
Off
White
One 1-Port
Two 2-Port
1 10
UICFP6IW Single gang, vertical faceplate holds up to
six Mini-Com
Modules.
Off
White
One 1-Port
One 2-Port
1 10
UICFPH4IW Single gang, horizontal faceplate holds up
to four Mini-Com
Modules.
Off
White
One 1-Port
One 4-Port
1 10
UICFP2IW UICFP4IW
UICFP6IW
UICFPH2IW
UICFPH4IW
Mini-Com
Modules.
Off
White
1 10
CFPL3IWY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts three Mini-Com
Modules.
Off
White
1 10
CFPL4IWY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts four Mini-Com
Modules.
Off
White
1 10
CFPL6IWY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts six Mini-Com
Modules.
Off
White
1 10
G.4 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Mini-Com
Modules.
Off
White
1 10
CFPSL4IWY Single gang, sloped vertical faceplate accepts four
Mini-Com
Modules.
Off
White
1 10
CFPSL6IWY Single gang, sloped vertical faceplate accepts six
Mini-Com
Modules. Requires minimum 1.9" wide electrical
box for proper mounting.
Off
White
1 10
CFPHSL4IW Single gang, sloped horizontal faceplate accepts four
Mini-Com
Modules.
Off
White
1 10
CFPSL2IWY CFPSL4IWY
CFPSL6IWY
CFPHSL4IW
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Faceplate
Part Number
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop
Printer Label
TDP43ME Thermal
Transfer Desktop
Printer Label
PanTher
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All CFPSL Parts C195X040Y1J C195X040Y1T C195X040Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
All CFPHSL4 Parts C261X035Y1J C261X035Y1T C261X035Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
Component Labels for Mini-Com
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All CFPL Parts C195X040Y1J C195X040Y1T C195X040Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
For non-adhesive labeling solution, do not remove liner from label.
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
For non-adhesive labeling solution, do not remove liner from label.
G.5 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Mini-Com
Modules.
Off
White
1 10
CFPF12IW-2G Double gang, vertical faceplate frame and six flat
inserts (two module spaces each). Accepts twelve
Mini-Com
Modules.
Off
White
1 10
CFPS4IW CFPF12IW-2G
Component Labels for Mini-Com
Module.
Off
White
1 10
CFP2IW Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts two
Mini-Com
Modules.
Off
White
1 10
CFP4IW Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts four
Mini-Com
Modules.
Off
White
1 10
CFPH2IW Single gang, horizontal faceplate accepts two
Mini-Com
Modules.
Off
White
1 10
CFPH4IW Single gang, horizontal faceplate accepts four
Mini-Com
Modules.
Off
White
1 10
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Faceplate
Part Number
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop
Printer Label
TDP43ME Thermal
Transfer Desktop
Printer Label
PanTher
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
CFP1 C061X030FJJ C061X030YPT C061X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
CFP2
C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
CFP4
CFPH2
CFPH4 C252X030FJJ C252X030YPT C252X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
G.6 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Mini-Com
Ultimate ID
LS8E or
Cougar
Modules.
Off
White
One 1-Port
One 2-Port
1 10
UICFPSE4IW Single gang, vertical sloped faceplate
holds up to four Mini-Com
Modules.
Off
White
One 1-Port
Two 2-Port
1 10
UICFPSE6IW Single gang, vertical sloped faceplate
holds up to six Mini-Com
Modules.
Requires minimum 1.9" wide in-wall
box or wallboard adapter for
proper installation.
Off
White
One 1-Port
Two 3-Port
1 10
UICFPSE8IW-2G Double gang, vertical faceplate holds up
to eight Mini-Com
Modules.
Off
White
Four 4-Port 1 10
UICFPHSE2IW Single gang, horizontal sloped faceplate
holds up to two Mini-Com
Modules.
Off
White
One 1-Port
One 2-Port
1 10
UICFPHSE4IW Single gang, horizontal sloped faceplate
holds up to four Mini-Com
Modules.
Off
White
One 1-Port
One 4-Port
1 10
UICFPSE2IW UICFPSE4IW
UICFPSE6IW UICFPSE8IW-2G
UICFPHSE2IW UICFPHSE4IW
Component Labels for Mini-Com
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All CFPS4 Parts C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
G.7 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Mini-Com
Module.
Off
White
1 10
CFPE2IWY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts two
Mini-Com
Modules.
Off
White
1 10
CFPE4IWY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts four
Mini-Com
Modules.
Off
White
1 10
CFPE6IWY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts six Mini-Com
Modules.
Requires minimum 1.9" wide electrical box for proper mounting.
Off
White
1 10
CFPE10IW-2GY Double gang, vertical faceplate accepts ten Mini-Com
Modules. Off
White
1 10
Mini-Com
Modules.
Off
White
1 10
CFPE1IWY CFPE2IWY CFPE4IWY
CFPE6IWY CFPE10IW-2GY
Component Labels for Mini-Com
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
CFPE1**Y
C195X040Y1J C195X040Y1T C195X040Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
CFPE2**Y
CFPE4**Y
CFPE6**Y
CFPE10**-2GY C288X040Y1J C288X040Y1T C288X040Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
For non-adhesive labeling solution, do not remove liner from label.
G.8 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Mini-Com
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
CFPSE4**Y C195X040Y1J C195X040Y1T C195X040Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
For non-adhesive labeling solution, do not remove liner from label.
G.9 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Mini-Com
Ultimate ID
LS8E or
Cougar
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand Held Printer Label
CFKE2*
C195X040Y1J C195X040Y1T C195X040Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
CFKE4*
Part Number Part Description Color
Labels
Required*
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
UICFPRTR4IW Tamper resistant faceplate kit includes
faceplate frame, two recessed modular
inserts, faceplate cover with additional
outlet station identifier and tamper
resistant screw. Holds up to four
Mini-Com
Modules.
Off
White
One 1-Port
Two 2-Port
1 10
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
For non-adhesive labeling solution, do not remove liner from label.
G.10 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Mini-Com
Modules.
Dimensions 5.8"H x 3.1"W x 1.5"D (147.32mm x
78.74mm x 38.10mm).
Electric
Ivory
1 10
Component Labels for Mini-Com
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All CFPTR Parts C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
G.11 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Mini-Com
Modules.
Dimensions 5.8"H x 3.1"W x 1.5"D
(147.32mm x 78.74mm x 38.10mm).
International
Gray Base
and Clear
Cover
1 10
Mini-Com
Ultimate ID
Modules.
One 1-Port
One 2-Port
1 10
UICFP4S Single gang, vertical faceplate holds up to four
Mini-Com
Modules.
One 1-Port
Two 2-Port
1 10
UICFP6S Single gang, vertical faceplate holds up to six
Mini-Com
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
CFPWR4CIG C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
G.12 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Mini-Com
Modules. 1 10
CFPL4SY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts four Mini-Com
Modules.
Requires minimum 1.9" wide electrical box for proper mounting.
1 10
CFPL6SY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts six Mini-Com
Modules.
Requires minimum 1.9" wide electrical box for proper mounting.
1 10
CFPL4S-2GY Double gang, vertical faceplate accepts four Mini-Com
Modules. 1 10
CFPL6S-2GY Double gang, vertical faceplate accepts six Mini-Com
Modules. 1 10
CFPL8S-2GY Double gang, vertical faceplate accepts eight Mini-Com
Modules. 1 10
CFPL10S-2GY Double gang, vertical faceplate accepts ten Mini-Com
Modules. 1 10
CFPL6SY CFPL4S-2GY
CFPL6S-2GY CFPL8S-2GY
CFPL10S-2GY
CFPL2SY CFPL4SY
Component Labels for Mini-Com
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
CFPL2SY
C195X040Y1J C195X040Y1T C195X040Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
CFPL4SY
CFPL6SY
CFPL4S-2GY
C288X040Y1J C288X040Y1T C288X040Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
CFPL6S-2GY
CFPL8S-2GY
CFPL10S-2GY
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
For non-adhesive labeling solution, do not remove liner from label.
G.13 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Mini-Com
Modules. 1 10
CFP4SY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts four Mini-Com
Modules.
Requires minimum 1.9" wide electrical box for proper mounting.
1 10
CFP6SY Single gang, vertical faceplate accepts six Mini-Com
Modules.
Requires minimum 1.9" wide electrical box for proper mounting.
1 10
CFP4S-2GY Double gang, vertical faceplate accepts four Mini-Com
Modules. 1 10
CFP8S-2GY Double gang, vertical faceplate accepts eight Mini-Com
Modules. 1 10
CFP10S-2GY Double gang, vertical faceplate accepts ten Mini-Com
Modules. 1 10
Component Labels for Mini-Com
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
CFP2SY
C061X030FJJ C061X030YPT C061X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
CFP4SY
CFP4S-2GY
CFP6SY
C188X030FJJ C188X030YPT C188X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
CFP8S-2GY
C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
CFP10S-2GY
C315X030FJJ C315X030YPT C315X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
G.14 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Mini-Com
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
CBE**Y C195X040Y1J C195X040Y1T C195X040Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
CBE**-2GY C288X040Y1J C288X040Y1T C288X040Y1C T038X000FJC-BK
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
For non-adhesive labeling solution, do not remove liner from label.
G.15 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
CHS2IW-X CHS2SIW-X
CHF2IW-X CHSRE2IW-X
CHS1SIW-X CHB2IW-X
CHF2MIW-X CHB2MIW-X
Component Labels for Mini-Com
Inserts
Mini-Com
Inserts
Compatible with classic and executive faceplate frames
Front releasable
Accept Mini-Com
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
CHS2
C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
CHS2S
CHSRE2
CHS1S C061X030FJJ C061X030YPT C061X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
CHF2 C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Part Number Part Description Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
CHS2IW-X Two module space, 1/2 size, sloped insert accepts two
Mini-Com
Modules.
Off
White
10 50
CHS2SIW-X Two module space, 1/2 size, sloped shuttered insert
accepts two Mini-Com
Modules.
Off
White
10 50
CHSRE2IW-X Two module space, 1/2 size, 30 sloped recessed insert
accepts two Mini-Com
Modules.
Off
White
10 50
CHS1SIW-X One module space, 1/2 size, sloped shuttered insert
accepts one Mini-Com
Modules.
Off
White
10 50
CHB2MIW-X 1/3 blank insert. Reserves space for future upgrades. Off
White
10 50
CHLS2SIW-X Sloped module insert with protective shutters and
label/label cover accepts up to two Mini-Com
Modules
and accommodates up to 1/2 of a single gang bezel.
Shutters are spring loaded and rotate out of the way for
cable connections. Depth to rear modules: 16.5mm. Not
suitable for use with any audio/video or fiber connector
module that protrudes beyond the face of the insert.
Off
White
10 50
CHLS2SIW-X
G.16 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Mini-Com
Faceplates,
Faceplate Frames, Inserts and Modular Patch Panels.
Off
White
1 10
Mini-Com
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
CFG1
C061X030FJJ C061X030YPT C061X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
CFG2
CFG4
C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
CFG1IW
CFG4IW
CFG2IW
Component Labels for Mini-Com
Module. Off
White
1 10
CFG2IW Module frame accepts two Mini-Com
Modules. Off
White
1 10
CFG4IW Module frame accepts four Mini-Com
Modules. Off
White
1 10
CFG6IW Module frame accepts six Mini-Com
Modules. Off
White
1 10
G.17 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Mini-Com
Modules. Off
White
1 10
CF1064IWY Module frame accepts four Mini-Com
Modules. Off
White
1 10
Phone Plate with Module
Stainless steel construction Includes mounting studs on plate which are positioned to
mount standard wall mount telephones with keystone
adaptation flush to wall surface
Contact technical support to verify mounting holes when using IP or console type telephones.
All faceplates supplied with mounting screws.
Wall mount faceplate kits above only accept wall mountable phones with short patch cord connections to the
jack module.
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
KWP5EY Stainless steel phone plate with Giga-TX
Style Category 5e
Keystone Jack Module.
1 10
KWP6PY Stainless steel phone plate with Giga-TX
Style Category 6
Keystone Jack Module.
1 10
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Phone Plate
Part Number
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop
Printer Label
TDP43ME Thermal
Transfer Desktop
Printer Label
PanTher
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All KWP parts C061X030FJJ C061X030YPT C061X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
Wall Board Adapters
Provide a mounting surface for single or double gang faceplates
Adapters supplied with mounting screws.
Can be used with Low Voltage Mounting Brackets, page G.29.
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
MWBA1 An alternative for single gang in-wall box in communication
applications. Mounting hole spacing of 3.28" (83.5mm).
1 10
MWBA-2G An alternative for double gang in-wall boxes in communication
applications. Mounting hole spacing of 3.28" (83.5mm).
1 10
CF1062IWY CF1064IWY
Component Labels for Keystone Phone Plate with Module
MWBA1 MWBA-2G
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
G.18 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
In-Wall Box Adapters
Allow horizontal or vertical mounting
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), or IG (International Gray).
Adapters supplied with mounting screws.
Part Number Part Description Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
MIWBAIW Allows mounting of Mini-Com
Ultimate ID
LS8E or
Cougar
Modules.
Black 1 10
Snap-On Modular Furniture Faceplate Extender
MFFPEBL For use when depth inside modular furniture base is
limited. Extends plate approximately 1/2" (12.7mm).
Accepts CFFPL4 and CFFP4 modular faceplates.
Black 1 10
Two Module Space Angled Modular Furniture Snap-On Faceplate
CFFPA2BL Angled faceplate snaps into industry standard knockouts
found on modular furniture. Accepts up to two
Mini-Com
Modules.
Black 1 10
Three Module Space Extended Furniture Snap-On Faceplate
CFFPE3BL Faceplate snaps into knockouts found on Knoll Morrison
furniture as well as industry standard knockouts. Accepts
up to three Mini-Com
Modules.
Black 1 10
Four Module Space Angled Modular Furniture Snap-On Faceplate with Labels
CFFPLA4BL Angled faceplate snaps into industry standard knockouts
found on modular furniture. Accepts up to four Mini-Com
Modules.
Black 1 10
Four Module Space Herman Miller Ethospace Beltline Furniture Snap-On Faceplate
CFFPEBSL4BL Sloped faceplate snaps into knockouts found on Herman
Miller furniture such as Ethospace Beltline. Accepts up to
four Mini-Com
Modules.
Black 1 10
Replacement Labels for Mini-Com
Modular
Patch Panels with Labels (CPPL24WBLY, CPPL48WBLY,
CPPL24WRBLY, CPPL48WRBLY) and Mini-Com
HERMAN MILLER is a trademark of Herman Miller, Inc., Zeeland, MI. *KNOLL, MORRISON and EQUITY are trademarks of Knoll, Inc.
G.20 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Mini-Com
Round Faceplates
Accept Mini-Com
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
CFFPE3
C061X030FJJ C061X030YPT C061X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
CFFPKE3
CFFP4
C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
CFFPA2
CFFPHM4
CFFPL4
C261X035Y1J C261X035Y1T C261X035Y1C T031X000FJC-BK
CFFPLA4
CFFPEBSL4
Component Labels for Mini-Com
Round Faceplates
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Faceplate
Part Number
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop
Printer Label
TDP43ME Thermal Transfer
Desktop Printer Label
PanTher
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
CRFPA2BL C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
For non-adhesive labeling solution, do not remove liner from label.
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
G.21 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Mini-Com
Ultimate ID
LS8E or Cougar
Raceway
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
UICBX2IW-A Surface mount box accepts two
Mini-Com
Modules. Dimensions:
1.06"H x 1.95"W x 3.65"L
(26.92mm H x 49.53mm
W x 92.71mm L).
Off
White
One
1-Port
One
2-Port
LD3 1 10
UICBX4IW-A Surface mount box accepts four
Mini-Com
Modules. Dimensions:
1.06"H x 3.69"W x 4.59"L (26.92mm
H x 93.73mm W x 116.59mm L).
Off
White
One
1-Port
One
4-Port
LD3, LD5 1 10
UICBX2IW-A
UICBX4IW-A
Mini-Com
Ultimate ID
Hybrid Box
Ultimate ID
LS8E or Cougar
Raceway
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
UICBXH6IW-A Hybrid box with cover accepts
up to six Mini-Com
Modules
in a single gang Mini-Com
Modules in a single
gang Mini-Com
Faceplate, and
up to six Mini-Com
Fiber Optic
Modules in the base.
Off
White
One
1-Port
One
6-Port
LD3, LD5 1 10
UICBXHECIW Cover extension for hybrid box. Off
White
1 10
UICBXH6IW-A UICBXHECIW
G.23 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Mini-Com
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
CBX1**-A C061X030FJJ C061X030YPT C061X030FJC
T031X000FJC-BK
CBXJ2**-A
C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC
CBX2**-AY
CBXC4**-A
C252X030FJJ C252X030YPT C252X030FJC
CBX4**-AY
CBXD6**-AY
C379X030FJJ C379X030YPT C379X030FJC
CBX12**-AY
CBX1IW-A CBXJ2IW-A
CBX2IW-AY CBXC4IW-A
CBX4IW-AY CBXD6IW-AY
CBX12IW-AY
Component Labels for Mini-Com
Raceway
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
CBX1IW-A Surface mount box accepts one Mini-Com
Fiber
Optic Jack Modules and other flush modules, which snap
in and out for easy moves, adds, and changes
Clear shuttered doors are spring-loaded to stay closed to
prevent dust from entering module opening; doors can be
collapsed to insert plug into module
Cable entry from side, rear, and base knockouts
Mount easily with supplied mounting screws, adhesive
tape, or optional magnet (CSBM-X)
Optional icons available
Optional adhesive labels available
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray), or
BL (Black).
*Raceway does not enter box.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Box
Part Number
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop
Printer Label
TDP43ME Thermal
Transfer Desktop
Printer Label
PanTher
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
CBXS1**-A
C061X030FJJ C061X030YPT C061X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
CBXS2**-A
CBXS3**-A
CBXS4**-A
CBXS6**-A
CBXSD6**-A
CBXS1IW-A
CBXS2IW-A
CBXS3IW-AY
CBXS4IW-AY
CBXS6IW-AY
CBXSD6IW-AY
Component Labels for Mini-Com
Raceway
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
CBXS1IW-A Shuttered surface mount box accepts one
Mini-Com
Ultimate ID
LS8E or
Cougar
Raceway
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
CBXF6IW-AY Surface mount box accepts up to six
Mini-Com
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
CM6PIW C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Faceplate
Part Number
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop
Printer Label
TDP43ME Thermal Transfer
Desktop Printer Label
PanTher
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
CBXF6**
C379X030FJJ C379X030YPT C379X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
CBXF12**-AY
G.27 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Optional Magnets
Used to mount surface mount boxes to metal surfaces
CSBM-X
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
CBM-X Magnet for non-shuttered version surface mount boxes. 10 100
CSBM-X Magnet for shuttered version surface mount boxes. 10 100
Ultimate ID
Icons
Provide port identification of data and voice applications
Compatible with Ultimate ID
Label Pocket
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White), IG (International Gray),
BL (Black), OR (Orange), RD (Red), BU (Blue), GR (Green), YL (Yellow), or VL (Violet).
Ultimate ID
Icons.
Part Number Part Description Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
UICIDIW-C Plastic snap-in icon with data image. Off
White
100 1000
UICIPIW-C Plastic snap-in icon with phone image. Off
White
100 1000
Ultimate ID
component.
See pages G.28 and G.29 for Mini-Com
Write-On Labels
Write-on labels for use with Ultimate ID
Faceplates,
Surface Mount Boxes, and Patch Panels
Ultimate ID
Executive and Classic Series Faceplates with Labels and select Mini-Com
Surface
Mount Boxes
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Label/Label Cover Kit
CSGLLC-L Single gang Mini-Com
Industrial Faceplates
CFPWR4**, CFPTR4**, CFPTR2** 1.26 32.0 1.17 29.7 1.29 32.8
Mini-Com
Faceplates
CFP(L)2SY, UICFP2S 1.26 32.0 1.19 30.2 1.14 29.0
CFP(L)4SY, UICFP4S 1.26 32.0 1.19 30.2 1.14 29.0
CFP(L)6SY, UICFP6S 1.26 32.0 1.19 30.2 1.14 29.0
CFP(L)4S-2GY 1.26 32.0 1.19 30.2 1.14 29.0
CFP(L)6S-2GY 1.26 32.0 1.19 30.2 1.14 29.0
CFP(L)8S-2GY 1.26 32.0 1.19 30.2 1.14 29.0
CFP(L)10S-2GY 1.26 32.0 1.19 30.2 1.14 29.0
In-Wall Box Adapter
MIWBA** Subtract .22" or 5.6mm from depth to rear of module modular furniture faceplate measurement
Mini-Com
Ultimate ID
Ultimate ID
Ultimate ID
Ultimate ID
(PIM
Software centralizes the collection and representation of a rich set of asset attributes,
such as connectivity, space/port availability, and power/environmentals, to ensure that your physical
infrastructure supports mission-critical applications, and enables effective optimization of your data
centers space, power, and cooling resources.
Provide real-time information on network status and monitor connectivity
Facilitate planning, implementation, and documentation of connectivity
moves, adds, or changes
Monitor and alert administrators of any patch field changes or potential
connectivity-based security risks
Simplify user interaction via web-based management system
Interface with third-party network management system programs, help
desk applications, and other enterprise systems
Panduits modular approach to delivering DCIM functionality enables you to customize the solution to
meet the needs of your organization both now and in the future. Process-driven integration with your
current network management and service desk platforms delivers a streamlined interface to support
management of IT assets with related attributes and physical infrastructure components of your data
center and extended enterprise.
The PanView iQ
(PViQ
Patch Panel.
Additional information on the Physical Infrastructure Manager
(PIM
System can be found in the solutions brochures SA-PVCB24 and SA-PVCB20, and on the
Panduit website at http://www.panduit.com/pim.
Front View
Rear View
Attachment
with peel-off
adhesive
strip
Switch
Attachment
cable
I.2
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PanView iQ
Patch Panel
PanView iQ
Interconnect
Patch Cords
Horizontal Links
PanView iQ
Interconnect
Patch Cord
PanView iQ
Interconnect
Patch Cord
PanView iQ
Patch Panel
PanView iQ
Patch Panel
Horizontal Cabling
Switch Server
PanView iQ
Interconnect
Patch Cords
PanView iQ
Interconnect
Patch Cords
PanView iQ
Patch Panels
PanView iQ
Patch Panels
Horizontal Cabling
Switch Servers
Detects connections and
disconnections made between
the switch and PanView iQ
Patch Panels
Detects connections and
disconnections made between
the server and PanView iQ
Patch Panels
Enables asset tracking of
devices from the logical layer
to the physical layer
PanView iQ
Patch
Panel to designated switch ports
Detects patch cord connections/
disconnections made between
the switch and PanView iQ
Patch Panels
Eliminates the need for scanner
units and the rack spaces that
these units occupy
Eliminates the need for
attachment cables and stick-on
strips which mount to switches
I.3 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
PanView iQ
Cross-Connect
Patch Cords
PanView iQ
Patch Panels
Standard Plug
to Jack Cabling
PanView iQ
Cross-Connect
Patch Cord
Standard
Patch Cord
PanView iQ
Patch Panel
Standard
Patch Panel
Horizontal Cabling Standard
Plug to Jack
Cabling
Switch Server
PanView iQ
Patch Panel
PanView iQ
Cross-Connect
Patch Cords
PanView iQ
Patch Panels
PanView iQ
Patch Panels
Standard
Patch Cords
Standard
Plug to
Jack Cabling
Standard
Patch Panels
Switch Servers
Horizontal Cabling
Enables asset tracking of
devices from the logical layer
to the physical layer
PanView iQ
Patch Panels
will confirm: double-ended
connections (both ends
connected), and single-ended
connections (remote
end disconnected)
The PanView iQ
System
can automatically map the
cross-connect patch field
and monitor all connections
for continuous security. The
system also guides moves,
adds, and changes
Helps prevent damage to switch
and server ports by creating
protected patch field between
PanView iQ
Cross-Connect
Patch Cords guarantee switch
to server traceability to
support critical moves, adds,
and changes
PanView iQ
Hardware
PanView iQ
Interface Unit
Recommended PanView iQ
Expansion Modules (EM) can
be connected to a single
PanView iQ
Panel Manager (PM).
PanView iQ
Expansion
Modules (EM)
To PanView iQ
Power Supply
PanView iQ
Interface Unit
PanView iQ
Patch Cord
Mini-Com
Jack Module
Mounting
Bracket
Port for Interconnect Provisioning
Mode Status Indicator
Next
Key
System
Status
Indicator
Confirmation
Key
Trace
Mode
Indicator
MAC Mode
Indicator
Interface unit shown for PanView iQ
Patch Panel
I.5 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Physical Infrastructure Management System Roadmap
PanView iQ
Intelligence Modules
(page I.9)
1
PanView iQ
Patch Panels
(page I.7)
2
PanView iQ
Power Supply
(page I.9)
3
Power Outlet Units
(page L.35 L.55)
4
Physical Infrastructure
Manager
Software Platform
(page I.6)
5
PanView iQ
Labels
(pages O.11 and O.21)
8
5
1
2
3
4 6
7
8
I.6 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Physical Infrastructure Manager
(PIM
) Software Platform
Supports the PanView iQ
System
Provides automated documentation of network patch
field connectivity
Provides real-time notification of all changes in physical
layer patch field
Documents and assigns moves, adds, and changes
for planned configuration changes
Utilizes a web-based graphical user interface that is
globally accessible
Always check with a sales representative for latest software updates.
*To order this module, add the appropriate letter to the end of the part number, based on the size of the installation: -S (<50
racks); -M (50-199 racks); -L (200-399 racks); -X (400+ racks). For example, the part number for the Connectivity Management
Module for 250 racks is PIM-CONNECT-L.
^IBM and Tivoli are registered trademarks of IBM Corporation.
^^Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
**AyaNova is a registered trademark of Ground Zero Tech-Works.
***BMC is a registered trademark of BMC Software, Inc.
Advanced Dashboard and Reports Module is powered by Pentaho.
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
PIM-MEDIA Physical Infrastructure Manager
Software Solution. 1
PIM-CAMA Comprehensive annual maintenance agreement covering both PIM
System Hardware.
1
PIM-ASSET* Asset tracking and utilization module of the PIM
Software Solution. 1
PIM-POWER* Power outlet unit monitoring module of the PIM
Software Solution. 1
PIM-ENT Enterprise connectivity management module of the PIM
Software Solution.
1
PIM-CONNECT* Connectivity module of the PIM
Software Solution. 1
PIM-DASHBOARD* Dashboards and reports module of the PIM
Software Solution. 1
PIM-IBMINT* IBM^ Tivoli connector module of the PIM
Software Solution. 1
PIM-MSFTINT* Microsoft^^ System Center Operations Manager 2007 Management
Pack for the PIM
Software Solution.
1
PIM-AYAINT AyaNova** work order integration module of the PIM
Software Solution.
1
PIM-BMCINT* BMC Remedy*** work order integration module of the PIM
Software Solution.
1
I.7 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
PanView iQ
Patch Panels
PVQ-MIQPU24
PVQ-MIQPS96F
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
PanView iQ
Panel Manager requires proper country-specific power supply (PVQ-PS12VDC-S for North America,
PVQ-PS12VDC-E for Europe, PVQ-PS12VDC-J for Japan, PVQ-PS12VDC-C for China, or PVQ-PS12VDC-U for
United Kingdom) which must be ordered separately, found on page I.9.
PVQ-MIQAPU24
PanView iQ
Patch Panels revolutionize intelligent physical infrastructure management by providing a modular and
scalable approach to meet the demands of enterprise and data center installations. Standard copper and fiber cabling is
used for all terminations onto the back of these panels while unique PanView iQ
Cross-Connect
Patch Cords
PVQ-MIQAPCVR
Part Number Part Description
No. of
Rack
Spaces^
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Angled PanView iQ
Patch Panels
PVQ-MIQAPU24 24-port unpopulated angled UTP modular intelligent
module-ready patch panel. Accepts all Mini-Com
UTP
and LC Fiber Optic Modules.
1 1 10
PVQ-MIQAPS24 24-port unpopulated angled STP modular intelligent
module-ready patch panel. Accepts all Mini-Com
STP
Modules. Accepts all Mini-Com
STP Modules.
1 1 10
Flat PanView iQ
Patch Panels
PVQ-MIQPU24 24-port unpopulated UTP modular intelligent module-ready
patch panel.
1 1 10
PVQ-MIQPS24 24-port unpopulated STP modular intelligent module-ready
patch panel.
1 1 10
PanView iQ
Hardware Kits
PVQ-MIQPS96F For standard configurations, this 96-port modular intelligent
panel kit includes four flat PanView iQ
Patch Panels
(PVQ-MIQPU24), one PanView iQ
Expansion Modules
with expansion port cables and interface units. Also
includes one 1.5 (0.5m) RJ45 patch cord for connection to
network switch or additional daisy-chained PanView iQ
Patch
Cords and Mini-Com
Patch Panels
(PVQ-MIQAPU24), one PanView iQ
Expansion Modules
with expansion port cables and interface units. Also
includes one 1.5 (0.5m) RJ45 patch cord for connection to
network switch or additional daisy-chained PanView iQ
Patch
Cords and Mini-Com
Fiber Trays
Provides real-time physical layer management to the fiber
channels in the network
Enhances usability and maintainability through an
enclosure and drawer design that allows for easy
access to the fiber connectivity
An easily-accessible integrated mechanism for
mounting a PM or EM module simplifies installation
and maintenance
Provides the capability to map and monitor the fiber
channels to efficiently manage resources and
substantially reduce network operations cost
Provides the capability to automate network
documentation and maintenance procedures for
the physical layer, which in turn supports improved
reliability, security, and increased overall network
management efficiency
Installable in a 19" standard TIA/EIA rack or cabinet
utilizing 1RU of space
PVQ-FMT
Component Labels for PanView iQ
Patch Panels
For complete Ultimate ID
Labeling Solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.11 and O.21.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Patch Panel
Part Number
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop
Printer Label
PanTher
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All Patch Panels
on Page I.7
UILJ6 UILS8BW UILS8BW
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
Part Number Part Description
No. of
Rack
Spaces^
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
PVQ-FMT
24-port PanView iQ
SFF Duplex
Multimode Aqua Adapters with Zirconia Ceramic
Split Sleeves.
1 1 1
PVQ-FMTMTP-ZZ PViQ
SFF Duplex
Multimode Aqua Adapters with Zirconia Ceramic
Split Sleeves.
1 1 1
PVQ-FMTMTP-9
PViQ
Intelligence Modules
Provides manageability for a PanView iQ
Patch Panel
Eliminates the need for additional rack space by attaching
directly to the back of a PanView iQ
Patch Panel
Enables quick addition, removal, or replacement of
intelligence modules to add management capabilities
Supports both cross-connect or interconnect installations
The panel manager (PM) module provides networking
interface, power connection and expansion port
connections
The expansion module (EM) receives all power and data
signals from the PM through the expansion port; three
EMs can be connected to one PM
Support PanView iQ
Hardware
Optional Expansion Port Cables allow connection through
various mounting options; for example, PVQ-EPC28 is
designed to be utilized when installing PViQ patch panels
in a zero RU (vertical mounting) configuration
PVQ-EM
*For lengths of 20, 28, 35 or 43 inches, change the 14 in the part number to the desired length.
PanView iQ
Panel Manager requires proper country-specific power supply (PVQ-PS12VDC-S for North America,
PVQ-PS12VDC-E for Europe, PVQ-PS12VDC-J for Japan, PVQ-PS12VDC-C for China, or PVQ-PS12VDC-U for
United Kingdom) which must be ordered separately.
PVQ-PM
PanView iQ
Power Supply
Provides 12 volts of regulated power
One power supply required per panel manager module
Offers flexible placement inside of rack
5 feet (1.5m) cord length
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
PVQ-PS12VDC-S 30W power supply for North America. 1
PVQ-PS12VDC-E 30W power supply for Europe. 1
PVQ-PS12VDC-U 30W power supply for UK. 1
PVQ-PS12VDC-J 30W power supply for Japan. 1
PVQ-PS12VDC-C 30W power supply for China. 1
I.10 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PanView iQ
Patch Cords
PanView iQ
enabled
ports (e.g., switches with shielded jacks, servers with
shielded jacks, etc.) and PanView iQ
Panel Ports
PanView iQ
Patch Panels
All PanView iQ
Panels
to detect single-ended connections
PVQ-BIU6C3BU
Additional lengths and colors available:
*For lengths of 5, 7, 10, 14, or 20 feet, change the length designation in the part number to the desired length. For
standard cable color other than BU (Blue), replace BU in the part number with WH (White). For example, the part
number for a white, 5-foot patch cord is PVQ-EU6AC5WH.
^For lengths of 2, 3, 5, or 10 meters, change the length designation in the part number to the desired length. For
standard cable color other than BU (Blue), replace BU with WH (White). For example, the part number for a white
2-meter patch cord is PVQ-ES6X2MWH.
Contact Panduit Customer Service for lead times and for non-standard lengths and colors.
PVQ-ES6X3BU
Additional lengths and colors available:
*For lengths of 5, 7, 10, 14, or 20 feet, change the length designation in the part number to the desired length. For
standard cable color other than BU (Blue), replace BU in the part number with GR (Green). For example, the part
number for a green, 5-foot patch cord is PVQ-BIU6C5GR.
^For lengths of 2, 3, 5, or 10 meters, change the length designation in the part number to the desired length. For
standard cable color other than BU (Blue), replace BU with WH (White). For example, the part number for a white
2-meter patch cord is PVQ-BIU6L2MWH.
Contact Panduit Customer Service for lead times and for non-standard lengths and colors.
Part Number Part Description
Length
Cable
Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty. Ft. m
Copper Interconnect Patch Cords Basic
PVQ-BIU6C3BU* Category 6 UTP interconnect patch cord for
use with PanView iQ
patch panel,
Communications (CM) rated.
3 Blue 1 10
PVQ-BIU6C1MBU^ Category 6 UTP interconnect patch cord for
use with PanView iQ
patch panel,
Communications (CM) rated.
1 Blue 1 10
PVQ-BIU6L1MBU^ Category 6 UTP interconnect patch cord for
use with PanView iQ
Patch Panel,
Communications (CM rated).
3 Blue 1 10
PVQ-EU6AC1MBU^ 10Gig
Patch Panel,
Communications (CM rated).
1 Blue 1 10
PVQ-ES6X3BU* 10Gig
Patch Panel,
dual rated.
3 Blue 1 10
PVQ-ES6X1MBU^ 10Gig
Patch Panel,
dual rated.
1 Blue 1 10
I.11 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Labels for PanView iQ
Patch Cords
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Patch Cord
Part Number
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop
Printer Label
TDP43ME Thermal Transfer
Desktop Printer Label
PanTher
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All Patch Cords
on Page I.10 and I.11
S100X150YAJ S100X150VATY S100X150VAC T100X000CBC-BK
PVUTPSPC*BBUY
PVF9L10-10M*Y
PVSTP6X*MBBU
^Additional lengths available: PVUTPSPC3BBUY also available in lengths of 5, 7, 9, 14, and 20 feet.
PVUTPSPC1MBBUY also available in lengths of 2, 3, 5, 7, and 10 meters. PVSTP6X1MBBU also available in
lengths of 2, 3, 5, and 10 meters. PVF9L10-10M0.5Y and PVFXL10-10M0.5Y also available in 1/2-meter
increments up to 10 meters.
Contact Panduit Customer Service for lead times.
Consult www.panduit.com/pim for additional colors and lengths available.
Part Number Part Description
Length^
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty. Ft. m
Cross-Connect Patch Cords
PVUTPSPC3BBUY Category 6 UTP patch cord for use with modular
patch panel.
3 1 10
PVUTPSPC1MBBUY Category 6 UTP patch cord for use with modular
patch panel.
1 1 10
PVSTP6X1MBBU Category 6A, STP modular 10Gig
Patch Cord. 1 1 10
PVUTP6X1MBBU Category 6A, UTP modular 10Gig
Patch Cord. 1 1 10
PVF9L10-10M0.5Y Singlemode LSZH LC-LC patch cord. 1 1 10
PVFXL10-10M0.5Y Multimode LSZH OM3 LC-LC patch cord. 1 1 10
PanView iQ
ROUTING SYSTEMS
Panduit provides innovative solutions for routing fiber optic and high performance copper cabling
to and between equipment racks within a data center, telecommunications room, or service provider
facility. Routing products such as the FiberRunner
Fiber-Duct
4x4
and 2x2 Routing Systems, CabRunner
and Wyr-Grid
24x4, 12x4, 6x4, 4x4, and 2x2 Routing Systems are comprised of channel, couplers,
fittings, and brackets designed to segregate, route, and protect fiber optic and high performance
copper cabling.
As part of the Panduit Data Center Solution, FiberRunner
System
(page J.9)
F2PCLB12 -Two-Piece Ladder
Rack Bracket for Attaching
Threaded Rod to 1 1/2" 2"
Ladder Rack (page J.9)
FRAFC58 - Two Piece Framing
Clip for Attaching 5/8" Threaded
Rod to 2" x 9/16" C-Channel
Auxiliary Framing Bars (page J.9)
FR24TBE12 Existing
Threaded Rod QuikLock
Mounting Brackets
24x4 Routing System Roadmap
7
8
6
1
14
11
5
J.3 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
FR24X4**10 24x4
FiberRunner
Channel
(page J.4)
1
FRCV24**10 24x4 Snap-On
Cover (page J.4)
2
FRBC24X4** 24x4 QuikLock
Reducer Fitting
and FRRF2412CV** Optional
Cover (page J.6)
13
FRFWC24X4W12** 24x4 4-Way
Cross Fitting with 12x4 Exits and
FRFWCCV24W12** Optional
Cover (page J.5)
14
**Available colors include: YL (Yellow), OR (Orange), and BL (Black).
J.4 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
24x4 FiberRunner
QuikLock
Coupler
Pre-assembled to provide fast mechanical assembly
of components
No tools required for installation; bolts loosen for
component disassembly
For other standard colors replace suffix YL (Yellow)
with OR (Orange) or BL (Black)
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
FRBC24X4YL Pre-assembled coupler quickly joins two sections of
channel and/or fittings. Mechanically attaches without
tightening bolts. Bolts release using 3/8" nut driver to
allow coupler to be removed if necessary.
1 5
24x4 FiberRunner
Routing System
Cable Fills for 24x4 FiberRunner
Routing System
Channel cutting instructions: For optimum results, use a miter box and saw. For larger quantities use a plastic cutting saw blade
for clean, burr-free cuts. Recommend: Carbide 80T and 100T; .090" thickness, .125" kerf.
The above cable diameters represent the nominal Panduit cable diameter per performance level.
For specific cable fill information based on specific part numbers, please contact Panduit customer service.
24x4 FiberRunner
FiberRunner
System Fittings
Minimum 3" (76.2mm) bend radius control fittings
Protect against signal loss and performance degradation
Assemble using FRBC QuikLock
Couplers
FRH4524X4
FRT24X4W12
FRFWC24X4
FRFWCCV24
FRFWC24X4W12
FRFWCCV24W12
FREC24X4
FRH45CV24
FRTCV24W12
For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
Part Number Part Description
Couplers
Required
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
24x4 Horizontal 45 Angle Fitting
FRH4524X4YL Attaches to 24x4 channel and/or fittings to
create a 45 horizontal turn from a straight
horizontal run.
(2 pcs.)
FRBC24X4YL
1
Cover for 24x4 Horizontal 45 Angle Fitting
FRH45CV24YL Optional cover for the horizontal 45 angle
fitting FRH4524X4YL. Snap-on feature allows
cover to be installed and removed with no
tools required.
1
24x4 Horizontal Tee with 12x4 Exit
FRT24X4W12YL Attaches to 24x4 channel and/or fittings to
create a 90 horizontal branch with a 12x4
exit from straight horizontal run. Accepts
optional split cover FRTCV24W12YL.
(2 pcs.)
FRBC24X4YL
(1 pc.)
FRBC12X4YL
1
Cover for 24x4 Horizontal Tee with 12x4 Exit
FRTCV24W12YL Optional cover for the horizontal tee fitting
FRT24X4W12YL. Snap-on feature allows
cover to be installed and removed with no
tools required.
1
24x4 Four-Way Cross Fitting
FRFWC24X4YL Attaches to 24x4 channel and/or fittings to
create a horizontal four way cross
intersection with two 24x4 exits. Accepts
optional split cover FRFWCCV24YL.
(4 pcs.)
FRBC24X4YL
1
24x4 FiberRunner
to 12x4 FiberRunner
Fitting
or Channel to any 12x4 FiberRunner
Fitting
or Channel.
(1 pc.)
FRBC24X4YL
(1 pc.)
FRBC12X4YL
1
Cover for 24x4 to 12x4 FiberRunner
Reducer Fitting
FRRF2412CVYL Optional cover for the reducer from 24x4
FiberRunner
to 12x4 FiberRunner
System Spillouts
Spill-overs allow safe transition from horizontal to
vertical runs
2" (50.8mm) bend radius control
Transition to channel, slotted channel, and corrugated
loom tubing
Spill-over junction fittings can be retro-fitted to existing
horizontal runs
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange), BL (Black), or LG (Light Gray).
FRSPJ2X2
FTR2X2
FRHD2KT
FIDT2X2
TRC2HDBL
Part Number Part Description
Couplers
Required
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Spill-Over Junction with 2x2 Exit
FRSPJ2X2YL Assembles onto 4x4, 6x4, 12x4, or 24x4
FiberRunner
Channel.
(1 pc.)
FBC2X2YL
1 5
1-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing
FIDT2X2YL Used to route cable into one piece of 1.5"
(38mm) diameter split corrugated tubing.
Used with a spill-over junction with a 2x2 exit,
2x2 Fiber-Duct
Hinged
Channel H2X2YL6, 6' length of 2x2 snap-on
hinged cover HC2YL6, four adjustable Z
brackets FZBA1.5X4, one FiberRunner
Coupler FBC2X2YL.
Also attaches directly to 4x4 or 6x4 vertical tee
exits with low profile reducer FRLPR42BL.
1
2x2 FiberRunner
Exit
FRTR4X4YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable
to 2" (50.8mm) when exiting from 4x4
FiberRunner
Channel or a 4x4
FiberRunner
Horizontal Tee.
(1 pc.)
FRBC4X4YL
1 5
2-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing
FRIDT4X4YL Used to route cable into one or two pieces of
1.5" (38mm) diameter split corrugated tubing.
Requires coupler to be used with 4x4
FiberRunner
Mounting Brackets
FR24TBE12
FR24TBE12M
FRTBWG30BL
F2PCLB12
FRAFC58
FR24TBN12
FR24TBN12M
Part Number Part Description
For
Threaded
Rod Size
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Existing Threaded Rod QuikLock
System
FRTBWG30BL FiberRunner
QuikLock
30" Pathway
using the same 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod used to
support the WGTB30BL bracket. Quick mount clips,
FRQMC24-X are not included for installing the 24x4
channel. These must be purchased separately. This
bracket is on the same pitch as the Wyr-Grid
Bracket.
Hardware for attaching to threaded rod sold separately.
1/2"
12mm
1 10
FiberRunner
24x4 Channel
is installed on the FiberRunner
Trapeze Bracket,
FRTBWG30BL for 30" Wyr-Grid
Pathway.
For use with FiberRunner
Bracket
(page J.20)
FR12ACAB Adjustable
Cabinet QuikLock
Mounting Brackets
12x4 Routing System Roadmap
18
7
5
8
22
6
1
14
19
16
20
11
17
J.11 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
FR12X4**6 12x4 FiberRunner
Reducer Fitting
and FRRF126SC** Optional
Split Cover (page J.16)
FRY126** Y-Reducer from 12x4
to two 6x4 Exit and FRY126SC**
Optional Split Cover (page J.16)
FRRF126R** 12x4 to 6x4
Transition Right Reducer Fitting
and FRRF126RSC** Optional
Split Cover (page J.16)
FRRF126L** 12x4 to 6x4
Transition Left Reducer Fitting
and FRRF126LSC** Optional
Split Cover (page J.16)
FRT12X4W6** 12x4 Horizontal
Tee with 6x4 Exit and
FRTSC12W6** Optional Split
Cover (page J.14)
FRSPJ4X4** Spill-Over Junction
with 4x4 Exit and FRSPJC412**
Optional Cover for 12x4 System
(page J.18)
FR1.5IDE** 1-Port Spillout
Side Exit to 1.5" (38mm) Inside
Diameter Corrugated Tubing
(page J.19)
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
9
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
7
23
**Available colors include: YL (Yellow), OR (Orange), and BL (Black).
11
J.12 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
12x4 FiberRunner
Routing System
4.44 in.
(112.8mm)
13.46 in.
(341.9mm)
A = 51.0 in.
2
(32903mm
2
)
Cable Fills for 12x4 FiberRunner
Routing System
The maximum amounts may vary according to the cable fill installation methods, straightness
of cables, etc.
Channel cutting instructions: For optimum results, use a miter box and saw. For larger quantities use a plastic cutting saw
blade for clean, burr-free cuts. Recommend: Carbide 80T and 100T; .090" thickness, .125" kerf.
The above cable diameters represent the nominal Panduit cable diameter per performance level.
For specific cable fill information based on specific part numbers, please contact Panduit customer service.
12x4 FiberRunner
FiberRunner
and Panduit
Fiber-Duct
Channel
FR12X4YL6 Used to carry the cables horizontally throughout the system.
Accepts cable retainers FRCR12BL-X or hinged cover
FRHC12YL6. Use QuikLock
QuikLock
Coupler
Pre-assembled to provide fast mechanical assembly
of components
No tools required for installation; bolts loosen for
component disassembly
For a bulk package of 10 couplers, order FRBC12X4YL-X.
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
FRBC12X4YL Pre-assembled coupler quickly joins two sections of channel and/or
fittings. Mechanically attaches without tightening bolts. Bolts release
using 3/8" nut driver to allow coupler to be removed if necessary.
1 5
12x4 FiberRunner
System Fittings
Minimum 2" (50.8mm) bend radius control fittings
Protect against signal loss and performance degradation
Assemble using FRBC QuikLock
Couplers
Optional split covers snap onto each fitting
Covers feature 3/4" (19mm) gap to allow cable
to be laid in
FRRA12X4
FRRASC12
FRH4512X4
FRH45SC12
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
Table continues on page J.14
For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
Part Number Part Description
Couplers
Required
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
12x4 Horizontal Right Angle Fitting
FRRA12X4YL Attaches to 12x4 channel and/or fitting to
create a 90 horizontal turn from a straight
horizontal run. Inside divider walls manage
cables routed around horizontal right angles.
Accepts optional split cover FRRASC12YL.
(2 pcs.)
FRBC12X4YL
1
Split Cover for 12x4 Horizontal Right Angle Fitting
FRRASC12YL Optional split cover for the horizontal right
angle fitting FRRA12X4YL. Snap-on feature
allows cover to be installed and removed with
no tools required. Creates radiused 3/4
(19mm) opening for easy access to add or
remove cables.
1 5
12x4 Horizontal 45 Angle Fitting
FRH4512X4YL Attaches to 12x4 channel and/or fitting to
create a 45 horizontal turn from a straight
horizontal run. Accepts optional split cover
FRH45SC12YL.
(2 pcs.)
FRBC12X4YL
1
Split Cover for 12x4 Horizontal 45 Angle Fitting
FRH45SC12YL Optional split cover for the horizontal 45
angle fitting FRH4512X4YL. Snap-on feature
allows cover to be installed and removed with
no tools required. Creates radiused 3/4
(19mm) opening for easy access to add or
removes cables.
1 5
12x4 Horizontal Tee Fitting
FRT12X4YL Attaches to 12x4 channel and/or fittings to
create a 90 horizontal branch with a 12x4 exit
from straight horizontal run. Accepts optional
split cover FRTSC12YL.
(3 pcs.)
FRBC12X4YL
1
FRT12X4
J.14 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
12x4 FiberRunner
Reducer Fitting
FRRF126YL Attaches any 12x4 FiberRunner
Fitting or
Channel to any 6x4 FiberRunner
Fitting or
Channel. Accepts split cover FRRF126SCYL.
(1 pc.)
FRBC12X4YL
(1 pc.)
FRBC6X4YL
1
Split Cover for 12x4 to 6x4 FiberRunner
Reducer Fitting
FRRF126SCYL Optional split cover for the reducer fitting
FRRF126YL. Snap-on feature allows cover to
be installed and removed with no tools
required. Creates radiused 3/4 (19mm)
opening for easy access to add or remove
cables.
1 5
Y-Reducer from 12x4 to Two 6x4 Exits
FRY126YL Attaches any 12x4 FiberRunner
Fitting or
Channel to two 6x4 FiberRunner
Channels.
Accepts split cover FRY126SCYL.
(1 pc.)
FRBC12X4YL
(2 pcs.)
FRBC6X4YL
1
Split Cover for Y-Reducer from 12x4 to Two 6x4 Exits
FRY126SCYL Optional split cover for the Y-reducer fitting
FRY126YL. Snap-on feature allows cover to
be installed and removed with no tools
required. Creates radiused 11/16 (17.5mm)
opening for easy access to add or remove
cables.
1 5
12x4 to 6x4 Transition Right Reducer Fitting
FRRF126RYL Attaches any 12x4 FiberRunner
Fitting or
Channel to any 6x4 FiberRunner
Fitting or
Channel while transitioning to the right.
Accepts split cover FRRF126RSCYL.
(1 pc.)
FRBC12X4YL
(1 pc.)
FRBC6X4YL
1
Split Cover for 12x4 to 6x4 Transition Right Reducer Fitting
FRRF126RSCYL Optional split cover for the transition right
reducer fitting FRRF126RYL. Snap-on feature
allows cover to be installed and removed with
no tools required. Creates radiused 1/2
(12.7mm) opening for easy access to add or
remove cables.
1 5
12x4 to 6x4 Transition Left Reducer Fitting
FRRF126LYL Attaches any 12x4 FiberRunner
Fitting or
Channel to any 6x4 FiberRunner
Fitting or
Channel while transitioning to the left. Accepts
split cover FRRF126LSCYL.
(1 pc.)
FRBC12X4YL
(1 pc.)
FRBC6X4YL
1
Split Cover for 12x4 to 6x4 Transition Left Reducer Fitting
FRRF126LSCYL Optional split cover for the transition left
reducer fitting FRRF126LYL. Snap-on feature
allows cover to be installed and removed with
no tools required. Creates 1/2 (12.7mm)
opening for easy access to add or remove
cables.
1 5
FRRF126SC
FRRF126
J.17 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
12x4 FiberRunner
System Spillouts
Spill-overs allow safe transition from horizontal to
vertical runs
2" (50.8mm) bend radius control
Transition to channel, slotted channel, and corrugated
loom tubing
Spill-over junction fittings can be retro-fitted to existing
horizontal runs
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
Table continues on page J.18
FRVT12X4
FRIDT6X4
FRSPJ2X2
FRSPJC212
FRLPR64BL
TRC4HDBL
FRHD4KT
FRTR6X4
Part Number Part Description
Couplers
Required
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
12x4 Vertical Tee
FRVT12X4YL Attaches to 12x4 channel and/or fittings to create a
90 vertical drop from a horizontal run. Hinged door
included. Requires coupler to attach FRTR6X4YL
or FRIDT6X4YL to vertical exit. Accepts optional
snap-on cover FRHC12YL6 in conjunction
with channel.
(2 pcs.)
FRBC12X4YL
(1 pc.)
FRBC6X4YL
1
3-Sided BRC Trumpet Spillout for 6x4 Exit
FRTR6X4YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to 2"
(50.8mm) when exiting from 6x4 channel, 6x4
horizontal tee fitting, or 6x4 exit on 12x4 vertical tee.
(1 pc.)
FRBC6X4YL
1 5
3-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing
FRIDT6X4YL Used to route cable into three separate pieces of
1.5" (38mm) diameter split corrugated tubing. Used
with FRVT12X4YL or any 6x4 fitting. Securely holds
corrugated split tubing to ensure system integrity
and easy access to add or remove cables.
(1 pc.)
FRBC6X4YL
1 5
4x4 Hinged Duct Vertical Cable Manager Kit
FRHD4KTYL Provides secure, accessible route for cables spilling
out from vertical tee to rack mounted equipment. Kit
includes 6' length of 4x4 capacity hinged duct, 6'
length of 4x4 hinged duct cover, one end cap for
4x4 hinged duct, three FZBA1.5X4 adjustable Z
brackets, an adapter fitting, six WR4-C wire
retainers and all required mounting hardware.
Attaches directly to 6x4 and 4x4 vertical tee exit
or FRLPR64 low profile reducer.
1
4x4 Hinged Duct Bend Radius Control Trumpet
TRC4HDBL Bend radius control trumpet for exiting at the
sidewall of 4" wall heights of type H hinged cover
wiring duct channels. Maintains 1" (25.4mm) bend
radius control. Black color only.
1 10
Low Profile Reducer 6x4 to 4x4 for Vertical Tee
FRLPR64BL Assembled into the 12x4 vertical tee FRVT12X4YL.
The FRLPR64BL allows for the transition to 4x4
Fiber-Duct
Channel.
Securely holds split corrugated tubing to ensure
system integrity and easy access to add or
remove cables.
(1 pc.)
FBC2X2YL
1 5
1-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing
FIDT2X2YL Used to route cable into one piece of 1.5" (38mm)
diameter split corrugated tubing. Used with a
spill-over junction with a 2x2 exit, 2x2 Fiber-Duct
Hinged Channel.
Securely holds split corrugated tubing to ensure
system integrity and easy access to add or
remove cables.
(1 pc.)
FBC2X2YL
1 5
2x2 Hinged Duct Vertical Cable Manager Kit
FRHD2KTYL Provides secure, accessible route for cables spilling
out from a vertical tee or spill-over junction to rack
mounted equipment. Kit includes 6' length of 2x2
FiberRunner
Coupler FBC2X2YL.
Also attaches directly to 4x4 or 6x4 vertical tee
exits with low profile reducer FRLPR42BL.
1
2x2 FiberRunner
Exit
FRTR4X4YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to 2"
(50.8mm) when exiting from 4x4 FiberRunner
Horizontal Tee.
(1 pc.)
FRBC4X4YL
1 5
2-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing
FRIDT4X4YL Used to route cable into one or two pieces of 1.5"
(38mm) diameter split corrugated tubing. Requires
coupler to be used with 4x4 FiberRunner
Fitting.
Used with any 4x4 FiberRunner
Fitting. Securely
holds corrugated split tubing to ensure system
integrity and easy access to add or remove cables.
(1 pc.)
FRBC4X4YL
1 5
1-Port Spillout Side Exit to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing
FR1.5IDEYL Used to route cable into 1.5" (38mm) diameter split
corrugated tubing directly through a hole cut in the
side wall of the 4x4, 6x4, and 12x4 FiberRunner
Mounting Brackets
Prime items appear in BOLD. Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Part Number Part Description
For
Threaded
Rod Size
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Existing Threaded Rod QuikLock
System
FRTBWG18BL FiberRunner
QuikLock
QuikLock
QuikLock
30" Pathway
using the same 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod used
to support the WGTB30BL bracket. Quick mount
clips, FRQMC24-X are not included for installing
the 24x4 channel. These must be purchased
separately. Hardware for attaching to threaded
rod sold separately.
1/2"
12mm
1 10
Trapeze QuikLock
Channel to mounting
brackets. For example, a T-bolt can be inserted thru
a 12x4 mounting bracket and positioned within the
center rib structure on the underside of 12x4 channel.
By tightening the nut, the 12x4 channel is more
securely fastened to the mounting bracket.
10 100
F2PCLB12
F2PCLB58
J.23 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
6x4 Routing System Roadmap
FR6TRBN58 New
Threaded Rod QuikLock
Mounting Brackets
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
9
10
12
7
11
13
14
16
17
18
20
21
22
24
19
23
15
13
14
15
16
17
18
20
21
22
24
19
23
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
9
10
12
7
11
J.24
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
FR6X4**6 6x4 FiberRunner
Reducer Fitting
and FRRF6FR4SC** Optional
Split Cover (page J.28)
FRRF64** 6x4 FiberRunner
Routing System
4.44"
(112.8mm)
6.58"
(167.3mm)
A = 23.8 in.
2
(15354mm
2
)
6x4 FiberRunner
FiberRunner
and Panduit
Fiber-Duct
Channel
FR6X4YL6 Used to carry the cables horizontally throughout the system.
Accepts hinged cable retainers FRCR6BL-X, hinged cover
FRHC6YL6 or split hinged cover FRSHC6YL6. Use QuikLock
QuikLock
Coupler
Pre-assembled to provide fast mechanical assembly
of components
No tools required for installation; bolts loosen for
component disassembly
For a bulk package of 20 couplers, order FRBC6X4YL-E.
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
FRBC6X4YL Pre-assembled coupler quickly joins two sections of channel and/or
fittings. Mechanically attaches without tightening bolts. Bolts release
using 3/8" nut driver to allow coupler to be removed if necessary.
1 5
6x4 FiberRunner
System Fittings
Minimum 2" (50.8mm) bend radius control fittings
Protect against signal loss and performance degradation
Assemble using FRBC QuikLock
Couplers
Optional split covers snap onto each fitting
Covers feature 3/4" (19mm) gap to allow cable to be
laid in
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
FRRA6X4
FRRASC6
FRH456X4
FRH45SC6
FRT6X4
FRTSC6
Part Number Part Description
Couplers
Required
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
6x4 Horizontal Right Angle Fitting
FRRA6X4YL Attaches to 6x4 channel and/or fittings to create a
90 horizontal turn from a straight horizontal run.
Accepts optional split cover FRRASC6YL.
(2 pcs.)
FRBC6X4YL
1 5
Split Cover for 6x4 Horizontal Right Angle Fitting
FRRASC6YL Optional split cover for the horizontal right angle
fitting FRRA6X4YL. Snap-on feature allows cover
to be installed and removed with no tools required.
Creates radiused 3/4" (19mm) opening for easy
access to add or remove cables.
1 5
6x4 Horizontal 45 Angle Fitting
FRH456X4YL Attaches to 6x4 channel and/or fittings to create a
45 horizontal turn from a straight horizontal run.
Accepts optional split cover FRH45SC6YL.
(2 pcs.)
FRBC6X4YL
1 5
Split Cover for 6x4 Horizontal 45 Angle Fitting
FRH45SC6YL Optional split cover for the horizontal 45 angle
fitting FRH456X4YL. Snap-on feature allows cover
to be installed and removed with no tools required.
Creates radiused 3/4" (19mm) opening for easy
access to add or remove cables.
1 5
6x4 Horizontal Tee Fitting
FRT6X4YL Attaches to 6x4 channel and/or fittings to create a
90 horizontal branch from a straight horizontal
run. Accepts optional split cover FRTSC6YL.
(3 pcs.)
FRBC6X4YL
1 5
Split Cover for 6x4 Horizontal Tee Fitting
FRTSC6YL Optional split cover for the horizontal tee fitting
FRT6X4YL. Snap-on feature allows cover to be
installed and removed with no tools required.
Creates radiused 3/4" (19mm) opening for easy
access to add or remove cables.
1 5
J.27 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
6x4 FiberRunner
Reducer Fitting
FRRF6FR4YL Attaches any 6x4 FiberRunner
Fitting or Channel
to any 4x4 FiberRunner
Fitting or Channel.
Accepts split cover FRRF6FR4SCYL.
(1 pc.)
FRBC6X4YL
(1 pc.)
FRBC4X4YL
1 5
Split Cover for 6x4 to 4x4 FiberRunner
Reducer Fitting
FRRF6FR4SCYL Optional split cover for the 6x4 FiberRunner
to
4x4 FiberRunner
Reducer Fitting
FRRF64YL Attaches any 6x4 FiberRunner
Fitting or Channel
to the 4x4 Fiber-Duct
Channel S4X4YL6 or
E4X4YL6. Includes solid cover.
(1 pc.)
FRBC6X4YL
1 5
J.29 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
6x4 FiberRunner
System Spillouts
Spill-overs allow safe transition from horizontal
to vertical runs
2" (50.8mm) bend radius control
Transition to channel, slotted channel, and corrugated
loom tubing
Spill-over junction fittings can be retro-fitted to existing
horizontal runs
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
FRVT6X4
FTR4X4
FIDT4X4BL
FRLPR42BL
FRSPJ2X2
FRHD4KT
TRC4HDBL
Part Number Part Description
Couplers
Required
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
6x4 QuikLock
Vertical Tee
FRVT6X4YL Attaches to 6x4 channel and/or fittings to create
90 vertical drop from a straight horizontal run.
Hinged door included. Accepts FTR4X4YL,
FIDT4X4BL, S4X4YL6 or E4X4YL6 directly.
Accepts optional snap-on cover FRHC6YL6 in
conjunction with channel.
(2 pcs.)
FRBC6X4YL
1 5
3-Sided Vertical Tee Trumpet Spillout
FTR4X4YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable
to 2" (50.8mm) when exiting from a 4x4
or 6x4 FiberRunner
Fittings.
1 5
2-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing
FIDT4X4BL Used to route cable into one or two pieces of 1.5"
(38mm) diameter split corrugated tubing. Used with
FRVT6X4YL, FRVT4X4YL, or FVT4X4YL. Securely
holds corrugated split tubing to ensure system
integrity and easy access to add or remove cables.
Black color only.
1 5
4x4 Hinged Duct Vertical Cable Manager Kit
FRHD4KTYL Provides secure, accessible route for cables spilling
out from vertical tee to rack mounted equipment.
Kit includes 6 length of 4x4 capacity hinged duct,
6 length of 4x4 hinged duct cover, one end cap for
4x4 hinged duct, three FZBA1.5X4 adjustable Z
brackets, an adapter fitting, six WR4-C wire
retainers and all required mounting hardware.
Attaches directly to 6x4 and 4x4 vertical tee exit or
FRLPR64 low profile reducer.
1
4x4 Hinged Duct Bend Radius Control Trumpet
TRC4HDBL Bend radius control trumpet for exiting at the
sidewall of 4" wall heights of type H hinged cover
wiring duct channels. Maintains 1" (25.4mm) bend
radius control. Black color only.
1 10
Low Profile Reducer 4x4 to 2x2 for Vertical Tee
FRLPR42BL Assembled into the 6x4 vertical tee FRVT6X4YL or
4x4 vertical tee FRVT4X4YL with an audible snap,
the FRLPR42BL allows for the transition to 2x2
FiberRunner
or 2x2 Fiber-Duct
Channel with
minimal space required. No tools required for
assembly. Black color only.
1 5
Spill-Over Junction with 2x2 Exit
FRSPJ2X2YL Assembles onto 4x4, 6x4, 12x4, or 24x4
FiberRunner
Channel.
(1 pc.)
FBC2X2YL
1 5
1-Port Spillout to 1.5 (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing
FIDT2X2YL Used to route cable into one piece of 1.5" (38mm)
diameter split corrugated tubing. Used with a
spill-over junction with a 2x2 exit, 2x2 Fiber-Duct
Hinged
Channel. Securely holds split corrugated tubing
to ensure system integrity and easy access to add
or remove cables.
(1 pc.)
FBC2X2YL
1 5
2x2 Hinged Duct Vertical Cable Manager Kit
FRHD2KTYL Provides secure, accessible route for cables spilling
out from a vertical tee or spill-over junction to rack
mounted equipment. Kit includes 6' length of 2x2
FiberRunner
Coupler FBC2X2YL.
Also attaches directly to 4x4 or 6x4 vertical tee
exits with low profile reducer FRLPR42BL.
1
2x2 FiberRunner
Exit
FRTR4X4YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to
2" (50.8mm) when exiting from 4x4
FiberRunner
Channel or a 4x4
FiberRunner
Horizontal Tee.
(1 pc.)
FRBC4X4YL
1 5
2-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing
FRIDT4X4YL Used to route cable into one or two pieces of 1.5"
(38mm) diameter split corrugated tubing. Requires
coupler to be used with 4x4 FiberRunner
Fitting.
Used with any 4x4 FiberRunner
Fitting. Securely
holds corrugated split tubing to ensure system
integrity and easy access to add or remove cables.
(1 pc.)
FRBC4X4YL
1 5
1-Port Spillout Side Exit to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing
FR1.5IDEYL Used to route cable into 1.5" (38mm) diameter split
corrugated tubing directly through a hole cut in the
side wall of the 4x4, 6x4, and 12x4 FiberRunner
Mounting Brackets
FR6TRBE12
FR6TRBE58
FR6TRBE12M
FR6TRBE58M
FR6TRBN12
FR6TRBN58
FR6TRBN12M
FR6TRBN58M
FR6USB
FR6ALB
FR6CS12
FR6CS58
FR6CS12M
FR6CS58M
Part Number Part Description
For
Threaded
Rod Size
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Existing Threaded Rod QuikLock
System
FRTBWG12BL FiberRunner
QuikLock
QuikLock
QuikLock
QuikLock
30" Pathway
using the same 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod used to
support the WGTB30BL bracket. Quick mount clips,
FRQMC24-X are not included for installing the
24x4 channel. These must be purchased separately.
Hardware for attaching to threaded rod sold separately.
1/2"
12mm
1 10
FRTBWG30BL
FRTBWG12BL
FRTBWG18BL
FRTBWG24BL
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
For
Threaded
Rod Size Part Description Part Number
J.35 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
FRAFC58
F2PCLB12
F2PCLB58
FR6ACAB
4x4 and 6x4 FiberRunner
/NetRack
QuikLock
or NetRack
Rack. (Contains
all necessary mounting hardware.) Bracket accepts
5/8" threaded rod.
5/8" 1
4 Post Rack Bracket
FR4PRB58 Used to support 12x4, 6x4, and 4x4 systems attaching
to the top of the 19" wide version of the Panduit
NF4PR84 4 post rack. Contains all hardware required
to assemble bracket to the top of the 4 post rack.
Bracket accepts 5/8" threaded rod (not included).
5/8" 1
J.36 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Adapters to Other Systems
*FiberGuide is a registered trademark of ADC Telecommunications, Inc.
**Lightpaths is a trademark of Warren & Brown Technologies Pty. Ltd.
***WaveTrax is a trademark of Telect, Inc.
Table continues on page J.36
FRADC12X4BL
FRADC6X4
FRADC4X4BL
FRWBS68
FADC4X4
FRTEL4
FRTEL6
Part Number Part Description
Couplers
Required
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Adapter from 12x4 FiberRunner
System. Bolts
release using 3/8" nut driver to allow coupler to be
removed, if necessary.
1 5
Adapter from 4x4 FiberRunner
System.
Fitting has a black finish and is made from metal.
Attachment hardware is included.
(1 pc.)
FRBC6X4YL
1 5
J.37 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
*Lightguide is a trademark of the Hellerman Tyton Corporation.
**Newton is a tradename of Newton Instrument Company, Inc.
***Lightrax is a trademark of Tyco Electronics Corporation.
Adapters to Other Systems (continued)
FRNWT128
FRTYT68
FTDNS4X4
FRNWT12
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Couplers
Required Part Description Part Number
Adapter from 12x4 FiberRunner
System.
Fitting has a black finish and is made from metal.
Attachment hardware is included.
(1 pc.)
FRBC6X4YL
1 5
Adapter from 4x4 Fiber-Duct
Bracket
(page J.35)
FR6TB38 Trapeze
QuikLock
Bracket
(page J.34)
F2PCLB Two-Piece
Ladder Rack Bracket
for Attaching
Threaded Rod to
1 1/2" 2" Ladder Rack
(page J.35)
FR6LB LWall
Mount QuikLock
Mounting Brackets
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
J.39 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
FR4X4**6 4x4
FiberRunner
Channel
(page J.40)
FRHC4**6 4x4 Snap-On
Hinged Cover (page J.40)
FRSHC4**6 4x4 Split Hinged
Cover (page J.40)
FRBC4X4** 4x4
QuikLock
Coupler
(page J.41)
FRRA4X4** 4x4 Horizontal Right
Angle Fitting and FRRASC4**
Optional Split Cover (page J.41)
FRH454X4** 4x4 Horizontal 45
Angle Fitting and FRH45SC4**
Optional Split Cover (page J.41)
FRT4X4** 4x4 Horizontal Tee
Fitting and FRTSC4** Optional
Split Cover (page J.42)
FRFWC4X4** 4x4 4-Way Cross
Fitting and FRFWCSC4**
Optional Split Cover (page J.42)
FREC4X4** 4x4 End
Cap Fitting (page J.42)
FRVT4X4** 4x4 QuikLock
Exit
(page J.46)
FRIV454X4** 4x4 Inside Vertical
45 Angle Fitting (page J.42)
FROVRA4X4** 4x4 Outside
Vertical Right Angle Fitting
and FROVRASC4** Optional
Split Cover (page J.43)
FRRF4FD4** 4x4 FiberRunner
Routing System
Cable Fills for 4x4 FiberRunner
FiberRunner
and Panduit
Fiber-Duct
Channel
FR4X4YL6 Used to carry the cables horizontally throughout the system.
Accepts hinged cable retainers FRCR4BL-X, hinged cover
FRHC4YL6, or split hinged cover FRSHC4YL6. Use QuikLock
QuikLock
Coupler
Pre-assembled to provide fast mechanical assembly
of components
No tools required for installation; bolts loosen for
component disassembly
For a bulk package of 20 couplers, order FRBC4X4YL-E.
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
FRBC4X4YL Pre-assembled coupler quickly joins two sections of channel and/or
fittings. Mechanically attaches without tightening bolts. Bolts release
using 3/8" nut driver to allow coupler to be removed if necessary.
1 5
4x4 FiberRunner
System Fittings
Minimum 2" (50.8mm) bend radius control fittings
Protects against signal loss and performance degradation
Assemble using FRBC QuikLock
Couplers
Optional split covers snap onto each fitting
Covers feature 3/4" (19mm) gap to allow cable to be
laid in
Part Number Part Description
Couplers
Required
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
4x4 Horizontal Right Angle Fitting
FRRA4X4YL Attaches to 4x4 channel and/or fitting to create a
90 horizontal turn from a straight horizontal run.
Accepts optional split cover FRRASC4YL.
(2 pcs.)
FRBC4X4YL
1 5
Split Cover for 4x4 Horizontal Right Angle Fitting
FRRASC4YL Optional split cover for the horizontal right angle
fitting FRRA4X4YL. Snap-on feature allows cover
to be installed and removed with no tools required.
Creates radiused 3/4" (19mm) opening for easy
access to add or remove cables.
1 5
4x4 Horizontal 45 Angle Fitting
FRH454X4YL Attaches to 4x4 channel and/or fittings to create a
45 horizontal turn from a straight horizontal run.
Accepts optional split cover FRH45SC4YL.
(2 pcs.)
FRBC4X4YL
1 5
Split Cover for 4x4 Horizontal 45 Angle Fitting
FRH45SC4YL Optional split cover for the horizontal 45 angle
fitting FRH454X4YL. Snap-on feature allows cover
to be installed and removed with no tools required.
Creates radiused 3/4" (19mm) opening for easy
access to add or remove cables.
1 5
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
FRRA4X4
FRRASC4
FRH454X4
FRH45SC4
Table continued on page J.42
J.42 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Couplers
Required Part Description Part Number
4x4 Horizontal Tee Fitting
FRT4X4YL Attaches to 4x4 channel and/or fittings to create a
90 horizontal branch from straight horizontal runs.
Accepts optional split cover FRTSC4YL.
(3 pcs.)
FRBC4X4YL
1 5
Split Cover for 4x4 Horizontal Tee Fitting
FRTSC4YL Optional split cover for the horizontal tee fitting
FRT4X4YL. Snap-on feature allows cover to be
installed and removed with no tools required.
Creates radiused 3/4" (19mm) opening for easy
access to add or remove cables.
1 5
4x4 Four Way Cross Fitting
FRFWC4X4YL Attaches to 4x4 channel and/or fittings to create
a horizontal four way cross intersection. Accepts
optional split cover FRFWCSC4YL.
(4 pcs.)
FRBC4X4YL
1 5
Split Cover for 4x4 Four Way Cross Fitting
FRFWCSC4YL Optional split cover for the four way cross fitting
FRFWC4X4YL. Snap-on feature allows cover to
be installed and removed with no tools required.
Creates radiused 3/4" (19mm) opening for easy
access to add or remove cables.
1 5
4x4 End Cap Fitting
FREC4X4YL Used for closing off open ends of the channel or
fittings. No coupler required. Push-on installation.
1 5
4x4 Inside Vertical 90 Angle Fitting
FRIVRA4X4YL Attaches to 4x4 channel and/or fittings to create
a 90 upward angle from a straight horizontal run.
Used with outside vertical 90 angle fitting
FROVRA4X4YL to change level of a straight
horizontal run. Includes split cover.
(2 pcs.)
FRBC4X4YL
1 5
4x4 Inside Vertical 45 Angle Fitting
FRIV454X4YL Attaches to 4x4 channel and/or fittings to create a
45 upward angle from a horizontal run. Used with
outside vertical 45 angle fitting FROV454X4YL to
change level of a straight horizontal run. Includes
split cover.
(2 pcs.)
FRBC4X4YL
1 5
4x4 Outside Vertical 45 Angle Fitting
FROV454X4YL Attaches to 4x4 channel and/or fittings to create a
45 downward angle from a horizontal run. Used
with inside vertical 45 angle fitting FRIV454X4YL
to change level of a straight horizontal run. Accepts
optional split cover FROV45SC4YL.
(2 pcs.)
FRBC4X4YL
1 5
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
4x4 FiberRunner
Reducer Fitting
FRRF6FR4YL Attaches any 6x4 FiberRunner
Fitting or Channel
to any 4x4 FiberRunner
Fitting or Channel.
Accepts split cover FRRF6FR4SCYL.
(1 pc.)
FRBC6X4YL
(1 pc.)
FRBC4X4YL
1 5
Split Cover for 6x4 to 4x4 FiberRunner
Reducer Fitting
FRRF6FR4SCYL Optional split cover for the 6x4 FiberRunner
to
4x4 FiberRunner
Fitting or Channel
to the 2x2 Fiber-Duct
Channel, S2X2YL6 or
E2X2YL6 or 2x2 FiberRunner
Channel,
HS2X2YL6 or H2X2YL6. Note: Attachment to 2x2
FiberRunner
to 4x4 Fiber-Duct
Fitting or Channel
to the 4x4 Fiber-Duct
Channel, S4X4YL6 or
E4X4YL6. Includes solid cover.
(1 pc.)
FRBC4X4YL
1 5
4x4 FiberRunner
System Spillouts
Spill-overs allow safe transition from horizontal to
vertical runs
2" (50.8mm) bend radius control
Transition to channel, slotted channel, and corrugated
loom tubing
Spill-over junction fittings can be retro-fitted to existing
horizontal runs
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
FRVT4X4
FTR4X4
FIDT4X4BL
FRHD4KT
FRLPR42BL
TRC4HDBL
Part Number Part Description
Couplers
Required
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
4x4 QuikLock
Vertical Tee
FRVT4X4YL Attaches to 4x4 channel and/or fittings to create a
90 vertical drop from a horizontal run. Hinged door
included. Accepts FTR4X4YL, FIDT4X4BL, S4X4YL6
or E4X4YL6 directly. Accepts optional snap-on cover
FRHC4YL6 in conjunction with channel.
(2 pcs.)
FRBC4X4YL
1 5
3-Sided Vertical Tee Trumpet Spillout
FTR4X4YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to
2" (50.8mm) when exiting from a 4x4 or 6x4
FiberRunner
Fittings.
1 5
2-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing
FIDT4X4BL Used to route cable into one or two pieces of 1.5"
(38mm) diameter split corrugated tubing. Used with
FRVT6X4YL, FRVT4X4YL, or FVT4X4YL. Securely
holds corrugated split tubing to ensure system
integrity and easy access to add or remove cables.
Black color only.
1 5
4x4 Hinged Duct Vertical Cable Manager Kit
FRHD4KTYL Provides secure, accessible route for cables spilling
out from vertical tee to rack mounted equipment. Kit
includes 6' length of 4x4 capacity hinged duct, 6'
length of 4x4 hinged duct cover, one end cap for 4x4
hinged duct, three FZBA1.5X4 adjustable Z
brackets, an adapter fitting, six WR4-C wire retainers
and all required mounting hardware. Attaches directly
to 6x4 and 4x4 vertical tee exit or FRLPR64 low
profile reducer.
1
4x4 Hinged Duct Bend Radius Control Trumpet
TRC4HDBL Bend radius control trumpet for exiting at the sidewall
of 4" wall heights of type H hinged cover wiring duct
channels. Maintains 1" (25.4mm) bend radius control.
Black color only.
1
Low Profile Reducer 4x4 to 2x2 for Vertical Tee
FRLPR42BL Assembled into the 6x4 vertical tee FRVT6X4YL or
4x4 vertical tee FRVT4X4YL with an audible snap,
the FRLPR42BL allows for the transition to 2x2
FiberRunner
or 2x2 Fiber-Duct
Channel with
minimal space required. No tools required for
assembly. Black color only.
1 5
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Couplers
Required Part Description Part Number
J.45 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
4x4 FiberRunner
Channel.
Securely holds split corrugated tubing to ensure
system integrity and easy access to add or
remove cables.
(1 pc.)
FBC2X2YL
1 5
1-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing
FIDT2X2YL Used to route cable into one piece of 1.5" (38mm)
diameter split corrugated tubing. Used with a
spill-over junction with a 2x2 exit, 2x2 Fiber-Duct
Hinged Channel.
Securely holds split corrugated tubing to ensure
system integrity and easy access to add or
remove cables.
(1 pc.)
FBC2X2YL
1 5
2x2 Hinged Duct Vertical Cable Manager Kit
FRHD2KTYL Provides secure, accessible route for cables spilling
out from a vertical tee or spill-over junction to rack
mounted equipment. Kit includes 6' length of 2x2
FiberRunner
2x2 End
Cap FHDEC2X2YL, six hinged duct 2" wire retainers
WR2H-C and all required mounting hardware.
Attaches to 2x2 vertical tee exit or spill-over
junction with a 2x2 exit with a 2x2 QuikLock
Exit
FRTR4X4YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to 2"
(50.8mm) when exiting from 4x4 FiberRunner
Horizontal Tee.
(1 pc.)
FRBC4X4YL
1 5
2-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing
FRIDT4X4YL Used to route cable into one or two pieces of 1.5"
(38mm) diameter split corrugated tubing. Requires
coupler to be used with 4x4 FiberRunner
Fitting.
Used with any 4x4 FiberRunner
Fitting. Securely
holds corrugated split tubing to ensure system
integrity and easy access to add or remove cables.
(1 pc.)
FRBC4X4YL
1 5
1-Port Spillout Side Exit to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing
FR1.5IDEYL Used to route cable into 1.5" (38mm) diameter split
corrugated tubing directly through a hole cut in the
side wall of the 4x4, 6x4, and 12x4 FiberRunner
Accessories
FR716DR
FR38DR
FRUIB-X
FR516DR
FRSSM2
FRSTRCLIP
FRTBKT-X
Table continued on page J.48
Part Number Part Description
For
Threaded
Rod Size
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
3/8" Nut Driver
FR38DR Used to dissassemble 4x4, 6x4, and 12x4
FiberRunner
QuikLock
,
GridRunner
, and Wyr-Grid
Systems.
1 10
5/16" Nut Driver
FR516DR Used to disassemble 2x2 FiberRunner
QuikLock
Slide Clamps
would be helpful. For example, use on 12x4
FiberRunner
QuikLock
Brackets to accommodate
dual runs of 6x4 or 4x4 FiberRunner
Channel.
10 100
Threaded Rod in One Foot Lengths
TR1-12-X Threaded rod can be used with various mounting
brackets. Length = 12" (305mm).
1/2" 10
TR1-58-X Threaded rod can be used with various mounting
brackets. Length = 12" (305mm).
5/8" 10
Threaded Rod Cover
TRC18FR-X8Y Used to protect cabling from threaded rod. Vertical slit
allows easy installation. For indoor use only. Gray.
1/2" 5/8" 10 100
TRC18FR-X20Y Used to protect cabling from threaded rod. Vertical slit
allows easy installation. Black.
1/2" 5/8" 10 100
Slit Corrugated Loom Tubing
CLT150F-X3* Slit corrugated loom tubing provides a vertical pathway
as cables transfer from the FiberRunner
Fitting to the
equipment below. Inside diameter is 1.48" (37.6mm)
and outside diameter 1.73" (43.9mm). Sold in 10 rolls.
1
FiberRunner
Accessories (continued)
J.49 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
NOTES
J.50
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
2x2 Routing System Roadmap
FTRBN12 New Threaded
Rod Bracket
(page J.63)
FUSB Underfloor
Pedestal Bracket
(page J.63)
F2PCLB12 Two-Piece Ladder
Rack Bracket for Attaching
Threaded Rod to 1 1/2" 2"
Ladder Rack (page J.64)
FTRBE12 Existing
Threaded Rod Bracket
(page J.63)
FZBLP Low Profile
Z Bracket
(page J.64)
FLB LWall
Mount Bracket
(page J.63)
Fiber-Duct
Mounting Brackets
FZBA1.5X4 Adjustable
Z Bracket
(page J.64)
FLRB Ladder
Rack Bracket
(page J.63)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
J.51 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
HS2X2**6 2x2 FiberRunner
Routing System
2.00"
(50.8mm)
2.17"
(55.1mm)
A = 3.4 in.
2
(2195 mm
2
)
Channel cutting instructions: For optimum results, use a miter box and saw. For larger quantities use a plastic cutting saw
blade for clean, burr-free cuts. Recommend: Carbide 80T and 100T; .090" thickness, .125" kerf.
The above cable diameters represent the nominal Panduit cable diameter per performance level.
For specific cable fill information based on specific part numbers, please contact Panduit customer service.
Cable Fills for 2x2 FiberRunner
FiberRunner
and Panduit
Fiber-Duct
Hinged Channel
HS2X2YL6NM Used to carry the cables throughout the system. Accepts hinged
cover HC2YL6. Use QuikLock
QuikLock
Coupler
Pre-assembled to provide fast mechanical assembly
of components
No tools required for installation; bolts loosen for
component disassembly
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange), BL (Black), or LG (Light Gray).
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
FBC2X2YL Pre-assembled coupler quickly joins two sections of hinged channel
and/or fittings. Mechanically attaches without tightening bolts.
Bolts release using 5/16" nut driver to allow coupler to be
removed if necessary.
1 5
2x2 FiberRunner
System Fitting
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange), BL (Black), or LG (Light Gray).
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
FHDEC2X2YL Used for closing off open ends of the hinged channel or fittings.
No coupler required. Push-on installation.
1 5
J.54 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
2x2 FiberRunner
System Spillouts
Spill-overs allow safe transition from horizontal to
vertical runs
2" bend radius control
Transition to channel, slotted channel, and corrugated
loom tubing
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange), BL (Black), or LG (Light Gray).
Part Number Part Description
Couplers
Required
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
2x2 Vertical Tee
FVTHD2X2YL Attaches to 2x2 channel to create a 90 vertical drop
from a horizontal run. Hinged door included. Accepts
channel cover in conjunction with channel. Use
QuikLock
Channel.
(1 pc.)
FBC2X2YL
1 5
1-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing
FIDT2X2YL Used to route cable into one piece of 1.5" (38mm)
diameter split corrugated tubing. Used with
FiberRunner
Hinged Channel.
Securely holds split corrugated tubing to ensure
system integrity and easy access to add or
remove cables.
(1 pc.)
FBC2X2YL
1 5
2x2 Hinged Duct Vertical Cable Manager Kit
FRHD2KTYL Provides secure, accessible route for cables spilling
out from a vertical tee or spill-over junction to rack
mounted equipment. Kit includes 6' length of 2x2
FiberRunner
ROUTING SYSTEMS
Panduit provides leading solutions for cable routing. These routing products are compatible with
our cable management solutions increasing your ability to maintain an orderly and clean work
environment, implement quick and easy moves, adds, and changes, and maintain the integrity of
your fiber and copper cabling plant in order to maximize long-term performance.
The 2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct
Network Solutions
Snap-on non-slip covers
Compatible with Panduit
FiberRunner
12x4, 6x4,
4x4, and 2x2 Routing Systems
J.56
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct
Mounting Brackets
FZBLP Low Profile
Z Bracket
(page J.64)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
J.57 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
FCF2X2** and FCF4X4 Coupler Fitting (page J.60)
FEC2X2** and FEC4X4** End Cap Fitting (page J.60)
FFWC2X2** and FFWC4X4** 4-Way Cross Fitting (page J.60)
FIVRA2X2** and FIVRA4x4** Inside Vertical Right Angle (page J.60)
FIV452X2** and FIV454X4** Inside Vertical 45 Angle (page J.60)
FOV452X2** and FOV454X4** Outside Vertical 45 Angle (page J.60)
FT2X2** and FT4X4** Horizontal Tee Fitting (page J.60)
FVT4X4** 4x4 Vertical Tee (page J.61)
FRA2X2** FRA4X4** Right Angle Fitting (page J.60)
FRF42** 4x4 to 2x2 Fiber-Duct
Routing Systems
Channel cutting instructions: For optimum results, use a miter box and saw. For larger quantities use a plastic cutting saw
blade for clean, burr-free cuts. Recommend: Carbide 80T and 100T; .090" thickness, .125" kerf.
The above cable diameters represent the nominal Panduit cable diameter per performance level.
For specific cable fill information based on specific part numbers, please contact Panduit customer service.
W
H
2.25"
(57.1mm)
A = 3.5 in.
2
(2258mm
2
)
2.10"
(53.3mm)
The maximum amounts may vary according to the cable fill installation methods,
straightness of cables, etc.
Cable Fills for 2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct
Routing Systems
Channel, covers, fittings and other non-metallic system
components made from V-0 flame class rated material
Snap-on non-slip covers
Fittings have 2" bend radius control
Compatible with Panduit
FiberRunner
2x2, 4x4,
6x4 and 12x4 Routing Systems
NOTE: Available with mounting holes. To order, delete NM from the part number.
For fastest installation use NR2WH-L or NR4BL-L snap rivets.
For other colors replace YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange), BL (Black), or LG (Light Gray).
Order number of feet required, in multiples of standard 6' length increments.
Part Number Part Description
System
Size
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Fiber-Duct
Channel
S2X2YL6NM Used to carry the cables throughout the Fiber-Duct
Slotted Channel
E2X2YL6 Used to carry the cables vertically to the front or the
back of equipment racks throughout the system.
Accepts cover C2YL6. Extra supports required when
used in horizontal applications. Cover sold separately.
2x2 6 120
E4X4YL6 Used to carry the cables vertically to the front or the
back of equipment racks throughout the system.
Accepts cover C4YL6. Extra supports required when
used in horizontal applications. Cover sold separately.
4x4 6 60
Fiber-Duct
Cover
C2YL6 Cover for Fiber-Duct
Slotted
Channel. Non-slip cover design incorporates integral
high friction lining to inhibit cover movement.
2x2 6 120
C4YL6 Cover for Fiber-Duct
Slotted
Channel. Non-slip cover design incorporates integral high
friction lining to inhibit cover movement.
4x4 6 120
S2X2
S4X4
E2X2
E4X4
C2
C4
J.60 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Fiber-Duct
System Fittings
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange), BL (Black), or LG (Light Gray).
Fittings include 5/16" assembly holes for fast mechanical fastening.
Part Number Part Description
System
Size
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Coupler Fitting
FCF2X2YL Used to join two sections of duct together. Fiber-Duct
Reducer Fitting
FRF42YL Joins any 4x4 Fiber-Duct
Spillouts
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange), BL (Black), or LG (Light Gray).
Part Number Part Description
System
Size
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
2x2 Vertical Tee
FVTHD2X2YL Attaches to 2x2 channel to create a 90 vertical drop
from a horizontal run. Hinged door included. Accepts
channel cover in conjunction with channel. Use
QuikLock
Spill-Over
FRSPYL or from 2x2 Fiber-Duct
Channel.
2x2 1 5
1-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing
FIDT2X2YL Used to route cable into one piece of 1.5" (38mm)
diameter split corrugated tubing. Used with
FiberRunner
Hinged Channel.
Securely holds split corrugated tubing to ensure
system integrity and easy access to add or
remove cables.
2x2 1 5
4x4 Vertical Tee
FVT4X4YL Attaches to channel to create a 90 vertical drop from
a horizontal run. Accepts FIDT4X4BL, FTR4X4YL,
S4X4YL6 or E4X4YL6 directly.
4x4 1 5
3-Sided Vertical Tee Trumpet Spillout
FTR4X4YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to
2" (50.8mm) when exiting from a 4x4 or
6x4 FiberRunner
Fittings.
4x4 1 5
2-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing
FIDT4X4BL Used to route cable into one or two pieces of 1.5"
(38mm) diameter split corrugated tubing. Used with
FRVT6X4YL, FRVT4X4YL, or FVT4X4YL. Securely
holds corrugated split tubing to ensure system
integrity and easy access to add or remove cables.
Black color only.
4x4 1 5
FTR2X2
FIDT2X2
FVT4X4
FTR4X4
FVTHD2X2
FIDT4X4BL
J.62 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Fiber-Duct
Accessories
F14PWN-L
NR2
NR4
F14PN-L
Part Number Part Description
System
Size
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Snap Rivets
NR2WH-L Snap rivet fastens channel and fittings together for
added strength and rigidity. Snap rivet mounts flush
to surfaces.
2x2 50 500
NR4BL-L 4x4 50 500
Plastic Bolts and Nuts
F14PWN-L 1/4" plastic bolts and wing nuts fastens channel
and fittings together for added strength and rigidity.
2x2
4x4
50 500
F14PN-L 1/4" plastic bolts and hex nuts fastens channel
and fittings together for added strength and rigidity.
2x2
4x4
50 500
Part Number Part Description
System
Size
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
TRC2BL Bend radius control trumpet for exiting at the
sidewall of 2" wall heights of type G, FS or E
Fiber-Duct
Channels.
2x2 1 10
TRC4BL Bend radius control trumpet for exiting at the
sidewall of 4" wall heights of type G, FS or E
Fiber-Duct
Channels.
4x4 1 10
J.63 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Fiber-Duct
Mounting Brackets
Part Number Part Description
For
Threaded
Rod Size
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Existing Threaded Rod Bracket for Fiber-Duct
System
FTRBE12 Used for supporting the 2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct
System
FTRBN12 Used for supporting the 2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct
System
FUSB Used to support the 2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct
System
FLRB Used to support the 2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct
System
FLB Used to support 2x2 and 4x4 Fiber-Duct
Systems
by attaching to a wall or the front or back of an
equipment rack. Contains hardware for mounting
channel to bracket.
1 10
FTRBE12/FTRBE12M
FTRBE58
FTRBN12/FTRBN12M
FTRBN58
FUSB
FLRB
FLB
Table continued on page J.64
J.64 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Fiber-Duct
System from
mounting surface, adjustable from 1.5" (38mm) to
4" (101mm). Typically used on the front of an
equipment rack.
1 10
Low Profile Z Bracket
FZBLP Bracket used to offset 2x2 or 4x4 Fiber-Duct
12"
Wide x 10' Long Pathway Section
(page J.67)
WG18BL10 Wyr-Grid
18"
Wide x 10' Long Pathway Section
(page J.67)
WG24BL10 Wyr-Grid
24"
Wide x 10' Long Pathway Section
(page J.67)
WG30BL10 Wyr-Grid
30"
Wide x 10' Long Pathway Section
(page J.67)
WGTB18BL Wyr-Grid
18"
Trapeze Bracket (page J.69)
WGTB24BL Wyr-Grid
24"
Trapeze Bracket (page J.69)
WGTB30BL Wyr-Grid
30"
Trapeze Bracket (page J.69)
WGCB12BL Wyr-Grid
Mounting Brackets
Wyr-Grid
Splice
Connectors for 12" and 18" Widths
(page J.68)
WGSPL2430BL Wyr-Grid
Splice
Connectors for 24" and 30" Widths
(page J.68)
WGINTSPLBL Wyr-Grid
2"
Snap-On Sidewall (page J.71)
WGSDWL4BL Wyr-Grid
4"
Snap-On Sidewall (page J.71)
WGSDWL6BL Wyr-Grid
6"
Snap-On Sidewall (page J.71)
WGSDWWF4BL Wyr-Grid
4"
Sidewall Waterfall (page J.68)
WGBTMWFBL Wyr-Grid
2"
Snap-On Intersection Bend Radius
Control High Sidewall (page J.71)
WGINTBRC4BL Wyr-Grid
4"
Snap-On Intersection Bend Radius
Control High Sidewall (page J.71)
WGINTBRC6BL Wyr-Grid
6"
Snap-On Intersection Bend Radius
Control High Sidewall (page J.71)
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
8
13
1
18
5
10
19
4
15
16
17
14
3
11
20
12
J.67 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
Wyr-Grid
Optional Sidewalls. The internal area defines the allowable fill capacity based on the Wyr-Grid
Pathway width
and optional sidewall height. The Wyr-Grid
Pathway Sections
Pathways are provided in four widths: 12" (305mm),
18" (457mm), 24" (610mm), and 30" (762mm)
Standard finish is black powder coat
Non-integral sidewalls minimize specification requirements
Order number of feet required, in multiples of standard 10' length increments.
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
WG12BL10 12" wide x 10' long pathway section used to carry cables horizontally
throughout the system. Snap-on sidewalls attach for job specific height
requirements. Uses splice connector WGSPL1218BL to connect straight
sections and intersection splice WGINTSPLBL to connect pathways at
an intersection.
10
WG18BL10 18" wide x 10' long pathway section used to carry cables horizontally
throughout the system. Snap-on sidewalls attach for job specific height
requirements. Uses splice connector WGSPL1218BL to connect straight
sections and intersection splice WGINTSPLBL to connect pathways at
an intersection.
10
WG24BL10 24" wide x 10' long pathway section used to carry cables horizontally
throughout the system. Snap-on sidewalls attach for job specific height
requirements. Uses splice connector WGSPL2430BL to connect straight
sections and intersection splice WGINTSPLBL to connect pathways at
an intersection.
10
WG30BL10 30" wide x 10' long pathway section used to carry cables horizontally
throughout the system. Snap-on sidewalls attach for job specific height
requirements. Uses splice connector WGSPL2430BL to connect straight
sections and intersection splice WGINTSPLBL to connect pathways at
an intersection.
10
X
Y
X
(in.)
Y
(in.)
Internal
Area
(in
2
)
Category 6A (SD)
Diameter
6.1mm
0.240"
Category 6A
Diameter
7.6mm
0.300"
Category 6
Diameter
6.1mm
0.240"
X
(in.)
Y
(in.)
Internal
Area
(in
2
)
Category 6A (SD)
Diameter
6.1mm
0.240"
Category 6A
Diameter
7.6mm
0.300"
Category 6
Diameter
6.1mm
0.240"
12.2
2 24.3 269 172 269
24.2
2 48.3 534 342 534
4 48.7 538 344 538 4 96.7 1069 684 1069
6 73.0 807 516 807 6 145.0 1603 1026 1603
18.2
2 36.3 401 257 401
30.2
2 60.3 666 427 666
4 72.7 804 514 804 4 120.7 1334 854 1334
6 109.0 1205 771 1205 6 181.0 2000 1280 2000
J.68 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Wyr-Grid
Splice Connectors
Integral bonding screw creates a mechanical electrical
bond between cable tray pathway sections
Standard finish is black powder coat
Sold in pairs
Wyr-Grid
Waterfalls
Offered in two different configurations that attach to all pathway sections
12" (305mm), 18" 457mm), 24" (610mm) and 30" (762mm)
WGSPL1218BL
WGSPL2430BL
WGINTSPLBL
WGBTMWFBL
WGSDWWF4BL
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
WGBTMWFBL The bottom waterfall provides 1.38" (35mm) bend radius control for
cables transitioning down into the racks or cabinets from within the
Wyr-Grid
Pathways
at all intersections. A thread cutting screw pierces the paint of
perpendicular pathway sections providing a completely bonded
connection, ensuring electrical continuity between the pathways.
Package contains 2 components needed to create one tee or
right angle intersection.
1 10
J.69 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
Wyr-Grid
Support Brackets
Offered in various widths to accommodate pathways: 12"
(305mm), 18" (457mm), 24" (610mm), and 30" (762mm)
Standard finish is black powder coat
Integral quick-clip retention
Accommodates 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod
WGTB12BL
WGTB24BL
WGTB30BL
WGCB12BL
WGWMTB1830BL
WGWMTB12BL
WGCB24BL
WGCB18BL
WGTB18BL
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Wyr-Grid
Trapeze Brackets
WGTB12BL Used to support 12" (305mm) wide Wyr-Grid
Pathway from
the ceiling using a pair of 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod drops.
Hardware for attaching to threaded rod sold separately.
1 5
WGTB18BL Used to support 18" (457mm) wide Wyr-Grid
Pathway from
the ceiling using a pair of 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod drops.
Hardware for attaching to threaded rod sold separately.
1 5
WGTB24BL Used to support 24" (610mm) wide Wyr-Grid
Pathway from
the ceiling using a pair of 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod drops.
Hardware for attaching to threaded rod sold separately.
1 5
WGTB30BL Used to support 30" (762mm) wide Wyr-Grid
Pathway from
the ceiling using a pair of 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod drops.
Hardware for attaching to threaded rod sold separately.
1 5
Wyr-Grid
Cantilever Brackets
WGCB12BL Used to support the 12" (305mm) wide Wyr-Grid
Pathway along
a wall. Integral retaining clip secures the pathway to the bracket.
Mounting hardware for attaching to wall not included.
1 5
WGCB18BL Used to support the 18" (457mm) wide Wyr-Grid
Pathway along
a wall. Integral retaining clip secures the pathway to the bracket.
Mounting hardware for attaching to wall not included.
1 5
WGCB24BL Used to support the 24" (610mm) wide Wyr-Grid
Pathway along
a wall. Integral retaining clip secures the pathway to the bracket.
Mounting hardware for attaching to wall not included.
1 5
Wyr-Grid
Pathway
against the wall. Mounting hardware for attaching to wall
not included.
1 5
WGWMTB1830BL Used to support the end of the 18" (457mm), 24" (610mm),
or 30" (762mm) Wyr-Grid
System
Offered in various widths to accommodate pathways: 12"
(305mm), 18" (457mm), 24" (610mm), and 30" (762mm)
Standard finish is black powder coat
Integral quick-clip retention
Accommodates 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
WG12FRTBBL
WG24FRTBBL
WGSTRKTBL
WG18FRTBBL
WG30FRTBBL
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Wyr-Grid
System
FRTBWG12BL FiberRunner
QuikLock
12" Pathway
using the same 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod used to support the
WGTB12BL bracket. Hardware for attaching to threaded rod
sold separately.
1 10
FRTBWG18BL FiberRunner
QuikLock
18"
Pathway using the same 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod used to
support the WGTB18BL bracket. Hardware for attaching to
threaded rod sold separately.
1 10
FRTBWG24BL FiberRunner
QuikLock
24"
Pathway using the same 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod used to
support the WGTB24BL bracket. Hardware for attaching to
threaded rod sold separately.
1 10
FRTBWG30BL FiberRunner
QuikLock
4x4, 6x4, 12x4, and 24x4 Channel above or below the Wyr-Grid
30" Pathway using the same 1/2" or 12mm threaded rod used to
support the WGTB30BL bracket. Quick mount clips, FRQMC24-X
are not included for installing the 24x4 channel. These must be
purchased separately. This bracket is on the same pitch as the
Wyr-Grid
QuikLock
Trapeze
Bracket. Attaches to the Wyr-Grid
Pathway.
1
WG18FRTBBL Wyr-Grid
QuikLock
Trapeze
Bracket. Attaches to the Wyr-Grid
Pathway.
1
WG24FRTBBL Wyr-Grid
QuikLock
Trapeze
Bracket. Attaches to the Wyr-Grid
Pathway
1
WG30FRTBBL Wyr-Grid
QuikLock
Trapeze
Bracket. Attaches to the Wyr-Grid
Pathway.
1
Wyr-Grid
Pathway to be
attached directly to standard 1 5/8" wide strut structures. Contains
support member, two clips and all hardware for assembly.
1 5
FRTBWG30BL
FRTBWG24BL
FRTBWG18BL
FRTBWG12BL
J.71 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
Wyr-Grid
Accessories
Offered in three different heights: 2" (50mm), 4" (102mm),
and 6" (152mm)
Standard finish is black powder coat
WGSDWL2BL
WGSDWL4BL
WGSDWL6BL
WGINTBRC2BL
WGINTBRC4BL
WGINTBRC6BL
WGHRDWKTBL
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Wyr-Grid
Hardware
WGHRDWKTBL The hardware kit is used when field fabricating a right angle,
allowing large radii to be created by cutting the pathway, bending
it, and securing it into a right angle.
12" (305mm) width requires 6 pieces to create a 15.8" radius.
18" (457mm) width requires 9 pieces to create a 24.4" radius.
24" (610mm) width requires 12 pieces to create a 33.4" radius.
30" (762mm) width requires 15 pieces to create a 41.5" radius.
1 10
J.72 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
StructuredGround
System
GACB brackets provide
a convenient location to
attach ground wire for
grounding Wyr-Grid
System.
GACB-2
GACB-3
GACBJ68U
*= Length in inches. Available in 8", 12", and 18" lengths.
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Grounding Cable Hanger Brackets
GACB-2 Supports grounding conductors positioned below Wyr-Grid
, GridRunner
,
and Wyr-Grid
Systems.
1 10
WGCT-A Battery powered cutting tool for cutting Wyr-Grid
Cable Trays,
2 18 volt lithium-ion batteries, and 115 volt, 60 Hz
charger included.
1
CD-WGCD-1 Wyr-Grid
Cable Trays.
Weight: 5.4 lbs. (2.45 kg)
1
CD-WGCD-1
WGCT-HEAD
J.74 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
NOTES
J.75 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
GRIDRUNNER
Underfloor Cable Routing System is a high capacity, versatile, underfloor cable pathway. It is designed
to route and manage copper cables, fiber optic trunk cables, and power cables beneath a raised floor
system within data centers and service provider facilities.
The GridRunner
Underfloor Cable Routing System ensures maximum network reliability and reduced
cost of ownership. Robust, highly engineered components provide a strong pathway that supports
maximum cable capacity over the lifetime of the data center, providing optimum cable protection
and assuring network performance. Fast and easy to deploy, this scalable underfloor cable pathway
solution reduces installation costs and speeds implementation of new services.
As part of the Panduit Data Center Solution, GridRunner
System
ensures that all components are electrically bonded to
each other as they are installed
J.76
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
GR21X6X24PG GridRunner
Pedestal Bracket
(page J.79)
5
GRFWC21PG GridRunner
Universal Intersection
(page J.79)
6
GRBRC6PG GridRunner
21" Wide
Level Change Section
(page J.79)
8
Additional sizes and accessories are available. See pages J.60 through J.61.
5
1
8
3
6
2
4
7
J.77 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
GridRunner
Wire Baskets
Drop-in wire basket sections are supplied in two widths
(21" and 12"), two depths (4" and 6"), and two lengths
(24" and 48")
Feature all rounded edges
Require no cutting or deburring of sharp edges
Accommodate 24" x 24" and 600mm x 600mm raised
floor grids
Made from pre-galvanized steel wire
GR21X6X24PG
GR21X6X48PG
GR21X4X24PG
GR21X4X48PG
Table continues on page J.78
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
21" Wide Wire Basket Sections
GR21X6X24PG 21"W x 6"D x 24"L section used to carry cables horizontally
throughout the system. Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket
to provide secure connection and electrical bond to raised
floor pedestal.
2
GR21X6X48PG 21"W x 6"D x 48"L section used to carry cables horizontally
throughout the system. Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket
to provide secure connection and electrical bond to raised
floor pedestal.
2
GR21X4X24PG 21"W x 4"D x 24"L section used to carry cables horizontally
throughout the system. Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket
to provide secure connection and electrical bond to raised
floor pedestal.
2
GR21X4X48PG 21"W x 4"D x 48"L section used to carry cables horizontally
throughout the system. Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket
to provide secure connection and electrical bond to raised
floor pedestal.
2
X Y
Internal Area
In.
2
Category 6A (SD)
Diameter
6.1mm
0.240"
Category 6A
Diameter
7.6mm
0.300"
Category 6
Diameter
6.1mm
0.240"
50% Fill 50% Fill 50% Fill
12.0 4.0 48.0 531 340 531
12.0 6.0 72.0 796 509 796
21.7 4.0 86.8 959 614 959
21.7 6.0 130.3 1440 922 1440
J.78 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
GR12X6X24PG
GR12X6X48PG
GR12X4X24PG
GR12X4X48PG
GR12X6X24OSPG
GR12X6X48OSPG
GR12X4X24OSPG
GR12X4X48OSPG
GridRunner
Pedestal Bracket
Allows the wire basket sections to be supported on three
sides of a single support bracket
Forms a mechanical electrical bond to the raised
floor pedestal
Optimized for use with both 7/8" square and 1" diameter
raised floor pedestals
Made from pre-galvanized steel
GridRunner
Accessories
GRPBPG
GRBRC6PG
GRBRC4PG
GRLC21X6PG
GRLC21X4PG
GRCLAMPPG-X
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Pedestal Bracket
GRPBPG Pre-assembled bracket quickly attaches to all 7/8" square and 1"
diameter raised floor pedestals. Provides secure mounting point on
three sides of the pedestal for all basket sections and an electrical
bond to the pedestal. Use 7/16" nut driver to assemble to pedestal.
Requires use of pedestal clamp GRCLAMPPG-X to attach wire
baskets, universal intersection, and level change sections to
pedestal bracket.
1 10
GRPB12PG Pre-assembled bracket quickly attaches to all 1 2" diameter
raised floor pedestals. Provides secure mounting point on three
sides of the pedestal for all basket sections and an electrical bond
to the pedestal. Use 7/16" nut driver to assemble to pedestal.
Requires use of pedestal clamp GRCLAMPPG-X to attach wire
baskets, universal intersection, and level change sections to
pedestal bracket.
1 10
Pedestal Clamp
GRCLAMPPG-X Used in conjunction with pedestal bracket GRPBPG to fasten wire
basket sections to the pedestal.
10 100
GRPB12PG
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Universal Intersection
GRFWC21PG Mounts to GRPBPG pedestal bracket. Use to create four way
cross, horizontal tee, right angles, and transitions to other size
basket sections.
1
Bend Radius Control Corners
GRBRC4PG Bend radius control corner for 4" deep basket sections. Device
snaps into corners to provide 1.5" (38mm) bend radius control.
Sheet metal construction.
1 10
GRBRC6PG Bend radius control corner for 6" deep basket sections. Device
snaps into corners to provide 1.5" (38mm) bend radius control.
Sheet metal construction.
1 10
21" Wide Level Change Sections
GRLC21X6PG 21"W x 6"D level change section used to create vertical
offsets up to 12". Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket to
provide secure connection and electrical bond to raised floor
support pedestal.
1
GRLC21X4PG 21"W x 4"D level change section used to create vertical
offsets up to 12". Attaches to GRPBPG pedestal bracket to
provide secure connection and electrical bond to raised floor
support pedestal.
1
J.80 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
NOTES
K.1 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
SURFACE RACEWAY
Pan-Way
Surface Raceway Systems offer a wide variety of non-metallic surface raceway solutions.
All are designed for routing, protecting, and concealing high-performance copper, voice, video, fiber
optic, and power cabling. Pan-Way
PAN-WAY
Mini-Com
Single Channel Raceway includes LD, LDPH, LDS, PD, and OFR which are available in
low voltage and/or power rated versions. All single channel raceways include a full complement
of fittings for standard, bend radius control, and power rated applications. Office Furniture
Raceway also includes a full complement of fittings, accessories, and termination options
creating a cost-effective furniture routing solution.
Pan-Way
PAN-WAY
Fast-Snap
Surface Mount Outlet Boxes are available for both power and communication
applications. Fast-Snap
Snap-On Faceplates. All surface mount boxes are compatible with Pan-Way
Snap-On Faceplates.
As part of the Panduit Enterprise Solution, Pan-Way
Modules.
F. OFCRC70**6 = Corner Raceway Cover.
Components Required See page
Office Furniture Configurations
Exploded View 1
K.9
K.8
K.10
K.11
Section B
K.8
A
B
C
D
E
F
K.7 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A. OFR20SO** = Spill-Over Fitting.
B. OFVR5**6 = Vertical Raceway.
C. OFR20DMB = Desk Mount Box.
D. Mini-Com
Modules.
E. OF70FH4** = Horizontal Sloped Communication
Snap-On Faceplate.
Components Required See page
Office Furniture Configurations (continued)
Exploded View 2
K.10
K.8
K.10
Section B
K.11
A
B
C
D
E
Pan-Way
Connectivity, also
accepts all common manufacturers connectivity with use
of a NEMA standard 70mm faceplate or module frame
For other colors, replace OB (Office Beige) with OS (Office Slate), OG (Office Gray), or MT (Medium Tone).
Order number of feet required in multiples of standard carton quantity.
Part Number Part Description
Raceway
Size Color
Length
(Ft.)
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
OFR20OB6 One-piece single channel low
voltage raceway with adhesive
tape backing for data cable
routing along top of modular
furniture partitions.
Available in 6' lengths.
1.88" x 1.71"
(48.0mm x
44.0mm)
Office
Beige
6 6 48
OFR20OB8 One-piece single channel low
voltage raceway with adhesive
tape backing for data cable
routing along top of modular
furniture partitions.
Available in 8' lengths.
1.88" x 1.71"
(48.0mm x
44.0mm)
Office
Beige
8 8 64
OFR20
Office Beige (OB) Office Gray (OG) Office Slate (OS) Medium Tone (MT)
1.88"
1.71"
OFFICE FURNITURE RACEWAY
Internal Area = 2.31 Sq. In.
OFCR70 OFCRC70
OFVR5
Office furniture raceway fittings have been designed to maintain the TIA/EIA required 1" minimum bend radius for high
performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems
For other colors, replace OB (Office Beige) with OS (Office Slate), OG (Office Gray), or MT (Medium Tone).
Part Number Part Description
Labels
Required Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
OFCR70OB6 Office furniture corner raceway base.
Used to terminate low voltage data
cabling in the corner at the intersection
of modular office furniture panels.
Accepts 70mm standard faceplates.
Available in 6' lengths.
Office
Beige
6 48
OFCRC70OB6 Office furniture corner raceway cover.
Available in 6' lengths.
Office
Beige
6 48
OFVR5OB6 Office furniture vertical raceway.
One-piece single channel raceway
used to connect OFR20**6 or OFR20**8
to desk mount box (OFR20DMB**) and
must be used with OFR20SO** or
OFR20DSO**. Available in 6' lengths.
Office
Beige
6 120
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Std.
Pkg.
Qty. Color
Labels
Required Part Description Part Number
K.9 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
OFR20OFCR70**4
OFR20OFCR70**2
OFR20OFCR70**1
OFR20CP
OFR20OFCR70**1P
OFR20OFCR70**2P
OFR20OFCR70**4P
Pan-Way
Mini-Com
Modules
(not included). No additional mounting
hardware required.
TIA/EIA-606-A compliant.
One
1-Port
One
2-Port
Office
Beige
1 10
OF70FV2OB Snap-on single gang vertical sloped
communication faceplate. Accepts up to
two Panduit
Mini-Com
Modules
(not included). No additional mounting
hardware required.
TIA/EIA-606-A compliant.
One
1-Port
One
2-Port
Office
Beige
1 10
OF70FH4OB Snap-on single gang horizontal sloped
communication faceplate. Accepts up to
four Panduit
Mini-Com
Modules
(not included). No additional mounting
hardware required.
TIA/EIA-606-A compliant.
One
1-Port
One
4-Port
Office
Beige
1 10
OF70FV4OB Snap-on single gang vertical sloped
communication faceplate. Accepts up to
four Panduit
Mini-Com
Modules
(not included). No additional mounting
hardware required.
TIA/EIA-606-A compliant.
One
1-Port
One
4-Port
Office
Beige
1 10
OF70PGOB Snap-on single gang rectangular
communication faceplate. In
communication applications, covers one
standard rectangular communication
module frame. No additional mounting
hardware required.
One
1-Port
One
4-Port
Office
Beige
1
OF70POB Snap-on single gang 106 duplex
communication faceplate. In
communication applications, covers one
standard 106 duplex communication
module frame. No additional mounting
hardware required.
One
1-Port
One
4-Port
Office
Beige
1
T70SDB-X Standard faceplate bracket. Used to
mount NEMA standard 70mm single gang
screw-on faceplates. Can be used with
T-70, Twin-70, TG-70 raceway and
Pan-Pole
Communication Pole.
One
1-Port
One
4-Port
Gray 10
K.12 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Cable Fill Capacities for Office Furniture
This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according
to the cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.
Cable fill #1: Open channel
without devices
A = 2.31 in.
2
SPEC = 40% cable fill The recommended design in cable
capacity, leaves room for future moves, adds, and changes.
MAX for Data = 60% cable fill The maximum cable quantity based
on cable interweaving and packing factors.
AWG dimensions represent typical outer cable diameter in inches.
The above cable diameters represent the nominal Panduit cable diameter per performance level. For specific cable fill information based on specific part
numbers, please contact Panduit customer service.
Raceway Type and
Configuration
Fill Area
(in
2
)
Electrical Cables Data Grade Cables Cat. 6A (SD) Audio/Video
Fiber Optic
Cable
14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM
6A (SD) RG6 2 Strand
THHN/T90 Cat. 6 Cat. 6A
0.111 0.130 0.164 DIA. = 0.240 DIA. = 0.300 DIA. = 0.240 DIA. = 0.275 DIA. = 0.175
FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL
MAX MAX MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX
(UL Temp Rise Test) 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60% 40% 60%
OFR20 2.3 20 30 13 19 20 30 15 23 38 57
K.13 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
NOTES
K.14
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
A
F
E
D
B
O
H
See exploded
view 1 pg. K.16
See exploded
view 2 pg. K.17
N
M
L
K
J
G
C
2
1
LD Surface Raceway Roadmap
K.15 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
ICF10** Inside Corner Fitting
(page K.19)
JB1FS** Fast-Snap
Single
Gang Surface Mount Outlet Box
(page K.26)
UIT70FV4** Ultimate ID
Double
Gang Power Rated Surface
Mount Outlet Box
(page K.26)
UIT70FV2** Ultimate ID
Modules.
D. JBX3510 = Single Gang Two-Piece Snap
Together Box.
Components Required See page
K.23
G.16
Section B
K.25
A
B
D
LD Configurations
Exploded View 1
C
K.17 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A. UIT70FV2 = Ultimate ID
Sloped Vertical
Snap-On Faceplate 2-Port.
B. Mini-Com
Modules.
C. JBP2FS = Fast-Snap
Mini-Com
Mini-Com
Ultimate ID
Outlet
Boxes
Snap into raceway channel or outlet box and requires
no additional mounting hardware or adapters greatly
reducing installation time
Meet stringent UL5A standard for non-metallic raceways
Accept Mini-Com
LS8E or
the Cougar
Modules.
One 1-Port
One 2-Port
Off
White
1 10
UIT70FH4IW Single gang, horizontal sloped
communication snap-on faceplate accepts
up to four Mini-Com
Modules.
One 1-Port
One 4-Port
Off
White
1 10
UIT70FV2IW Single gang, vertical sloped communication
snap-on faceplate accepts up to two
Mini-Com
Modules.
One 1-Port
One 2-Port
Off
White
1 10
UIT70FV4IW Single gang, vertical sloped communication
snap-on faceplate accepts up to four
Mini-Com
Modules.
One 1-Port
Two 2-Port
Off
White
1 10
UIT70FH2 UIT70FH4
UIT70FV2 UIT70FV4
Component Labels for Mini-Com
Ultimate ID
Sloped Snap-On
Faceplates for Use with Panduit
Mini-Com
Modules
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Faceplate Part Number
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop
Printer Label
TDP43ME Thermal Transfer
Desktop Printer Label
PanTher
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
UIT70FH2IW
UILJ2
UILS8BW UILS8BW
UIT70FH4IW UILJ4
UIT70FV2IW UILJ2
UIT70FV4IW UILJ4
K.23 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
T70FH2 T70FH4
T70FV2 T70FV4
T70P T70PG
T70PS T70PGS
Pan-Way
Mini-Com
Modules
Can be used with Pan-Way
Mini-Com
Mini-Com
Mini-Com
Mini-Com
Mini-Com
Modules
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Faceplate
Part Number
Laser/Ink
Jet Desktop
Printer Label
TDP43ME Thermal
Transfer Desktop
Printer Label
PanTher
LS8E
Hand-Held
Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held
Printer Label
T70FH2IW
C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
T70FV2IW
T70FV4IW
T70FH4IW
C252X030FJJ C252X030YPT C252X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
CP106IW
C061X030FJJ C061X030YPT C061X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
CP106IW-2G
2 - C061X030FJJ 2 - C061X030YPT 2 - C061X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
CPGIW
C125X030FJJ C125X030YPT C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
T70PGSIW
CPGIW-2G
2 - C125X030FJJ 2 - C1252X030YPT 2 - C125X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
T70PGIW
C261X030FJJ T031X000FJT C261X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
T70PIW
T70PSIW
K.25 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
JBX3510 JB1
JB1D JBP2
Pan-Way
Screw-On
Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang
faceplate. For use with Pan-Way
T45 or LD profile
raceway. 5.00"L x 3.26"W x 1.62"H (127.1mm x
82.7mm x 41.1mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1"
diameter conduit.
International
White
1 10
JB1IW-A Single gang one-piece outlet box with adhesive
backing. Box accepts Pan-Way
Screw-On
Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang
faceplate. For use with Pan-Way
LD profile raceway.
5.09"L x 3.34"W x 1.75"H (129.4mm x 85.0mm x
44.4mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter
conduit.
International
White
1 10
JB1DIW-A Single gang one-piece deep outlet box with adhesive
backing. Box accepts Pan-Way
Screw-On
Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang
faceplate. For use with Pan-Way
LD profile raceway.
5.23"L x 3.48"W x 2.75"H (133.0mm x 88.5mm x
69.8mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter
conduit.
International
White
1 10
JBP2IW Double gang two-piece screw together outlet box.
Box accepts Pan-Way
Screw-On Faceplates or
any NEMA standard double gang faceplate. For use
with Pan-Way
Screw-On Faceplates or
any NEMA standard three gang faceplates. For use
with Pan-Way
LD
profile raceway. Dia. = 5.48"D x 1.14"H (139.2mm x
29.0mm). Breakouts for 3/4" or 1" diameter conduit.
International
White
1 5
JBA-X In-wall box adapter. Adapts single gang surface
mount outlet boxes to in-wall conduit boxes.
10 100
K.26 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
For other colors replace IW (International White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
JB1FSD
JBP1FS
Pan-Way
Snap-On
Faceplates. For use with Pan-Way
T-45 or LD profile
raceway. 5.00"L x 3.26"W x 1.62"H (127.1mm x
82.7mm x 41.1mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1"
diameter conduit.
International
White
1 10
JB1FSDIW-A Fast-Snap
Snap-On
Faceplates. For use with Pan-Way
Snap-On
Faceplates. For use with Pan-Way
T-45 or LD profile
raceway. 5.00"L x 6.14"W x 1.62"H (127.1mm x
155.9mm x 41.1mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1"
diameter conduit.
International
White
1 10
L.1 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
PRE-CONFIGURED PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURES, CABINETS,
RACKS, AND CABLE MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS
Panduit provides leading edge pre-configured physical infrastructures, cabinets, racks, and cable
management solutions for telecommunications equipment rooms, data centers, and premise wiring
applications. As the demand for system performance increases, it becomes essential to protect and
manage cables to maintain system reliability and scalability. Panduit continues to provide innovative
products that create end-to-end solutions for managing, protecting, and showcasing your network for
the lowest cost of ownership.
Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures for
Cisco
^
UCS, Nexus 7010, Catalyst 6509 and Nexus
7009 platforms increase business agility through
high-performance, flexible, scalable and reliable
data center design.
Net-Access
NetManager
Cabinet that provides maximum room for cable management, POUs and easy
access to serviceable parts such as cards, fans and power supplies
28-inch version with Net-SERV
Cabinet for customers seeking a balance between floor space and cable
management area
24-inch version with Net-SERV
Cabinet)
SFP+ Cables are available as an option for
Cisco UCS Deployments
L.4 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for the Cisco^
Nexus 7010 Switch
The Cisco^ Nexus 7010 Switch enables data center stakeholders to deploy a highly scalable 10 Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) network
that supports virtualization technologies for consolidation of multiple applications over a smaller number of more powerful servers
and switches. Panduits Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures support the deployment of Cisco^ Nexus 7010 platforms with
pre-assembled configurations that are offered in versions that meet typical copper and fiber line card provisioning
schemes including:
Medium Fiber for switch provisions requiring up to (4) 32-port fiber line cards
Medium Copper for switch provisions requiring up to (4) 48-port copper line cards
Heavy Copper for switch provisions requiring up to (6) 48-port copper line cards
(Nexus 7010 Heavy Copper
Pre-Configured Physical
Infrastructure shown)
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
CQ7010CN1B "Base" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Nexus 7010 with Net-Access
Cabinet,
and all necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, patch panels, and LC-LC patch cords (bulk
packaged to accommodate 4 additional fiber line cards) pre-assembled together.
1
CQ7010CN1C4 "Medium Copper" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Nexus 7010 with Net-Access
Cabinet,
and all necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, patch panels, and copper CAT6 patch cords (bulk
packaged to accommodate 4 additional copper line cards) pre-assembled together.
1
CQ7010CN1C6 "Heavy Copper" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Nexus 7010 with Net-Access
Cabinet,
and all necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, patch panels, and CAT6 patch cords (bulk
packaged to accommodate 6 additional copper line cards) pre-assembled together.
1
Cisco^ Nexus 7010 Switch not included in the part numbers above. Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures are shipped on standard pallets.
For applications that require shock-resistant packaging to facilitate pre-mounting of active electronics, please consult Panduit Customer Service.
^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology Inc.
L.5 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for the Cisco^
Catalyst 6509 Switch
The Cisco^ Catalyst 6509 Switch provides high port densities that are ideal for many wiring closet, distribution, and core network
deployments. Panduits Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures support the deployment of the Cisco^ Nexus 6509 switch with
pre-assembled configurations that are offered in versions that meet 10 GbE density copper and fiber line card provisioning
schemes, including:
Medium Fiber for switch provisions requiring up to (4) 32-port fiber line cards
Medium Copper for switch provisions requiring up to (4) 48-port copper line cards
Heavy Copper for switch provisions requiring up to (6) 48-port copper line cards
(Catalyst 6509 Heavy Copper
Pre-Configured Physical
Infrastructure shown)
Cisco^ Catalyst 6509 Switch not included in the part numbers above. Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures are shipped on standard pallets.
For applications that require shock-resistant packaging to facilitate pre-mounting of active electronics, please consult Panduit Customer Service.
^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology Inc.
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
CQ6509CN1B "Base" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Catalyst 6509 with Net-Access
Cabinet,
and all necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, patch panels, and LC-LC patch cords (bulk
packaged to accommodate 4 additional fiber line cards) pre-assembled together.
1
CQ6509CN1C4 "Medium Copper" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Catalyst 6509 with Net-Access
Cabinet, and all necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, patch panels, and copper CAT6 patch
cords (bulk packaged to accommodate 4 additional copper line cards) pre-assembled together.
1
CQ6509CN1C6 "Heavy Copper" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Catalyst 6509 with Net-Access
Cabinet,
and all necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, patch panels, and CAT6 patch cords (bulk
packaged to accommodate 6 additional copper line cards) pre-assembled together.
1
L.6 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for the Cisco^
Nexus 7009 Switch
The Cisco^ Nexus 7009 Switch enables data center stakeholders to deploy a highly
scalable 10 Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) network that supports virtualization technologies
for consolidation of multiple applications over a smaller number of more powerful
servers and switches. All cabinet versions of Panduit pre-configured offerings for the
Nexus 7009 include newly designed intake duct to optimize cooling airflow.
Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures support the deployment of Cisco^
Nexus 7009 Switch platforms with pre-assembled configurations that are offered in
versions that meet typical copper and fiber line card provisioning schemes including:
Medium Fiber for switch provisions requiring up to (4) 32-port
fiber I/O Modules
Medium Copper for switch provisions requiring up to (4) 48-port
copper I/O Modules
Heavy Copper for switch provisions requiring up to (6) 48-port
copper I/O Modules
(Nexus 7009 Heavy Copper
Pre-Configured Physical
Infrastructure shown)
Item Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
CQ7009CN01 "Base" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Nexus 7009 with Net-Access
Cabinet
and intake ducting, as well as all necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, patch panels, and
MTP-LC Hydra cable assemblies (bulk packaged to accommodate four fiber I/O Modules).
1
CQ7009CN03 "Medium Copper" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Nexus 7009 with Net-Access
Cabinet
and intake ducting, as well as all necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, patch panels, and
copper Category 6A patch cords (bulk packaged to accommodate four copper I/O Modules).
1
CQ7009CN04 "Heavy Copper" Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructure for Cisco^ Nexus 7009 with Net-Access
Cabinet
and intake ducting, as well as all necessary cable management, grounding jumpers, patch panels, and
copper Category 6A patch cords (bulk packaged to accommodate six copper I/O Modules).
1
Cisco^ Nexus 7009 Switch not included in the part numbers above. Panduit Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures are shipped on standard pallets.
For applications that require shock-resistant packaging to facilitate pre-mounting of active electronics, please consult Panduit Customer Service.
^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology Inc.
L.7 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Net-Access
Cabinet System
Thermal Management and Cable Capacity for Switch and
Server Applications
Net-Access
Cabinets are the first choice for switch, server, and storage area network
applications that require maximum thermal management capability, and the capacity to
manage high cable densities.
Net-Access
Switch Cabinets are compatible with Cisco^ Nexus 7018, MDS9500 Series, and 6500
Series Switches.
Go to www.panduit.com/cisco1 for disclaimer.
Nexus 7018 and 7010 Applications are supported by Application Guides/Notes available at panduit.com.
^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology, Inc.
L.8
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Net-Access
Switch Cabinets are compatible with Cisco^ Nexus 7018, MDS9500 Series, and 6500 Series Switches.
Go to www.panduit.com/cisco1 for disclaimer.
Nexus 7018 and 7010 Applications are supported by Application Guides/Notes available at panduit.com.
Net-Access
Cabinet Applications
UCS
Server
Nexus
7018
Nexus
7010
MDS
9513
Catalyst
6509
^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology, Inc.
L.9 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Net-SERV
Cabinet System
Optimized Thermal and Cable Management
for Server Applications
Net-SERV
Overhead
Cable Routing System is a
high capacity data cable
pathway used directly over
the Net-Access
Cabinets;
eliminates the need for multiple
infrastructure elements,
reducing installation time
Channel
No Slack Spool With Slack Spool
Channel Area Cable Capacity* Channel Area Cable Capacity*
In.
2
cm
2
Cat. 6A
SD
(0.240")
Cat. 6A
(0.300")
Cat. 6
(0.240")
Cat. 5e
(0.225")
Fiber
(3mm) In.
2
cm
2
Cat. 6A
SD
(0.240")
Cat. 6A
(0.300")
Cat. 6
(0.240")
Cat. 5e
(0.225")
Fiber
(3mm)
End 42.2 272.3 373 238 373 424 1,540 32.4 209.0 286 183 286 325 1,182
Center (ganged) 84.4 544.5 746 477 746 849 3,081 74.6 481.3 659 422 659 750 2,723
L.12 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
CN1
CN2
Net-Access
Switch Cabinets
Inset frame posts create large and accessible vertical
pathways for routing cables
Modular cable management fingers easily mount to the
front and/or back of all four cabinet posts
Designed with the use of CFD (computational fluid
dynamics) analysis and thermal lab testing to optimize the
thermal performance of network switches requiring
side-to-side airflow
Accommodate equipment mounting depths up
to 25.9" (658mm)
Innovative, fully integrated, electrically bonded cabinet
with a single ground connection to guard against EMI
and ESD, and provide a safe current path to ground
Four adjustable equipment mounting rails available
in cage nut or #12-24 threaded with printed rack
space identification
Equipment rails have printed rack space numbering that
can be oriented numbers up or down
Durable black polyester epoxy powder coat finish
2,500 lbs. (1134 kg) load rating
Cabinet ships assembled, one per pallet
For the complete grounding solution, see the
StructuredGround
Cabinets.
1
CNPSPT Removable side panel with pass-through holes and lockable push
button latches.
1
CNPP Removable cabinet perforated side panel with lockable push button latches. 1
CNFBB Side cabinet cable management bracket for side mounting 19"
EIA equipment.
1
CNFBB4R Side cable management for mounting 19" EIA equipment, 4 RU. Comes with
bend radius clips.
1
CNFBBS Side cabinet bracket for mounting 19" EIA equipment. 1
CVED32 Vertical exhaust cabinet extension and solid rear split doors. Leveling legs
and gasket kit included.
1
CCL The cabinet combination lock is a 3 digit combination lock that can be
installed on any Net-Access
or Net-SERV
7018 Cabinets
CVED40VE
^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology, Inc.
White cabinets also available upon request. Please consult Panduit Customer Service for lead-times.
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Net-Access
7010 Cabinets
Engineered to provide a best in class solution for
Cisco^ Nexus 7010 switches
Offered in both 42 RU and 45 RU heights to meet your
data centers height requirement
31.5"W x 48"D (800mm x 1219mm) Frame
Cabinet ships assembled, one per pallet
^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology, Inc.
White cabinets also available upon request. Please consult Panduit Customer Service for lead-times.
Table continues on page L.18
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Net-Access
VED Cabinet, front dual hinge door, rear solid split door, high
flow top cap vertical blanking panels, #12-24 rails mounted numbers up.
Dimensions: 31.5"W x 48.9"D x 84"H (800mm x 1242mm x 2134mm) 45 RU
1
CN28HBCNNU 45 RU, 800 Wide x 1200 Deep - Vertical Exhaust Duct Switch cabinet, no
side panels, vertical blanking panels, cage nut equipment rails mounted
numbers up
1
Net-Access
32" x 48"
Cabinet rear extension (kit of two).
1
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
L.19 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
1
2
3
4
5
Net-Access
Server Cabinet
(pages L.20 and L.22)
CNDSH Single Hinge Door
(page L.22)
GridRunner
Underfloor Cable
Routing System
(page J.75)
Vertical Patch Panel Mounting
(page L.22)
Cool Boot
Raised Floor
Air Sealing Grommet
(pages L.90 and L.91)
1
2
3
4
5
The Net-Access
Server Cabinet provides scalable thermal management for low to high heat density applications.
Superior cable management eliminates cable and power cord congestion behind the servers allowing server fans
to more efficiently exhaust air from the cabinet. Air blocking features ensure that cold air is directed to the servers.
Net-Access
Server Cabinets
Inset frame posts create large and accessible vertical
pathways for routing cables and mounting vertical patch
panels and Power Outlet Units
Include vertical blanking panels to block bypass air and
direct cold air through servers
Modular cable management finger sections manage
cables for greater routing flexibility
Innovative, fully integrated, electrically bonded cabinet
with a single ground connection to guard against EMI and
ESD, and provide a safe current path to ground
All welded frame construction
Adjustable rear cage nut mounting rails
Doors include keyed swing latches
Side panels include keyed pushbutton latches
Equipment mounting depths up to 29" (736.6mm)
Durable black polyester epoxy powder coat finish
UL Listed 2500 lbs. (1134 kg) load rating
Cabinet ships assembled, one per pallet
For the complete grounding solution, see the
StructuredGround
45 RU Server Cabinets
CS1 Cabinet frame with top panel.
Single hinge perforated front door.
Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door
swing footprint.
Solid side panels.
Two sets of cage nut equipment mounting rails.
45 RU cable management on rear of rear posts.
One set of POU mounting brackets.
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm)
1
CS1NU Cabinet frame with top panel.
Single hinge perforated front door.
Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door
swing footprint.
Solid side panels.
Two sets of cage nut equipment mounting rails installed numbered up.
45 RU cable management on rear of rear posts.
One set of POU mounting brackets.
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm)
1
CS1RNU Cabinet frame with top panel.
Single hinge perforated front door.
Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door
swing footprint.
Solid side panels.
Two sets of cage nut equipment mounting rails installed numbered up.
45 RU cable management on rear of rear posts.
One set of POU mounting brackets.
Four installed casters.
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm)
1
CS2 Cabinet frame with top panel.
Single hinge perforated front door.
Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door
swing footprint.
Two sets of cage nut equipment mounting rails.
45 RU cable management on rear of rear posts.
One set of POU mounting brackets.
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm)
1
CS2NU Cabinet frame with top panel.
Single hinge perforated front door.
Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door
swing footprint.
Two sets of cage nut equipment mounting rails installed numbered up.
45 RU cable management on rear of rear posts.
One set of POU mounting brackets.
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1044mm)
1
CS3 Cabinet frame with top panel.
Two sets of cage nut equipment mounting rails.
45 RU cable management on rear of rear posts.
One set of POU mounting brackets.
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 31.5"W x 40.0"D (2134mm x 800mm x 1016mm)
1
White cabinets also available upon request. Please consult Panduit Customer Service for lead-times.
Std.
Pkg.
Qty. Part Description Part Number
L.21 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Net-Access
42 RU Server Cabinets
CS12NU 42 available rack spaces.
Cabinet frame with top panel.
Single hinge perforated front door.
Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door
swing footprint.
Solid side panels (2).
Two sets of cage nut equipment mounting rails mounted numbers up.
42 RU cable management on rear of rear posts.
One set of POU mounting brackets.
Dimensions: 78.8"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2000mm x 800mm x 1044mm)
1
CS22NU 42 available rack spaces.
Cabinet frame with top panel.
Single hinge perforated front door.
Split perforated rear doors open in the middle to minimize door
swing footprint.
Two sets of cage nut equipment mounting rails mounted numbers up.
42 RU cable management on rear of rear posts.
One set of POU mounting brackets.
Dimensions: 78.8"H x 31.5"W x 41.1"D (2000mm x 800mm x 1044mm)
1
Net-Access
Cabinet
posts or 4 post racks (kit of two).
1
CVPPB Bracket to vertically mount 1 RU EIA 19" copper and fiber patch panels to
the side of the Net-Access
Vertical Exhaust System channels heat from server exhaust directly to the data
center return plenum. By managing heat at the source the duct increases CRAC unit efficiency and significantly
lowers operating expenses.
Net-Access
Server Cabinet
(pages L.20 and L.22)
FiberRunner
Cable
Routing System
(page J.1)
CVED32VE Variable
Duct Extension
(page L.18)
1
2
3
L.24 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
The Net-Contain
System creates a structure including end-of-row dual sliding doors and ceiling panels that enclose the
cold aisle between rows of Panduit 42 RU or 45 RU Net-Access
and Net-SERV
, FiberRunner
, and Wyr-Grid
or Net-SERV
Cabinets
Easy access to cabinet aisle area
Damper keeps doors from slamming closed and ensures
that the doors stay closed
Uses gravity to automatically close doors
Available in black or white frame structure
CXCAC08F06IRBL
NSCAC06F04IRBL
NACACT5F08DSBL
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
NACACT5F08DSBL Net-Contain
or Net-SERV
Switch
and Server Cabinets
Integral spillouts align with cable inlets on cabinet and
provide 3" (75mm) bend radius control
Clean, simple design complements Net-Access
Cabinets.
1
CRB6VEDBL CabRunner
Base Unit.
1 5
End Cap for Net-Access
Cabinet
CRB6ECBL CabRunner
Net-Access
Cable
Routing System to the base unit.
1
CRVEDTB CabRunner
Cable
Routing System to the base unit on Net-Access
Cabinets with a
vertical exhaust duct.
1
L.27 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Basic Configuration
Cabinet provided without cable management Includes brackets for mounting two vertical power
outlet units
1200mm (48") depth and 1070mm (42.1") depth
Two sets, cage nut, infinitely adjustable equipment
mounting rails, 50 #12-24 cage nuts and screws included
Printed rack space identification on front and back of
rails, default is numbers up, may be field adjusted to
numbers down
Equipment mounting depth up to 42" (1067mm)
Doors include keyed swing handles
Side panels include keyed locks
POU mounting brackets included to mount two POUs
Vertical blanking panels installed
Easily adjustable leveling legs installed
Ganging brackets included
Anti-tip brackets included
Available in four configuration options: Basic, Standard
Density, High Density, and Vertical Patching
Durable black polyester epoxy powder coat finish
All welded frame construction
2500 lbs. (1134 kg) load rating
Removable top cap included
Cabinet ships assembled, one per pallet
Optional casters available
Optional vertical exhaust duct for maximum
energy efficiency
Part Number Example:
S 7 5 C 1 2 9 F
Series
S = Server
Width
6 = 600mm
(23.6")
7 = 700mm
(27.6")
Height
2 = 42RU
5 = 45RU
Rails Front Doors Back Doors Side Panel Cable Management
C = Cage
Nuts,
Numbers
Up
1 = Perf. Full
Single
Hinge
2 = Perforated
Split
3 = Solid Full
Single
Hinge
1 = One Side
Panel
2 = Two Side
Panels
9 = No Side
Panels
F = Standard Density
Left and Right Fingers
H = High Density
Four Cable
Management
Panels
P = Vertical Patch
B = Basic No Cable Mgmt.
V
Top Panel
V = Vertical
Exhaust
Duct (VED
included)
VR = Vertical
Exhaust
Duct
(VED not
included)
Net-SERV
Cabinets
2
Depth
2 = 1200mm
(47.2")
0 = 1070mm
(42.1")
White cabinets also available upon request. Please consult Panduit Customer Service for lead-times.
Part Number Part Description
Width Height
No. of
Rack
Spaces
Std.
Pkg.
Qty. In. mm In. mm
Net-SERV
Cabinets
NSVED06I1632BL Vertical Exhaust Duct (VED) for 600mm Wide Net-SERV
Cabinet,
height adjustable from 16.0" (406mm) up to 32.0" (813mm).
1
NSVED07I1632BL Vertical Exhaust Duct (VED) for 700mm Wide Net-SERV
Cabinet,
height adjustable from 16.0" (406mm) up to 32.0" (813mm).
1
NSVED06I3266BL Vertical Exhaust Duct (VED) for 600mm Wide Net-SERV
Cabinet,
height adjustable from 32.0" (813mm) up to 66.0" (1,676mm).
1
NSVED07I3266BL Vertical Exhaust Duct (VED) for 700mm Wide Net-SERV
Cabinet,
height adjustable from 32.0" (813mm) up to 66.0" (1,676mm).
1
NSMOR07A4548BL Net-SERV
Accessories
SVPPB
Net-SERV
Colocation Cabinet
Part Number Part Description
No. of
Rack
Spaces
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Net-SERV
Cabinets
S62BRFK Net-SERV
Accessories (continued)
S62BRCK
S65BRCK
S72BRCK
S75BRCK
S65DS
S62DS
S75DS
S72DS
S65DSH
S62DSH
S75DSH
S72DSH
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
High Density Cable Management Brackets for Net-SERV Cabinets
S62BRCK Net-SERV
Doors
S65DS Rear perforated split door for Net-SERV
600mm wide,
45 RU Cabinet.
1
S65DSH Single hinge perforated door for Net-SERV
600mm wide,
45 RU Cabinet.
1
S62DS Rear perforated split door for Net-SERV
600mm wide,
42 RU Cabinet.
1
S62DSH Single hinge perforated door for Net-SERV
600mm wide,
42 RU Cabinet.
1
S75DS Rear perforated split door for Net-SERV
700mm wide,
45 RU Cabinet.
1
S75DSH Single hinge perforated door for Net-SERV
700mm wide,
45 RU Cabinet.
1
S72DS Rear perforated split door for Net-SERV
700mm wide,
42 RU Cabinet.
1
S72DSH Single hinge perforated door for Net-SERV
700mm wide,
42 RU Cabinet.
1
L.34 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Top of Cabinet Air Sealing Accessories
Cool Boot
and Net-SERV
Cabinets, innovative air sealing accessories prevent cooling air from escaping
through cable inlets improving thermal efficiency of the cabinets. Air sealing accessories snap into the cabinet top knock-outs
for fast configuration.
*For other colors replace suffix X3 (Orange) with X4 (Yellow) or X20 (Black).
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Cool Boot
Tie closes
top of fabric, minimizing hot air bypass around cables to improve cooling
of network equipment and reduce energy costs. For use with both
Net-SERV
and Net-Access
and Net-Access
and
Net-Access
Cabinets.
1
Slit Corrugated Loom Tubing
CLT150F-X3* Provides a vertical pathway as cables transfer from the FiberRunner
Net-Access
and Net-SERV
PIM
Software, which
aggregates power information through a single web
based GUI interface
Integrated power monitoring and management with on unit
display provides true RMS input current load (in amps) for
each power circuit or phase to properly load balance and
maximize power circuits
Provides user-defined alarm/messaging capabilities for
specific events that exceeded thresholds
Mounting buttons allow tool-less installation of
power strips
*For NEMA L5-20P twist lock plug, replace C with D, i.e. QZ1A1D0BA24E1.
For NEMA L6-20P twist lock plug, replace E with F, i.e. QZ1B1F0BA30P1.
QZ1B1P3BN30P1
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Horizontal 20 Amp, 120V Networked Aggregate Monitoring
PZ1A1C0BA20E1 2 RU horizontal power strip 20 A, 120V, 20 NEMA 5-20R
receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, and
10' power cord with NEMA 5-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 3.4"H x 1.7"W x 6.0"D (86mm x 43mm x 152mm)
1
PZ1A1D0BA20E1 2 RU Horizontal power strip 20 A, 120V, 20 NEMA 5-20R
receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, and
10' power cord, NEMA L5-20P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 3.4"H x 1.7"W x 6.0"D (86mm x 43mm x 152mm)
1
Vertical 20 AMP, 120V Networked Aggregate Monitoring
QZ1A1C0BA24E1* Vertical power strip 20 A, 120V, 24 NEMA 5-20R receptacles,
RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, and 10' power
cord with NEMA 5-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
1
QZ1A1C0BA30P1* Vertical power strip 20 A, 120V, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19
receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, and
10' power cord with NEMA 5-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
1
Vertical 20 AMP, 208V Networked Aggregate Monitoring
QZ1B1E0BA30P1 Vertical power strip 20 A, 208V, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19
receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, and
10' power cord with NEMA 6-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
1
QZ1B1E0BA24H1 Vertical power strip 20 A, 208V, 24 NEMA 6-20R receptacles,
RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, and 10' power
cord with NEMA 6-20P plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
1
Vertical 20 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 120V Networked Circuit (X, Y, Z) Monitoring
QZ1A1J0BA30P1 Vertical power strip 20 A, 120V WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19
receptacles RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor and,
10' power cord with NEMA L21-20P twist lock plug.
UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
1
Vertical 20 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 208V Networked Circuit (XY, YZ, ZX) Monitoring
QZ1B1J0BA30P1 Vertical power strip 20 A, 208V WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19
receptacles RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, and
10' power cord with NEMA L21-20P twist lock plug.
UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
1
Vertical 20 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 230/400V Networked Circuit Phase (X,Y, Z)
Monitoring
QZ1D1K0BA30P1 Vertical power strip 20 A, 230/400V, WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 6
IEC C-19 receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current
monitor, and 10' power cord with NEMA L22-20P twist lock plug.
UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
1
L.47 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Networked Power Outlet Units (continued)
Table continues on page L.48
For Delta, replace P with N, i.e. QZ1B1N3BN30P1.
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Vertical 30 AMP, 120V Networked Aggregate/Breaker Monitoring
QZ1A1M2BM24E1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120V, 24 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, RJ-45
Ethernet port with red LED current monitor two, 20 A single pole
magnetic breaker on-off switch with integral switch guard, and 10'
power cord with NEMA L5-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
1
Vertical 30 AMP, 208V Networked Aggregate/Breaker Monitoring
QZ1B1L2BN24H1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 208V, 24 NEMA 6-20R receptacles, RJ-45
Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, two 20 A double pole
magnetic breaker on-off switch with integral switch guard, and 10'
power cord with NEMA L6-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
1
Half Height Vertical 30 AMP, 208V Networked Aggregate/Breaker Monitoring
QZ1B1L2BN1441 Vertical power strip 30 A, 208V, 12 IEC C-13 and 2 IEC C-19
receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, two
20 A double pole magnetic breaker on-off switch with integral switch
guard, and 10 power cord with NEMA L6-30P twist lock plug.
UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 33.0"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
(87.4mm) to overall depth (838mm x 51mm x 51mm)
1
Vertical 30 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 120V Networked Phase/Breaker (X,Y, Z) Monitoring
QZ1A1P3BN30P1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120V, WYE 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19
receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, three
20 A double pole magnetic breaker on-off switch with integral switch
guard and 10' power cord with NEMA L21-30P twist lock plug.
UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
1
Vertical 30 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 120/208V Networked Circuit/Breaker
(XY,YZ,ZX) Monitoring
QZ1C1P3BN33X1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120/208V WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 3 IEC
C-19 and 6 NEMA 5-20R, receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red
LED current monitor, three 20 A double pole magnetic breaker on-off
switch with integral switch guard and 10' power cord with NEMA
L21-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
1
QZ1C1P3BN24Y1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120/208V WYE, 12 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC
C-19 and 6 NEMA 5-20R, receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red
LED current monitor, three 20 A double pole magnetic breaker on-off
switch with integral switch guard and 10' power cord with NEMA
L21-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 70"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1777mm x 51mm x 51mm)
1
Vertical 30 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 120/208V Networked Circuit/Breaker (XY, YZ, ZX) and
Outlet Monitoring
QQ1C1P3BN24Y1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120/208V WYE, 12 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC
C-19 and 6 NEMA 5-20R, receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red
LED current monitor, three 20 A double pole magnetic breaker on-off
switch with integral switch guard and 10' power cord with NEMA
L21-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 70"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1777mm x 51mm x 51mm)
1
QZ1B1P3BN30P1
L.48 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Networked Power Outlet Units (continued)
Half Height Vertical 30 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 120/208V Networked Circuit/Breaker
(XY, YZ, ZX) Monitoring
QZ1C1P3BN1851 Vertical power strip 30 A, 120/208V WYE, 9 IEC C-13 and
3 IEC C-19 and 6 NEMA 5-20R receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port
with red LED current monitor, three 20 A double pole magnetic
breaker/on-off switch with integral switch guard, and 10' power cord
with NEMA L21-30P twist lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 33.0"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
(87.4mm) to overall depth (838mm x 51mm x 51mm)
1
Vertical 30 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 208V Networked Circuit/Breaker
(XY, YZ, ZX) Monitoring
QZ1B1P3BN30P1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 208V, WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19
receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, three
20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch
guard and 10' power cord with NEMA L21-30P twist lock plug.
UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
1
Vertical 30 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 230/400V Networked Phase/Breaker
(X, Y, Z) Monitoring
QZ1D1Q3BN30P1 Vertical power strip 30 A, 230/400V WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and
6 IEC C-19 receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current
monitor three 20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with
integral switch guard, and 10' power cord with NEMA L22-30P twist
lock plug. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
1
Vertical 60 AMP, 208V Networked Breaker Monitoring
QZ1B2C3BN30P1 Vertical power strip 60 A, 208V, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19
receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, three
20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch
guard, and 10' power cord with IEC 60309 2P+E pin in sleeve
water tight connector. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
1
Horizontal 60 AMP, 3 Phase Delta 208V Networked Breaker Monitoring
PZ1B2G6BN12N1 Horizontal power strip 60 A, 208V, Delta, 12 IEC C-19 receptacles,
RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, six 20 A double
pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch guard and
10' power cord with IEC 60309 3P+E pin in sleeve connector.
UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 3.4"H x 17.0"W x 9.0"D (86mm x 431mm x 229mm)
1
Vertical 60 AMP, 3 Phase Delta 208V Networked Breaker Monitoring
QZ1B2G6BN24Z1 Vertical power strip 60 A, 208V, Delta, 12 IEC C-13 and 12 IEC C-19
receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, six
20 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch
guard and 10' power cord with IEC 60309 3P+E pin in sleeve
connector. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.3"W x 3.5"D (1683mm x 58mm x 89mm)
1
Vertical 80 AMP, 3 Phase Delta 208V Phase (X,Y, Z) and Outlet Monitoring
QQ1B6A4AP12N1 Vertical power strip 80 A, 208V, Delta, 12 IEC C-19 receptacles,
RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, four 20 A triple
pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch guard, and
hardwired wiring access panel conduit connection.
UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 3.5"W x 3.5"D (1683mm x 89mm x 89mm)
1
For Delta, replace P with N, i.e. QZ1B1N3BN30P1.
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
QZ1C1P3BN1851
QZ1B2G6BN24Z1
L.49 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Networked Power Outlet Units (continued)
60 AMP Networked Monitoring for Nexus
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Vertical 60 AMP, 3 Phase Delta 208 Networked Breaker Monitoring for
Nexus 7.5kW Power Supplies
QZ1B2G6BN06L1 Vertical power strip with a 60 A, 208V, Delta, 6 NEMA L6-30R
receptacles RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, six 30
A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch
guard, and 10' power cord with IEC 60309 3P+E pin in sleeve
connector. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.25"W x 3.4"D (1683mm x 57mm x 87mm)
1
PZ1B2G3BN03L1 Horizontal power strip with a 60 A, 208V, Delta, 3 NEMA L6-30R
receptacles RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, three
30 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch
guard, and 10' power cord with IEC 60309 3P+E pin in sleeve
connector. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 3.4"H x 17.0"W x 9.0"D (86mm x 431mm x 229mm)
1
QZ1B2G3BN03L1 Vertical power strip with a 60 A, 208V, Delta, 3 NEMA L6-30R
receptacles RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, three
30 A double pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch
guard, and 10' power cord with IEC 60309 3P+E pin in sleeve
connector. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 30.0"H x 2.25"W x 3.44"D (762mm x 57mm x 87mm)
1
QZ1B2G5BN2271 Vertical power strip with a 60 A, 208V, Delta, 16 IEC C-13, 4 IEC
C-19 and 2 NEMA L6-30R receptacles RJ-45 Ethernet port with red
LED current monitor, one 30 A and four 20 A double pole magnetic
breaker/on-off switch with integral switch guard, and 10' power cord
with IEC 60309 3P+E pin in sleeve connector. UL and c-UL Listed.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.25"W x 3.4"D (1683mm x 57mm x 87mm)
1
Vertical 16 AMP, 230V Networked Aggregate Monitoring
QZ1D2A0BA30P1 Vertical power strip 16 A, 230V, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19
receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor with
a IEC 60309 2P+ E pin in sleeve connector. Complies with IEC
60950-1, EN 55022, EN 55024 and CE Marked.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
1
Vertical 16 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 230/400V Networked Circuit Phase
(X, Y, Z) Monitoring
QZ1D2Q0BA30P1 Vertical power strip 16 A, 230/400V, WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC
C-19 receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current
monitor and 10' power cord with IEC 60309 3P+N+ E pin in sleeve
connector. Complies with IEC 60950-1, EN 55022, EN 55024
and CE Marked.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
1
Vertical 32 AMP, 230V Networked Aggregate/Breaker Monitoring
QZ1D2B2BM30P1 Vertical power strip 32 A, 230V, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC C-19
receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor, two
16 A single pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral switch
guard with a IEC 60309 2P+E pin in sleeve connector. Complies
with IEC 60950-1, EN 55022, EN 55024 and CE Marked.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
1
Vertical 32 AMP, 3 Phase WYE 230/400V Networked Circuit Phase
(X, Y, Z) Monitoring
QZ1D2P3BN30P1 Vertical power strip 32 A, 230/400V, WYE, 24 IEC C-13 and 6 IEC
C-19 receptacles, RJ-45 Ethernet port with red LED current monitor,
three 16 A single pole magnetic breaker/on-off switch with integral
switch guard and 10' power cord with IEC 60309 3P+ N+E, pin in
sleeve connector. Complies with IEC 60950-1, EN 55022, EN 55024
and CE Marked.
Dimensions: 66.3"H x 2.0"W x 2.0"D Breaker Doghouse add 1.44"
(87.4mm) to overall depth (1683mm x 51mm x 51mm)
1
QZ1B2G6BN06L1
PZ1B2G3BN03L1
QZ1B2G5BN2271
L.50 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Networked and Environmental Power Outlet Units
Remote access to power consumption data via a
web-based GUI provides global network access to
real-time power information
Environmental monitoring measures
in-cabinet temperature
Integrates with Panduit
PIM
PIM
High Capacity
Vertical Managers Available
in 6", 8", 10", 12" widths to
fit 7' racks
(page L.65 L.68)
Supports deep networking equipment; the rack combines the stability of a cabinet with the accessibility of an
open rack to provide maximum flexibility
1
2
3
4
5
R4PWF Top Trough with
waterfall creates pathway
above rack 26.1"W x 8.5"D
(page L.61)
6
6
1
4
5
3
2
R4P 4 Post Rack
84"H x 23.3"W x 30.0"D (45RU)
R4P23 4 Post Rack
84"H x 23.3"W x 23.0"D
45 RU (not shown)
R4P36 4 Post Rack
84"H x 23.3"W x 36.0"D
45 RU (not shown)
R4P42 4 Post Rack
84"H x 23.3"W x 41.5"D
45 RU (not shown)
(page L.60)
RSHLF 4 Post Rack Shelf
19"H x 30"W
RSHLF23 4 Post Rack Shelf
19"H x 23"W
RSHLF36 4 Post Rack Shelf
19"H x 36"W
(page L.61)
4 Post Racks available in cage nut versions.
L.60 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
4 Post Cable Management Rack System and Accessories
Independent adjustable front and rear mounting rails can
be adjusted while the rack is secured to the floor
Printed rack space identification on all equipment rails
allows for quick location of rack spaces, speeding
installation of rack mount items (shipped numbers up per
TIA606 specifications; can be set to number down by
flipping the rails)
Rack is UL listed for 2,500 lbs. load rating
Rear rail construction provides a clear ventilation path for
side ventilated switches
Multiple mounting holes in top flanges for securing
ladder rack
Weld nut construction eliminates the need for a second
wrench increasing speed and ease of assembly
Multiple mounting locations for vertical power strips on
any of the four posts or on the adjustable mounting rails
PatchRunner
and NetRunner
Cabinet posts or
4 post racks.
1
CNSPE Net-Access
and
High Capacity PatchRunner
products only
R2P6S R2P
R2PAE1 R2PAE2
RFAKIT
R2PPDUB
R2PPEVWF
R2PPRVWF
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.45mm).
All product color is black.
^^Cisco is a registered trademark of Cisco Technology, Inc.
For 42 RU add suffix 79 to the end of part number.
Part Number Part Description
No. of
Rack
Spaces^
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
6" Channel Rack Numbered Up
R2P6S 19" EIA rack, 6" channel, steel.
Dimensions: 84.0"H x 20.3"W x 6"D
(2134mm x 514mm x 152mm). Note: This rack is
compatible with PatchRunner
65
83.4
102
357
501
644
789
228
320
412
505
357
501
644
789
3 rows of 2 RU
3 rows of 3 RU
3 rows of 4 RU
3 rows of 6 RU
(6 with limited depth)
64.8
83.4
121
147
531
733
936
1137
340
469
599
728
6
9
12
12/18
531
733
936
1147
Part Number
Channel
Area
(in.
2
)
Cat. 6A(SD)
(0.240"
dia.)
Cat. 6A(SD)
(0.240"
dia.)
Cat. 6A
(0.300"
dia.)
Cat. 6
(0.240"
dia.)
605
834
1065
1294
Cat. 5e
(0.225"
dia.)
Cat. 6A
(0.300"
dia.)
Cat. 6
(0.240"
dia.)
406
570
733
897
Cat. 5e
(0.225"
dia.)
Area
(in.
2
)
60% Capacity Channel 40% Capacity Channel
Total
RU Capacity
1
L.66 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PatchRunner
High Capacity
Vertical Cable Managers
Available in 6", 8", 10", and
12" widths (page L.65 L.68)
3
PatchRunner
High Capacity
Dual Hinged Metal Doors
Available in 6", 8", 10", and 12"
widths (page L.67)
4
R4PWF Rack Top Trough with
Waterfall creates pathway above rack
(page L.61)
5
NCMH2 NetManager
Horizontal
Cable Manager
(page L.79)
6
NM2 NetManager
High Capacity
Horizontal Cable Manager
(page L.78)
7
PEHF3 PatchRunner
High Capacity
Horizontal Cable Manager
(page L.80)
8
RFG6X8 Cool Boot
VERTICAL MANAGERS
2b PRV8 8" wide (page L.71)
2c PRV12 12" wide (page L.71)
3a
PRD8 Dual Hinge, 8" wide
(page L.71)
HINGED DOORS
3b
PED12 Dual Hinge, 12" wide
(page L.72)
3c
PEDK12 Bracket Kit
(page L.72)
4
PRSHD6 Single Hinge,
6" wide (shown) (page L.72)
5a
CPPLA48WBLY 2 RU, 48-Port
(page B.69)
ANGLED MODULAR PATCH PANELS
5b
CPPA48HDWBLY 1 RU, High
Density 48-Port (page B.68)
6
NM4 Cable Pathway, 4 RU
(page L.78)
7
CMT4 Trough, 4 RU
(page L.82)
8
PREP End Panel
(page L.72)
9
R2PPRVWF Rack Top
Trough (page L.63)
PatchRunner
Doors
PRD6* Dual hinged metal door.
Dimensions: 82.8"H x 6.1"W x 1.6"D
(2104mm x 206mm x 40mm)
45 1
PRD8* Dual hinged metal door.
Dimensions: 82.8"H x 8.1"W x 1.6"D
(2104mm x 206mm x 40mm)
45 1
PRD10* Dual hinged metal door.
Dimensions: 82.8"H x 10.1"W x 1.6"D
(2104mm x 257mm x 40mm)
45 1
PRD12* Dual hinged metal door.
Dimensions: 82.8"H x 12.1"W x 1.6"D
(2104mm x 308mm x 40mm)
45 1
L.72 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PatchRunner
Vertical Manager.
1 10
PEDK8 Bracket kit to allow a PED8 door to be attached to a PRV8
PatchRunner
Vertical Manager.
1 10
PEDK10 Bracket kit to allow a PED10 door to be attached to a PRV10
PatchRunner
Vertical Manager.
1 10
PEDK12 Bracket kit to allow a PED12 door to be attached to a PRV12
PatchRunner
Vertical Manager.
1 10
Accessories
PRSP7 Molded plastic slack spool, front only.
Dimensions: 7.0"D x 1.3" dia.
(178mm x 32mm)
1 10
PRSP5 Molded plastic slack spool, front or rear.
Dimensions: 5.25"D x 1.3" dia. (133mm x 32mm)
1 10
PREP* End panel
Dimensions: 82.5"H x 14.5"W x .7"D
(2095mm x 367mm x 18mm)
1
WR5E-X Snap-on finger cable retainers. 10 100
L.73 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
NetRunner
Raised
Floor Air Sealing Grommet
(page L.90 and L.91)
10
R2PPDUB Power Outlet Unit (POU)
Bracket for 2 and 4 post racks
(page L.63)
11
8
9
NM2 2 RU NetManager
High
Capacity Horizontal Cable Manager
(page L.78)
8
9
NCMH2 Net-Manager
Horizontal
Cable Manager (page L.79)
3
2
10
11
3
L.74 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
NetRunner
NRV10 (front/rear) 42.8 331 212 331 377 52.4 406 260 406 461 52.4 406 260 406
461
NRVF10 (front/only) 42.8 331 212 331 377 52.4 406 260 406 461
NRV12 (front/rear) 54.6 422 270 422 481 64.2 497 318 497 565 64.2 497 318 497
565
NRVF12 (front only) 54.6 422 270 422 481 64.2 497 318 497 565
L.75 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
NetRunner
Managers.
Four brackets per kit.
1 10
NREP End panel for use with NRV series,
WMPVHCF45E/WMPVHC45E. Includes two panel
sections to cover 45 RU on one side.
1
WMPV45EP End panel for use with WMPV45E. Includes two panel
sections to cover 45 RU on one side.
1
WMPV45ERTW Rack top trough with waterfall creates pathway above
rack, for use with CMR19X84 and
WMPV45E/WMPVHC45E and NRV series.
1
WR5E-X Snap-on finger cable retainers. 10 100
Cable Capacity Chart
Part Number
Cat6A-SD
(.240")
Cat 6A
(.300")
Cat6
(.240")
Cat5e
(.225")
Front Rear Front Rear Front Rear Front Rear
WMPV22E 143 143 91 143 143 143 162 162
WMPVF22E 143 91 143 162
WMPV45E 143 143 91 143 143 143 162 162
WMPVF45E 143 91 143 162
WMPVHC45E 266 266 170 266 266 266 303 303
WMPVHCF45E 266 170 266 303
Q.
Index
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
O.
Labeling &
Identification
N.
Industrial
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
K.
Surface
Raceway
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
H.
Media
Distribution
G.
Outlets
F.
Wireless
E.
Zone
Cabling
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
B.
Copper
Systems
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Prime items appear in BOLD. Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. L.76
Horizontal Cable Management Rack Systems
PatchLink
PatchLink
, NetManager
, and Open-Access
and NetManager
High
Capacity WMPVHCF45E and WMPVHC45E
Vertical Managers
NM2
NMF2
NMF3
NMF4
NM1B
NM2B
NM3B
NM4B
^One rack space = 1.75" (44.5mm).
All product color is black.
Part Number Part Description
No. of
Rack
Spaces^
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
19" High Capacity Manager, Front and Rear
NM1 Horizontal Cable Manager High Capacity Front and Rear 1
Rack Unit. 1.7"H x 19.0"W x 13.1"D (44mm x 482mm x
332mm).
1
NM2 Horizontal Cable Manager High Capacity Front and Rear 2
Rack Units. 3.5"H x 19.0"W x 13.1"D (88mm x 482mm x
332mm).
1
NM3 Horizontal Cable Manager High Capacity Front and Rear 3
Rack Units. 5.2"H x 19.0"W x 13.1"D (133mm x 482mm x
332mm).
1
NM4 Horizontal Cable Manager High Capacity Front and Rear 4
Rack Units. 7.0"H x 19.0"W x 13.1"D (177mm x 482mm x
332mm).
1
19" High Capacity Manager, Front Only
NMF1 Horizontal Cable Manager High Capacity Front Only 1 Rack
Unit. 1.7"H x 19.0"W x 6.2"D (44mm x 482mm x 157mm).
1 1
NMF2 Horizontal Cable Manager High Capacity Front Only 2 Rack
Units. 3.5"H x 19.0"W x 6.2"D (88mm x 482mm x 157mm).
2 1
NMF3 Horizontal Cable Manager High Capacity Front Only 3 Rack
Units. 5.2"H x 19.0"W x 6.2"D (133mm x 482mm x 157mm).
3 1
NMF4 Horizontal Cable Manager High Capacity Front Only 4 Rack
Units. 7.0"H x 19.0"W x 6.2"D (177mm x 482mm x 157mm).
4 1
Accessories
NM1B Front to rear pass through blanking panel for NetManager
High
Capacity Horizontal
Cable Manager with
hinged cover, front
only, 2 RU.
Dimensions: 3.5"H x
18.9"W x 9.8"D*
(89mm x 480mm x
250mm*)
*Depth can telescope
from rack mounting
face 4.4" (112mm) to
7.6" (193mm).
2 143 92 143 163 592 1
PEHF3 PatchRunner
High
Capacity Horizontal
Cable Manager with
hinged cover, front
only, 3 RU.
Dimensions: 5.2"H x
18.9"W x 9.8"D*
(133mm x 480mm x
250mm*)
*Depth can telescope
from rack mounting
face 4.4" (112mm) to
7.6" (193mm).
3 259 166 259 295 1072 1
PEHF4 PatchRunner
High
Capacity Horizontal
Cable Manager with
hinged cover, front
only, 4 RU.
Dimensions: 7.0"H x
18.9"W x 9.8"D*
(177mm x 480mm x
250mm*)
*Depth can telescope
from rack mounting
face 4.4" (112mm) to
7.6" (193mm).
4 375 240 375 427 1551 1
L.81 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Open-Access
Standoffs
Standard EIA hole spacing allows product to be mounted
with user supplied screws up to 1/4" (M6) diameter
Organize cables in standard cabinets and racks
Use where space is limited
For indoor use only
Material: Natural Nylon 6.6
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Flat Pan-Post
Hook &
Loop Cable Ties. Dimensions 5.60"L x 1.62"H x .19"W
(142.2mm x 41.3mm x 4.8mm).
5 100
PPF2SV-S25-V69 Flame retardant nylon 6.6 flat Pan-Post
Cable Ties
24 nylon cable ties
12 adhesive backed cable tie mounts
6 push style cable tie mounts
4 vertical wire saddles
8 flat Pan-Post
Cable Ties
12 nylon cable ties
6 adhesive backed cable tie mounts
6 adhesive backed mounts for .75" (19.1mm) Tak-Ty
Cable Ties
6 screw mounts for .75" (19.1mm) Tak-Ty
Cable Ties
4 vertical wire saddles
6 flat Pan-Post
Cable Ties
1 100
L.88 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Bundle Retainers
Support cable in vertical or horizontal configurations
Spring fingers with large lead-in facilitates insertion of
cable bundles
Adhesive backed and screw applied versions available
Material: Black Nylon 6.6
BR2-1.3-A
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
BR2-1.3 Standard EIA hole spacing for mounting. Maximum bundle capacity:
2.00" (50.8mm).
1 10
BR2-1.3-A Adhesive base and standard EIA hole spacing provides mounting
options. Maximum bundle capacity: 2.00" (50.8mm).
1 10
Pan-Post
Standoffs
Support cable bundles above or away from surface
For indoor use only
Material: Natural Nylon 6.6
Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard.
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
PP1S-S10-X Pan-Post
and PatchRunner
Net-Access
Cabinets to
create a complete cable management system.
*Integral products include a flexible sub-grommet to prevent damage to cable from sharp edges of cut floor tile.
Part Number Part Description
Cable Capacity Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Cat. 6A
(0.300")
Cat. 6
(0.240")
Cat. 5e
(0.225")
Surface Mount
RFG6X8SMY Overall size of 6" x 8" (152.4mm x
203.2mm) allows for 4.2" x 6.2"
(106.7mm x 157.5mm) capacity.
183 287 326 1 10
RFG8X8SMY Overall size of 8" x 8" (203.2mm x
203.2mm) allows for 6.2" x 6.2"
(157.5mm x 157.5mm) capacity.
271 424 482 1 10
RFG10X8SMY Overall size of 10" x 8" (254.0mm x
203.2mm) allows for 8.2" x 6.2"
(208.3mm x 157.5mm) capacity.
359 561 638 1 10
RFG12X4SMY Overall size of 12" x 4" (304.8mm x
101.6mm) allows for 10.2" x 2.2"
(259.1mm x 55.9mm) capacity.
158 247 281 1 10
RFG12X8SMY Overall size of 12" x 8" (304.8mm x
203.2mm) allows for 10.2" x 6.2"
(259.1mm x 157.5mm) capacity.
447 698 794 1 10
RFG3DSMY Overall size of 4.8" (121.9mm)
diameter allows for 2.7" (68.6mm)
diameter capacity.
40 62 71 1 10
RFG5DSMY Overall size of 6.8" (172.7mm)
diameter allows for 4.7" (119.4mm)
diameter capacity.
122 191 217 1 10
Integral Mount*
RFG6X8Y Overall size of 6" x 8" (152.4mm x
203.2mm) allows for 4.2" x 6.2"
(106.7mm x 157.5mm) capacity.
183 287 326 1 10
RFG8X8Y Overall size of 8" x 8" (203.2mm x
203.2mm) allows for 6.2" x 6.2"
(157.5mm x 157.5mm) capacity.
271 424 482 1 10
RFG10X8Y Overall size of 10" x 8" (254.0mm x
203.2mm) allows for 8.2" x 6.2"
(208.3mm x 157.5mm) capacity.
359 561 638 1 10
RFG12X4Y Overall size of 12" x 4" (304.8mm x
101.6mm) allows for 10.2" x 2.2"
(259.1mm x 55.9mm) capacity.
158 247 281 1 10
RFG12X8Y Overall size of 12" x 8" (304.8mm x
203.3mm) allows for 10.2" x 6.2"
(259.1mm x 157.5mm) capacity.
447 698 794 1 10
RFG3DY Overall size of 4.8" (121.9mm)
diameter allows for 2.7" (68.6mm)
diameter capacity.
40 62 71 1 10
RFG5DY Overall size of 6.8" (172.7mm)
diameter allows for 4.7" (119.4mm)
diameter capacity.
122 191 217 1 10
L.91 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Cool Boot
capacity
one level. Capacity: three levels maximum. For
use with all single-level mounting brackets
listed below.
Zinc Plated
Steel
10 50
Ceiling Mount Brackets
JMCMB25-1-X Single-level ceiling mount bracket with one 1/4"
(M6) mounting hole.
Galvanized
Steel
10 50
JMCMB25-3-X** Three-level ceiling mount bracket with one 1/4"
(M6) mounting hole. Maximum capacity of six
J Hooks.
Galvanized
Steel
10 50
Drop Wire Brackets
JMDWB-1-X Single-level drop wire bracket. Attaches to #12
wire or 3/8" (9.5mm) threaded rod. Maximum
capacity of one J Hook per level.
Galvanized
Steel with Metal
Attachments
10 50
JMDWB-3-X** Three-level drop wire bracket. Attaches to #12
wire or 3/8" (9.5mm) threaded rod. Maximum
capacity of one J Hook for each of three levels.
Maximum static load of 40 pounds.
Galvanized
Steel with Metal
Attachments
10 50
Threaded Rod Brackets
JMTRB38-1-X Single-level threaded rod bracket. Accepts 1/4"
3/8" (6.4mm 9.5mm) threaded rod.
Galvanized
Steel with Metal
Attachments
10 50
JMTRB38-3-X** Three-level threaded rod bracket. Accepts 1/4"
3/8" (6.4mm 9.5mm) threaded rod.
Maximum capacity of six J Hooks.
Galvanized
Steel with Metal
Attachments
10 50
Screw-On Beam Clamp Brackets
JMSBCB87-1-X Single-level screw-on beam clamp bracket for
use with flanges up to 3/4" (19.1mm) thick.
Galvanized
Steel with Metal
Attachments
10 50
JMSBCB87-3-X** Three-level screw-on beam clamp bracket for
use with flanges up to 3/4" (19.1mm) thick.
Maximum capacity of six J Hooks.
Galvanized
Steel with Metal
Attachments
10 50
Maximum Cable Capacity
Cat 6A
(0.300")
Cat 6
(0.240")
Cat 5e
(0.225")
JMJH2W
or
JMJH2
30 46 55
L.98 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Conduit Waterfall
Helps prevent pinch points and over bending that could
cause damage to cable
Suitable for use in air handling spaces per UL 2043
UL listed per UL 1565
Able to manage and support a large capacity of cables
Easy and fast to install reducing labor cost
Unique patented design allows for use in both new and
retrofit applications
Allows user to install 3/4" (19.1mm) Tak-Ty
Cable Ties to
provide a method to retain and manage the cable bundle
Material: Black Glass-Filled Nylon 6.6 which meets UL
94V-0 specifications
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
CWF400 Provides bend radius control for cables entering/exiting
4" (101.6mm) EMT conduit. Secure to conduit without tools
utilizing integral thumb screw and captive nut.
1 10
Waterfall Accessories
Patented bend radius control product for standard
ladder rack
Product available as a kit (includes base, two wings, and
cable ties) or purchased separately
Easy to install waterfall kit maintains bend radius control in
both vertical and horizontal directions to provide a
standards-compliant installation
Base attaches to either the rung or stringer on most
standard ladder racks for a variety of
installations/configurations
Modular components allow user to custom configure each
location where cable management is required
Material: Black Glass-Filled Nylon 6.6 which meets UL
94V-0 specifications
*Available in natural (white). Add 10 to part number suffix. For example: CMW-KIT10.
CMW-KIT
CMWB
CMWW
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
CMW-KIT* Cable management waterfall kit. Provides bend radius control when
transferring cables from standard ladder rack. Kit includes CMWB, two
CMWW, and cable ties.
1 10
CMWB* Cable management waterfall base. Used to maintain 1.75" (44.5mm)
bend radius control vertically when transferring cable off of ladder rack.
Mounts to ladder rack rung or stringer with standard cross section cable
ties (included).
1 10
CMWW* Cable management waterfall wing. Used in conjunction with CMWB to
maintain 1.00" (25.4mm) bend radius control horizontally when
transferring cable off ladder rack.
1 10
L.99 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Double Waterfall Accessory
Double waterfall base attaches to the rung on most
standard ladder racks to allow bend radius control for
cables coming from either direction
Easy to install double waterfall base maintains bend
radius control in a vertical direction to provide a
standards-compliant installation
Material: Black Glass-Filled Nylon 6.6 which meets
UL 94V-0 specifications
Threaded Rod Cover
Protects cable from abrasion caused by contact with
threaded rod
Available in 18" (457mm) lengths
Accepts 1/2" to 5/8" (12.7mm to 15.9mm) threaded rod
For indoor use only
Material: Flame Retardant Polyethylene which meets
UL 94V-0 specifications
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
CMW2B Cable management double waterfall base. Used to maintain
1.75" (101.6mm) bend radius control vertically when transferring
cable off either side of ladder rack rung. Mounts to ladder rack rung
with standard cross section cable ties (included).
1 10
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
TRC18FR-X8Y Used to protect cabling from threaded rod. Vertical slit allows easy
installation. Gray.
10 100
TRC18FR-X20Y Used to protect cabling from threaded rod. Vertical slit allows easy
installation. Black.
10 100
Stackable Cable Rack Spacers
Patented accessories for standard ladder racks
Separate and support cable and prevent pinch points
between the bottom row of cable and the rung as a result
of the weight of multiple cable layers applied on top of
each other
Mount to ladder rack with standard cross section
cable ties
Maximize rack space by stacking products for maximum
cable capacity
Provide an alternative to lacing cord by allowing user to
secure cable to spacer to prevent movement of cable
CRS4-125-X
CRS6-X
CRS1-X
CRS1-125-X
Part Number Part Description
Width
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty. In. mm
CRS4-125-X Four space stackable cable rack spacer. Manufactured
from black glass-filled flame retardant nylon 6.6. Accepts
cable up to 1.25" (31.8mm) diameter.
5.24 133.1 10 100
CRS1-125-X One space stackable cable rack spacer. Manufactured
from black glass-filled flame retardant nylon 6.6. Use
with CRS4 to fill width of ladder rack. Accepts cable up
to 1.25" (31.8mm) diameter.
1.55 39.4 10 100
CRS6-X Six space stackable cable rack spacer. Manufactured
from black polycarbonate ABS blend. Accepts cable up
to .80" (20.3mm) diameter.
5.25 133.4 10 100
CRS1-X One space stackable cable rack spacer. Manufactured
from black polycarbonate ABS blend. Use with CRS6
to fill width of ladder rack. Accepts cable up to
.80" (20.3mm) diameter.
1.13 28.58 10 100
Part Number
Maximum Cable Capacity
Cat.6A
(0.300")
Cat.6
(0.240")
Cat.5e
(0.225")
CRS4-125-X
CRS1-125-X
10 15 17
CRS6-X
CRS1-X
5 7 8
Q.
Index
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
O.
Labeling &
Identification
N.
Industrial
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
K.
Surface
Raceway
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
H.
Media
Distribution
G.
Outlets
F.
Wireless
E.
Zone
Cabling
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
B.
Copper
Systems
A.
System
Overview
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Prime items appear in BOLD. Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. L.100
M.1 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Panduit grounding and bonding solutions meet customer needs and todays critical application
requirements for grounding data centers and telecommunication spaces. Panduit
StructuredGround
Grounding System provides a high quality, visually verifiable, and dedicated grounding path to maintain
system performance and protect network equipment and personnel. Panduit grounding and bonding
components are designed for use on racks and cabinets which meet EIA-310.
Ensures highest network system performance
Prevents equipment damage
Maximizes uptime
Meets TIA-942, TIA-607-B, IEEE Std
1100 (IEEE Emerald Book), UL and CSA
Promotes personnel protection
Designed for flexibility and easy installation
StructuredGround
Grounding System is complemented by a range of installation tooling, design software, and services.
Panduit
StructuredGround
Grounding System gives you what you need to properly protect your investment.
1. Ott, Henry, Noise Reduction Techniques in Electronic Systems, 2nd edition, NY; Wiley-Interscience, 1988.
2. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, IEEE Std 1100 2005, IEEE Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic Equipment.
3. Quoted from Doug Dorr, Senior Project Manager, EPRI and William Bush, Industry Consultant for Power and Grounding and Surge Protection. Both serve
on the IEEE P1100 committee (Emerald Book) in leadership positions and also on the IEEE SPD committee, as well as other standards organizations.
4. Quoted from S. Frank Waterer, Staff Engineer at Schneider Electric with 30 years experience.
M.4
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Panduit
StructuredGround
Grounding System is a complete, highly reliable line of products to ground your building
and network equipment in compliance with BICSI TDM Manual,12th Edition and TIA-607-B,TIA-942, IEEE Std 1100
(IEEE Emerald Book), UL and CSA
Common Bonding Network (CBN) Roadmap
Telecommunications
Room
(see roadmap on
page M.6)
Data Center
(see roadmaps on
pages M.8 M.9)
Service Entrance
(see roadmap on
page M.5)
For more data center grounding information, see www.panduit.com/dcgrounding.
M.5 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Copper Compression,
Two-Hole, Long Barrel with
Window Lug: LCC-W
(pages M.36 M.38)
Copper Compression HTAP
and Clear Cover: HTWC
(pages M.41 thru M.42)
Service Entrance Grounding Roadmap
Bronze, U-Bolt Grounding
Clamp: GPL
(page M.44)
Bronze, Water Pipe
Grounding Clamp: KP
(page M.44)
AC Service Entrance
Earth Ground
Telecommunications Bonding
Backbone (TBB)**
Grounding Equalizer (GE)
Cable Entrance
AC Panel*
Water Meter
Complies with TIA-607-B and IEEE Std 1100 (IEEE Emerald Book)
Grounding Equalizer (GE) is required when two or more Telecommunications Bonding Backbones (TBB) are used within
a multi-story building; bond TBBs together with a GE at the top floor and at a minimum of every third floor in between
Telecommunications
Grounding and Bonding
Conductor Label Kit: LTYK
(page M.29)
Telecommunications Main
Grounding Busbar (TMGB)
and Busbar Label
(page M.29)
Conduit
*AC panel should be grounded per NEC standards. Enclosure should be grounded per manufacturers specifications.
**TIA-607-B specifies different size conductors based on the length of the Telecommunications Bonding Backbone (TBB).
4
5
1
2
3
3
3
3
4 4
6
7
7
1
2
3
5
6
Universal Beam Grounding
Clamp: GUBC500-6
(page M.31)
7
E Style Grounding
Connector: GCE
For the complete line of
StructuredGround
Direct Burial
Compression Grounding System,
visit www.panduit.com
8
8
M.6
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Telecommunications Room Grounding Roadmap
Building Steel
Grounding Equalizer (GE)
Conduit
AC Panel*
Back of Racks Shown
*AC panel should be grounded per NEC standards. Enclosure should be grounded per manufacturers specifications.
A typical overhead cabling system includes a multitude of metallic components which are connected together. It is the responsibility of the installer to insure all
of the metallic components are bonded, which means that they are connected together electrically in accordance with applicable specifications. The Panduit
Grounding and Bonding System does not insure required bonding of the overhead cabling system metallic components.
Telecommunications
Bonding Backbone
(TBB)
Complies with BICSI TDM Manual, 12th Edition and TIA-607-B, TIA-942, IEEE Std 1100 (IEEE Emerald Book),
UL and CSA
Bonding hardware is recommended to mount all panels, equipment, shelves, etc. to ensure electrical continuity between
metallic components and the grounded rack or cabinet
Can be used to ground equipment mounted in racks and cabinets which meet EIA-310; installer should bond all racks
and cabinet members to the grounding strip
Telecommunications
Grounding Busbar (TGB) and
Busbar Label (page M.29)
Copper Compression,
Two-Hole, Long Barrel
with Window Lug: LCC-W
(pages M.36 M.38)
Copper Compression HTAP
and Clear Cover: HTWC
(pages M.41 M.42)
2
2
6
4
3
1
1
3
2
1 5
Auxiliary Cable Bracket:
GACB
(page M.31)
6
Universal Beam Grounding
Clamp: GUBC500-6
(page M.31)
Telecommunication
Equipment Bonding
Conductor (TEBC) Kits:
(pages M.21 M.22)
7
4
5
Electrostatic Discharge
(ESD) Port Kit: RGESD
(page M.24)
Wyr-Grid
Overhead
Cable Tray Routing System
(page J.65 J.74)
8
7
8
M.7 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Access Floor Mesh Common Bonding Network (MCBN) Roadmap
Complies with BICSI TDM Manual, 12th Edition and TIA-607-B, TIA-942, IEEE Std 1100 (IEEE Emerald Book),
UL and CSA
MCBN for access floor deployment is recommended in a grid design on 4 foot intervals, allowing for bonding of every
other access floor pedestal; this design enables the bonding of at least one pedestal from each access floor tile directly
to the MCBN network
Bond all metallic elements to the MCBN, including rack/cabinet grounding jumpers, wire basket, water pipes and
air conditioning units
2
4
3
5
1
Copper Compression HTAP
and Clear Cover: HTWC
(pages M.41 M.42)
Bronze, U-Bolt Grounding
Clamp: GPL
(page M.44)
3
2
1
Split Bolt, Copper: SBC
(page M.45)
5
GridRunner
Underfloor
Cable Routing System
(pages J.75 J.79)
6
4
Access Floor Grounding
Clamp: GPQC
(page M.16)
Code Conductor, Thin Wall,
CTAP: CTAPF
(page M.43)
(Some pedestals
lightened for clarity)
6
M.8
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Data Center Rack and Cabinet Grounding Roadmap
Back of Racks Shown
*AC panel should be grounded per NEC standards. Enclosure should be grounded per manufacturers specifications.
A typical access floor includes a multitude of metallic components which are connected together. It is the responsibility of the manufacturer and installer of the
access floor to insure all the access floor metallic components are bonded which means that they are connected together electrically in accordance with
applicable specifications. The Panduit Grounding and Bonding System does not insure required bonding of the access floor metallic components.
Complies with BICSI TDM Manual, 12th Edition and TIA-607-B, TIA-942, IEEE Std 1100 (IEEE Emerald Book), UL, and CSA
Bonding hardware is recommended to mount all panels, equipment, shelves, etc. to ensure electrical continuity between
metallic components and the grounded rack or cabinet
Designed for use on racks and cabinets which meet EIA-310, see pages L.1 L.74 for the Panduit cabinets, racks, and
cable management offering
Telecommunications Grounding
Busbar (TGB) and Busbar Label
(page M.29)
Copper Compression,
Two-Hole, Long Barrel with
Window Lug: LCC-W
(pages M.36 M.38)
Copper Compression HTAP
and Clear Cover: HTWC
(pages M.41 M.42)
Access Floor Grounding
Clamp: GPQC
(page M.16)
AC
Panel*
Access Floor Pedestal
Mesh Common Bonding Network (MCBN)
Building
Steel
Conduit
Telecommunications
Bonding Backbone
(TBB)
Data Equipment Racks
3
3
5
3
2
4
4
Universal Beam Grounding
Clamp: GUBC500-6
(page M.31)
5
6
1
1
2
1
7
9
8
M.9 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Back of Cabinets Shown
A typical access floor includes a multitude of metallic components which are connected together. It is the responsibility of the manufacturer and installer of the
access floor to insure all the access floor metallic components are bonded which means that they are connected together electrically in accordance with
applicable specifications. The Panduit Grounding and Bonding System does not insure required bonding of the access floor metallic components.
Surge Suppressor Jumper
Kit: SSGK
(page M.20)
Telecommunications
Grounding and Bonding
Conductor Label Kit: LTYK
(page M.29)
Access Floor
Pedestal
Mesh Common
Bonding Network (MCBN)
Data Equipment Cabinets
(Sides/ doors
removed
for clarity)
7
7
6
Code Conductor, Thin Wall,
CTAP: CTAPF
(page M.43)
8
Common Bonding
Network (CBN)
Jumper Kit: RGCBNJ
(page M.16)
9
2
M.10
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Equipment Jumper
Kit: RGEJ (page M.19)
Bonds network equipment
to the grounding strip or
grounding busbar
Common Bonding Network
(CBN) Jumper Kit: RGCBNJ
(page M.16)
Connects grounding
busbar to MCBN in
access floor and overhead
grounding applications
Mesh Common Bonding Network (MCBN)
Electrostatic Discharge
(ESD) Port Kit: RGESD
(page M.24)
Bent 45 acts as a hook to
hold ESD wrist strap
Complies with the Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard for Data Centers as described in TIA-942 and TIA-607-B
Maximizes uptime, maintains system performance, and protects network equipment
Provides a dedicated, low resistance, and visually verifiable ground system
Flexible design for use on EIA-310 compliant cabinets
Typical cage nut application
Back of cabinet shown
(Sides/doors removed for clarity)
Kits for threaded and
thru-hole also available
Grounding Strip Kit: RGS
(page M.17)
Patented hardware provides
a bond between grounding
strip and cabinet, eliminating
the need to scrape paint
Electrostatic Discharge
(ESD) Wrist Strap Kits:
RGESDWS (page M.24)
Prevents damaging
electrostatic discharge to
equipment and personnel
Selection Guide StructuredGround
Cabinets
Bonding Cage Nut: CNBK
(page M.25)
Patented, bonds equipment
and patch panels to
cabinet rails
M.11 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Cabinet Grounding Selection in 2 Easy Steps:
1. What type of fasteners do your mounting rails require?
2. What is the maximum depth of the equipment being mounted?
Selection Guide StructuredGround
Cabinets
(continued)
^Grounding strip kits, grounding busbar kits, and front to back rail jumper kits are supplied with mounting hardware based upon rail type.
Net-Access
RGCBNJ660P22
GJS660U
RGTBSG-C
(#12-24)
R2P, R2P48, R2PS
Retrofit Installation
RGRB19U
GJS660U
RGRKCBNJY
NFR84
New Installation
(1 each)
RGESD-1Y and
RGESD2-1
RGESDWS RGRB19U RGCBNJ660P22
NFR84
Retrofit Installation
4 Post Racks
R4P, R4P96
New Installation
RGS134-1Y
RGESD2-1 RGESDWS
RGCBNJ660P22
GJS660U
RGTBSG-C
R4P, R4P96
Retrofit Installation
RGRB19U GJS660U
R4PCN, R4P96CN
New Installation
RGS134B-1
RGESD2B-1 RGESDWS
GJS660U
CNBK
R4PCN, R4P96CN
Retrofit Installation
RGRB19CN GJS660U
EIA-310
Compliant Racks
RGS134-1Y
RGESD2-1
RGESDWS
RGCBNJ660P22 GJS660U
RGTBSG-C
(#12-24) or
RGTBSM6G-C
(M6)
RGESD2A-1
RGTBS1032G-C
(#10-32) or
RGTBSM5G-C
(M5)
RGESD2-1
RGRB19U RGCBNJ660P22
GJS660U
RGTBSG-C
(#12-24) or
RGTBSM6G-C
(M6)
RGRKCBNJY
M.14 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Grounding Strip is made from high
conductivity wrought copper and tin-plated
to inhibit corrosion, providing the lowest
resistance path to ground
Copper Compression HTAP is UL Listed and
CSA Certified; used to make a highly reliable,
permanent bond between the mesh
common bonding network and common
bonding network (CBN) jumper kit
Bonding Studs include patented paint
piercing serrations to create a bond point
between the cabinet rail, strip, busbar and
lug; equipment can be installed at any time
without removal of stud
Reverse Bent Lugs are factory terminated
on front to back rail jumper kits to bond the
front and back cabinet rails; innovative
design maximizes space by utilizing only
one RU
Grounding Busbar is made from high
conductivity, low resistance wrought copper
and tin-plated to inhibit corrosion
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Port is
made from high conductivity, low resistance
copper and tin-plated to inhibit corrosion
plus it functions as an ESD wrist
strap hanger
Features and Benefits StructuredGround
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
All GB2B and
GB4B Parts
C200X100FJJ C200X100YPT C200X100FJC T100X000VPC-BK
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.25.
Part Number Bar Size
No. of Mounting Positions
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1/4"
Stud Hole
with 5/8"
Hole Spacing
3/8"
Stud Hole
with 1"
Hole Spacing
Telecommunications Grounding Busbars (TGB)
GB2B0304TPI-1 1/4" x 2" x 10" 4 3 1
GB2B0306TPI-1 1/4" x 2" x 12" 6 3 1
GB2B0312TPI-1 1/4" x 2" x 20" 12 3 1
GB2B0514TPI-1 1/4" x 2" x 24" 14 5 1
Telecommunications Main Grounding Busbars (TMGB)
GB4B0612TPI-1 1/4" x 4" x 12" 12 6 1
GB4B0624TPI-1 1/4" x 4" x 20" 24 6 1
GB4B1028TPI-1 1/4" x 4" x 24" 28 10 1
M.30 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
NEMA Hole Pattern Grounding Busbars
Provided with standard NEMA hole pattern spacing
Made of high conductivity copper and tin-plated to
inhibit corrosion
Come pre-assembled with brackets and insulators
attached for quick installation
Insulators provide 600 V of insulation
Provided with 1 inch hole D pattern spacing
Made of high conductivity copper and tin-plated to
inhibit corrosion
Come pre-assembled with brackets and insulators
attached for quick installation
Insulators provide 600 V of insulation
Grounding Busbar 1 Inch Hole Spacings
See pages M.36 M.38 for Lug information
Part Number Bar Size
No. of Mounting Positions
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1/2"
Stud Hole
with 1 3/4"
Hole Spacing
GB4N0007TPI-1 1/4" x 4" x 12" 7 1
GB4N0016TPI-1 1/4" x 4" x 24" 16 1
GB4N0024TPI-1 1/4" x 4" x 36" 24 1
GB4N0026TPI-1 1/4" x 4" x 48" 26 1
GB4N0034TPI-1 1/4" x 4" x 60" 34 1
Part Number Bar Size
No. of Mounting Positions
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
3/8"
Stud Hole
with 1"
Hole Spacing
GB2D0008TPI-1 1/4" x 2" x 12" 8 1
GB2D0021TPI-1 1/4" x 2" x 24" 21 1
GB2D0033TPI-1 1/4" x 2" x 36" 33 1
GB2D0044TPI-1 1/4" x 2" x 48" 44 1
GB2D0056TPI-1 1/4" x 2" x 60" 56 1
Busbar Type Busbar Pattern
BICSI B
GB2D...series D
NEMA N
M.31 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Auxiliary Cable Brackets and Jumpers
Bonds ladder rack, wire basket and Panduit
Wyr-Grid
LCC6-10ABW-L 4
#6 AWG
#10 0.63 0.75 0.46 1.07 2.52
CT-1700,
CT-930,
CT-2930/L,
CT-2930/LE
Blue
P24
1 1/8
B
50
LCC6-14JAW-L 4 1/4 0.50 0.63 0.48 1.07 2.49
B
50
LCC6-14JAWH-L 5 1/4 0.50 0.63 0.48 1.07 2.08
B
50
LCC6-14JAWF-L 6 1/4 0.50 0.63 0.48 1.07 1.66
B
50
LCC6-14AW-L 1 1/4 0.63 0.48 1.07 2.49
B
50
LCC6-38DW-L 1 3/8 1.00 0.62 1.07 3.08
B, D
50
LCC6-12W-L 1 1/2 1.75 0.75 1.07 3.97 1 1/8
N
50
LCC4-14AW-L 1
#4 #3
AWG STR,
#2 AWG
SOL
1/4 0.63 0.55 1.05 2.50
CT-1700,
CT-930,
CT-2930/L,
CT-2930/LE
Gray
P29
1 1/8
B
50
LCC4-38DW-L 1 3/8 1.00 0.62 1.05 3.09
B, D
50
LCC4-12W-L 1 1/2 1.75 0.75 1.05 4.01
1 1/8 N
50
LCC2-14AW-Q 1
#2 AWG
1/4 0.63 0.60 1.16 2.67
CT-1700,
CT-930,
CT-2930/L,
CT-2930/LE
Brown
P33
1 1/4
B
25
LCC2-38DW-Q 1 3/8 1.00 0.66 1.16 3.24
B, D
25
LCC2-12W-Q 1 1/2 1.75 0.75 1.16 4.41
N
25
LCC1/0-14AW-X 1
1/0 AWG
1/4 0.63 0.76 1.44 3.07
CT-930,
CT-2930/L,
CT-2930/LE
Pink
P42
1 1/2
B
10
LCC1/0-38DW-X 1 3/8 1.00 0.76 1.44 3.57
B, D
10
LCC1/0-12W-X 1 1/2 1.75 0.80 1.44 4.74
N
10
LCC2/0-14AW-X 1
2/0 AWG
1/4 0.63 0.85 1.50 3.23
CT-930,
CT-2930/L,
CT-2930/LE
Black
P45
1 9/16
B
10
LCC2/0-38DW-X 1 3/8 1.00 0.85 1.50 3.67
B, D
10
LCC2/0-12W-X 1 1/2 1.75 0.85 1.50 4.83
N
10
LCC3/0-38DW-X 1
3/0 AWG
3/8 1.00 0.96 1.50 3.70
CT-930,
CT-2930/L,
CT-2930/LE
Orange
P50
1 9/16
B, D
10
LCC3/0-12W-X 1 1/2 1.75 0.96 1.50 4.87
N
10
LCC4/0-38DW-X 1
4/0 AWG
3/8 1.00 1.06 1.56 3.81
CT-930,
CT-2930/L,
CT-2930/LE
Purple
P54
1 5/8
N
10
LCC4/0-12W-X 1 1/2 1.75 0.96 1.56 3.81
N
10
LCC250-38DW-X 1
250 kcmil
3/8 1.00 1.17 1.61 3.89
CT-930,
CT-2930/L,
CT-2930/LE
Yellow
P62
1 11/16
B, D
10
LCC250-12W-X 1 1/2 1.75 1.17 1.61 4.12
N
10
M.38 Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Code Conductor, Two-Hole, Long Barrel with Window Lug
(continued)
See pages M.50 M.53 for Panduit and competitor tool and die information.
*Not tested to NEBS Level 3 requirements.
**Consult cable manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions with applications greater than 2000 V.
^See page M.30 for busbar patterns.
NEMA hole sizes and spacing.
L B W
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Busbar
Pattern^
Wire
Strip
Length
In.
Panduit
Die Color
and Die
No.
Panduit
Crimping
Tool
Figure Dimensions
In.
Stud
Hole
Spacing
In.
Stud
Hole
Size
In.
Copper
Conductor
Size
Figure
No. Part Number
LCC350-12W-X 1
350 kcmil
1/2 1.75 1.28 2.24 5.76
CT-930,
CT-2930/L,
CT-2930/LE
Red
P71
2 5/16
N 10
LCC350-38DW-X 1 3/8 1.00 1.28 2.24 4.58 Red
P71
B, D 10
LCC400-12W-6 1
400 kcmil
1/2 1.75 1.28 2.30 5.84
CT-930,
CT-2930/L,
CT-2930/LE
Blue
P76
2 3/8
N 6
LCC400-38DW-6 1 3/8 1.00 1.39 2.30 4.66 Blue
P76
B, D 6
LCC500-12W-6 1
500 kcmil
1/2 1.75 1.54 2.50 6.12
CT-930,
CT-2930/L,
CT-2930/LE
Brown
P87
2 9/16
N 6
LCC500-38DW-6 1 3/8 1.00 1.54 2.50 4.94 Brown
P87
B, D 6
LCC600-12W-6 1
600 kcmil
1/2 1.75 1.70 2.69 6.36
CT-930,
CT-2930/L,
CT-2930/LE
Green
P94
2 3/4
N 6
LCC600-38DW-6 1 3/8 1.00 1.70 2.69 5.18 Green
P94
B, D 6
LCC750-12W-6 1
750 kcmil
1/2 1.75 1.89 2.88 6.65
CT-930,
CT-2930/L,
CT-2930/LE
Black
P106
2 15/16
N 6
LCC750-38DW-6 1 3/8 1.00 1.89 2.88 5.71 Black
P106
B, D 6
M.39 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
For Use with Flexible, Extra-Flexible, and Code Stranded Copper Conductors
Flex Conductor, Two-Hole, Long Barrel with Window Lug
Meets TIA-607-B requirements for network
systems grounding applications
Requires crimping tools and dies, see
pages M.46 M.49
UL Listed and CSA Certified with AWG
conductor for use up to 35 KV** and
temperature rated 90C when crimped with
Panduit and specified competitor crimping
tools and dies
Color-coded barrels marked with Panduit
and specified competitor die index numbers
for proper crimp die selection
Can be used with code conductor and flex
conductor class: G, H, I,K, M and
Diesel Locomotive
Long barrel maximizes number of crimps
and provides premium wire pull-out strength
and electrical performance
Inspection window to visually assure full
conductor insertion
Generously beveled wire entry prevents
bent back strands when inserting conductor
into barrel
Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion
Available with NEMA hole sizes and spacing
W
HOLE
SPACING
L
INSPECTION
WINDOW
T
B
45
HOLE
SPACING
W
T
INSPECTION
WINDOW
B
L
90
W
INSPECTION
WINDOW
HOLE
SPACING
T
B
L
Figure 3: 90 Bent Figure 1: Straight Figure 2: 45 Bent
See pages M.54 and M.55 for Panduit and competitor tool and die information.
**Consult cable manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions with applications greater than 2000 V.
^See page M.30 for busbar patterns.
NEMA hole sizes and spacing.
Table continues on page M.40
Part Number
Fig.
No.
Flex Conductor Size
Code
Conductor
Size
Stud
Hole
Size
In.
Stud
Hole
Spacing
In.
Figure Dimensions
In.
Panduit
Crimping
Tool
Panduit
Die Color
& Die
No.
Wire
Strip
Length
In.
Busbar
Pattern^
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Class
G,H, I, K,
M
Diesel
Locomotive W B L
LCCX8-14A-L 1
#8 AWG #8 AWG #8 AWG
1/4 0.63 0.48 0.70 2.10
CT-1700,
CT-930,
CT-2930/L,
CT-2930/LE
Red
P21
3/4
B
50
LCCX8-14AH-L 2 1/4 0.63 0.48 0.70 1.91 50
LCCX8-14AF-L 3 1/4 0.63 0.48 0.70 1.62 50
LCCX8-38D-L 1 3/8 1.00 0.60 0.70 2.70
B, D
50
LCCX6-14A-L 1
#6 AWG #6 AWG #6 AWG
1/4 0.63 0.48 1.07 2.49
CT-1700,
CT-930,
CT-2930/L,
CT-2930/LE
Blue
P24
1 1/8
B
50
LCCX6-14AH-L 2 1/4 0.63 0.48 1.07 2.18 50
LCCX6-14AF-L 3 1/4 0.63 0.48 1.07 1.66 50
LCCX6-38D-L 1 3/8 1.00 0.62 1.07 3.08
B, D
50
HTCT2-2-1
Code
#2 #6 AWG
STR/SOL
#2 #6 AWG
STR/SOL
#8 #14
AWG
#8 #14
AWG
0.76 0.61 1.55 CT-930,
CT-2930/L,
CT-2930/LE
Brown
PH2
13/16 1
Flex
#2 #8 AWG #2 #8 AWG #8 #14
AWG
#8 #14
AWG
HTCT250-2-1
Code
250 kcmil
#2 AWG
#2 #6 AWG
STR/SOL
#8 #14
AWG
HTCT250-250-1
Code
250 kcmil
#2 AWG
250 kcmil
#2 AWG
M.42 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Clear Covers for HTCT HTAPs
Made of high impact plastic to provide high impact
strength and 360 inspections of crimped connection to
assure the crimp is complete and the correct die
was used
Incorporate dual self-latching spring loaded latches and
supplied with two Panduit UL 94V-0 cable ties to allow for
easy snap-on assembly and ensure covers
are secured
Low profile design minimizes space requirements
Each cover half supports installation information labels
inside plastic retainer strips to allow labels to be viewed
on either side of cover and to protect labels from
being removed
Incorporate molded in flash barriers which encompass the
HTAP installation providing protection against electrical
flash over
UL 94V-0 flame rating and oxygen index of 28 providing
self-extinguishing, flame retardant properties
Part number, voltage rating, temperature rating and HTCT
part number molded into cover for easy identification
Flexible fingers located at each end of cover prevent
foreign objects from entering cover and are made from
ductile plastic material that allows easy installation and
will not damage conductor insulation
Labels for clear covers are sold separately and are printed with the Panduit
PanTher
1 1/4 2/0 SOL 250 kcmil 3.00 1.88 3.50 3/8 9/16 10
GPL-28-X
1 1/2 2/0 SOL 250 kcmil 3.25 1.88 4.00 3/8 9/16 10
GPL-34-3
Direct Burial Compression Grounding System Connectors for #6 AWG 250 kcmil code
conductor and select 500 kcmil conductor combinations
Copper compression CTAPF taps for #10 3/0 AWG code conductor
Copper compression CTAP taps for #8 4/0 AWG code conductor
Copper compression HTCT taps for #14 AWG 250 kcmil code conductor, #14 4/0 AWG flex conductor
Aluminum compression lugs and splices for #6 AWG 600 kcmil code conductor
Panduit
Pan-Term
M18
XC high
capacity RED lithium-ion 18VDC rechargeable batteries,
battery charger and shoulder strap
Batteries incorporate LED fuel gage so battery charge
level can be checked to allow for continuous operation
Approximately 9.6 second crimp cycle time provides
quick terminations, 30% faster than tools using NiCd or
NiMH batteries
Battery charger charges expended batteries completely in
60 minutes
Requires crimping dies, see page M.49
Dies installed using spring loaded die retention pins, no
need for tools
Tool provided with heavy-duty, soft sided tool bag with 58
pockets for storing tool, batteries, charger, dies, etc.
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Part Number
Charger
Voltage Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
CT-2930/L 120 VAC Terminates Panduit compression connectors:
Copper compression lugs and splices for #8 AWG 750
kcmil code conductor
Copper compression lugs for #8 AWG 600 kcmil flex
conductor
Copper compression S Series, Pan-Term
Tubular
Terminals for #8 AWG 250 kcmil code conductor
Copper compression lugs and splices for 10mm 400mm
Class 2r conductor
Copper compression lugs and splices for 10mm 300mm
Class 5f conductor and 10mm 240mm Class
6f conductor
StructuredGround
M18
battery charger
One shoulder strap
Heavy-duty bag with storage for tool, batteries, charger,
and crimping dies; includes 58 pockets and a shoulder
strap for added convenience; 18"L x 7"W x 14"H*
1
CT-2930/LE 230 VAC 1
CT-2930/L and CT-2930/LE
FREE! Heavy-Duty Soft Sided
Tool Bag Included
Compatible with CD-920, CDM-920, and CD-930 crimping dies, sold separately, see page M.49.
Tool bag also sold separately, see part number PTB-GP on www.panduit.com.
M.49 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
CD-920 Crimping Dies
Crimping dies and connectors are color-coded for
easy matching
Emboss die index number on connector barrels for post
crimp inspection
Part number permanently marked on crimping die for
easy identification
Provide circumferential crimp results in terminations with
premium electrical and mechanical performance
Used in Panduit crimping tools; see the CT-930 crimping
tool on page M.47 and the CT-2930/L and CT-2930/LE
crimping tools on page M.48
CD-920
Die Number
Die
Color
CD-930H
CDM-920
HTAP Die with Patented Locator
Patented
Locator
Part Number
Used to Install Panduit Compression Lug and Splice Sizes
Std.
Pkg.
Qty. Copper Code Conductor Size and Die Color and Die No.
Single Crimp Dies
CD-920-8 #8 AWG, Red P21 1
CD-920-6 #6 AWG, Blue P24 1
CD-920-4 #4 AWG, Gray P29 1
CD-920-2 #2 AWG, Brown P33 1
CD-920-1 #1 AWG, Green P37 1
CD-920-1/0 1/0 AWG, Pink P42 1
CD-920-2/0 2/0 AWG, Black P45 1
CD-920-3/0 3/0 AWG, Orange P50 1
CD-920-4/0 4/0 AWG, Purple P54 1
CD-920-250 250 kcmil, Yellow P62 1
CD-920-350 350 kcmil, Red P71 1
CD-920-400 400 kcmil, Blue P76 1
CD-920-500 500 kcmil, Brown P87 1
CD-920-500A 500 kcmil, Pink P99 1
CD-920-600 600 kcmil, Green P94 1
CD-920-750 750 kcmil, Black P106 1
Part Number
Used to Install Panduit HTAP Part Numbers
Std.
Pkg.
Qty. Copper HTAP and Die Color and Die No.
Single Crimp Dies with Patented Locator
CD-920H-6 HTCT6X-6X-1, Orange PH6 1
CD-920H-2 HTCT2-2-1, Brown PH2 1
CD-930H-250 HTCT250-2-1, HTCT250-250-1, Purple PH25 1
Part Number
Used to Install Panduit CTAPF Part Numbers
Std.
Pkg.
Qty. Copper CTAPF and Die Color and Die No.
Multi-Crimp Dies
CDM-920-2 CTAPF4, Brown P33M 1
CDM-920-3/0 CTAPF1/0, Orange P50M 1
CDM-920-4/0 CTAPF2/0, Purple P54M 1
M.50
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Installation Tooling and Die Selections for Type LCC-W
For use with
Copper
Conductors
How to read
this chart
For LCC6-W lug
and CT-2001
crimping tool:
Die Part Number
Color
Code
Number of Crimps
Die Index
Number
CD-2001-6
Blue P24
(2)
The CT-1700 and CT-1701 crimp die pockets are integrated into the
tool frame.
Half width dies.
CD-920 dies can be used with CT-940CH and CT-2940 tools with
CD-940-DA adapter.
Maximum size: 500 kcmil lugs.
Maximum size: 250 kcmil lugs.
Requires U die adapter.
Minimum size: #4 AWG lugs.
Extended wire range when crimped with these Panduit
Uni-Die
CT-1700
CT-720
CT-930,
CT-930CH,
CT-930LPCH
,
CT-2930,
CT-2930/L,
CT-2930/LE,
CT-2931, CT-920
CT-920CH,
CT-2940
,
CT-2940/L
,
CT-2940/LE
,
CT-2920, CT-940CH
Uni-Die
Dieless
CT-980,
CT-980CH,
CT-2950
,
CT-2980,
CT-2980/L,
CT-2980/LE,
CT-2981,
CT-980LPCH
Extended
Wire Range
CT-2001,
CT-2001/L,
CT2001/LE,
CT-2002,
CT-2002/L,
CT-3001,
CT-3001/E
TBM20S,
TBM25S TBM5
TBM6,
TBM6S,
25000,
TBM8
TBM12,
13642M
Panduit
Part
Number
Std.
Wire
Size
Wire
Strip
Length
(In.) Die Part Number/Color Code and Die Index Number/(Number of Crimps)
LCC10-W
#14 #10
AWG
STR,
#12 #10
AWG
SOL
9/16
12-10
(2)
P10
(2)
LCC8-W #8 AWG 3/4
Red P21
(3)
CD-720-1
Red P21
(2)
CD-920-8
Red P21
(1)
CD-2001-8
Red P21
(2)
Red 21
(3)
Red 21
(1)
Red 21
(1)
Red 21
(1)
LCC6-W #6 AWG 1-1/8
Blue P24
(3)
CD-720-1
Blue P24
(2)
CD-920-6
Blue P24
(1)
CD-2001-6
Blue P24
(2)
Blue 24
(3)
Blue
24
(1)
Blue
24
(1)
Blue 24
(1)
LCC4-W
#4 #3
AWG
STR,
#2 AWG
SOL
1-1/8
Gray
P29
(3)
CD-720-1
Gray P29
(2)
CD-920-4
Gray P29
(1)
#4 #2 AWG
#2 AWG
SOL Only
(1)
CD-2001-4
Gray P29
(2)
Gray 29
(3)
Gray
29
(1)
Gray
29
(1)
Gray
29
(1)
LCC2-W #2 AWG 1-1/4
Brown
P33
(3)
CD-720-1
Brown
P33
(2)
CD-920-2
Brown P33
(1)
#6 #2 AWG
(1)
CD-2001-2
Brown P33
(2)
Brown
33
(3)
Brown
33
(1)
Brown
33
(1)
Brown
33
(1)
LCC1/0-W
1/0
AWG
1-1/2
CD-720-2
Pink P42
(2)
CD-920-1/0
Pink P42
(2)
#6 1/0 AWG
(2)
CD-2001-1/0
Pink P42
(2)
Pink
42
(2)
Pink
42
(2)
Pink
42
(2)
LCC2/0-W
2/0
AWG
1-9/16
CD-720-2
Black
P45
(3)
CD-920-2/0
Black P45
(3)
#4 2/0 AWG
(2)
CD-2001-2/0
Black P45
(3)
Black
45
(3)
Black
45
(3)
Black
45
(2)
LCC3/0-W
3/0
AWG
1-9/16
CD-720-2
Orange
P50
(3)
CD-920-3/0
Orange P50
(3)
#2 3/0 AWG
(2)
CD-2001-3/0
Orange P50
(3)
Orange
50
(3)
Orange
50
(3)
Orange
50
(2)
LCC4/0-W
4/0
AWG
1-5/8
CD-720-3
Purple
P54
(3)
CD-920-4/0
Purple P54
(3)
#1 4/0 AWG
(2)
CD-2001-4/0
Purple P54
(3)
Purple
54
(3)
Purple
54
(3)
Purple
54
(2)
LCC250-W
250
kcmil
1-11/16
CD-720-3
Yellow
P62
(4)
CD-920-250
Yellow P62
(3)
1/0 AWG
250 kcmil
(3)
CD-2001-250
Yellow P62
(3)
Yellow
62
(4)
Yellow
62
(4)
Yellow
62
(2)
M.51 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
The CT-1700 and CT-1701 crimp die pockets are integrated into the
tool frame.
Half width dies.
CD-920 dies can be used with CT-940CH and CT-2940 tools with
CD-940-DA adapter.
Maximum size: 500 kcmil lugs.
Maximum size: 250 kcmil lugs.
Requires U die adapter.
Minimum size: #4 AWG lugs.
Extended wire range when crimped with these Panduit
Uni-Die
,
TBM8-750BSCR
TBM14M,
TBM14BSCR,
BPLT14BSCR,
13100A
Y2MR,
Y1MR,
Y1MRTC MY29
Y35,
Y35BH,
Y39,
Y39BH,
Y750,
Y750-2,
Y750BH,
Y750HS,
Y750BH-2,
PAT750,
BAT750,
BAT35
Y45
,
Y46
Y644M,
Y644HS,
Y644MBH,
PAT644,
BAT644 VC6 TDY-1 1989
Die Part Number/Color Code and Die Index Number/(Number of Crimps)
Red 21
(1)
STD
(1)
Red 21
(1)
Red 49
(2)
#8
(1)
U8CRT
Red 49
(1)
U8CRT
Red 49
(1)
Blue 24
(1)
STD
(1)
Blue 24
(1)
Blue 7
(2)
#6
(1)
U5CRT
Blue 7
(1)
U5CRT
Blue 7
(1)
STD
(1)
STD
(1)
Gray 29
(1)
STD
(1)
Gray 29
(1)
Gray 8
(2)
#4
(1)
U4CRT
Gray 8
(1)
U4CRT
Gray 8
(1)
STD
(1)
STD
(1)
STD
(1)
Brown 33
(1)
STD
(1)
Brown 33
(1)
Brown
10
(2)
#2
(1)
U2CRT
Brown 9 (solid)
/ Brown 10
(stranded)
(2)
U2CRT
Brown 9
(solid)
/ Brown 10
(stranded)
(2)
STD
(1)
STD
(1)
STD
(1)
STD
(1)
Pink 42H
(4)
STD
(2)
Pink 42H
(4)
1/0
(2)
U25RT
Pink 12
(2)
U25RT
Pink 12
(2)
STD
(1)
STD
(1)
STD
(1)
STD
(1)
Black 45
(2)
STD
(2)
Black 45
(2)
2/0
(2)
U26RT
Black 13
(2)
U26RT
Black 13
(2)
STD
(1)
STD
(1)
STD
(1)
STD
(1)
Orange 50
(2)
STD
(2)
Orange 50
(2)
3/0
(2)
U27RT
Orange 14
(2)
U27RT
Orange 14
(2)
STD
(1)
STD
(2)
STD
(1)
STD
(1)
Purple 54H
(4)
STD
(2)
Purple 54H
(4)
4/0
(2)
U28RT
Purple 15
(2)
U28RT
Purple 15
(2)
STD
(1)
STD
(2)
STD
(1)
STD
(1)
Yellow 62
(2)
STD
(2)
Yellow 62
(2)
250
(2)
U29RT
Yellow 16
(2)
U29RT
Yellow 16
(2)
STD
(1)
STD
(2)
STD
(1)
STD
(1)
M.52 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Installation Tooling and Die Selections for Type LCC-W
(continued)
For use with
Copper
Conductors
The CT-1700 and CT-1701 crimp die pockets are integrated into the
tool frame.
Half width dies.
CD-920 dies can be used with CT-940CH and CT-2940 tools with
CD-940-DA adapter.
Maximum size: 500 kcmil lugs.
Maximum size: 250 kcmil lugs.
Requires U die adapter.
Minimum size: #4 AWG lugs.
Extended wire range when crimped with these Panduit
Uni-Die
CT-1700
CT-720
CT-930,
CT-930CH,
CT-930LPCH
,
CT-2930,
CT-2930/L,
CT-2930/LE,
CT-2931, CT-920,
CT-920CH,
CT-2940
,
CT-2940/L
,
CT-2940/LE
,
CT-2920, CT-940CH
Uni-Die
Dieless
CT-980,
CT-980CH,
CT-2950
,
CT-2980,
CT-2980/L,
CT-2980/LE,
CT-2981,
CT-980LPCH
Extended
Wire Range
CT-2001,
CT-2001/L,
CT-2001/LE,
CT-2002,
CT-2002/L,
CT-3001,
CT-3001/E
TBM20S,
TBM25S TBM5
TBM6,
TBM6S,
25000
TBM8
TBM12,
13642M
Panduit
Part
Number
Std.
Wire
Size
Wire
Strip
Length
(In.) Die Part Number/Color Code and Die Index Number/(Number of Crimps)
LCC350-W
350
kcmil
2-5/16
CD-720-5
Red P71
(4)
CD-920-350
Red P71
(3)
3/0 AWG
350 kcmil
(3)
CD-2001-
350
Red P71
(3)
Red
71
(4)
Red
71H
(4)
LCC400-W
400
kcmil
2-3/8
CD-720-6
Blue P76
(4)
CD-920-400
Blue P76
(3)
4/0 AWG
400 kcmil
(3)
CD-2001-
400
Blue P76
(4)
Blue
76
(4)
Blue
76H
(4)
LCC500-W
500
kcmil
2-9/16
CD-720-7
Brown
P87
(4)
CD-920-500
Brown P87
(3)
4/0 AWG
500 kcmil
(3)
CD-2001-
500
Brown P87
(4)
Brown
87
(4)
Brown
87H
(4)
LCC600-W
600
kcmil
2-3/4
CD-920-600
Green P94
(4)
250 600
kcmil
(3)
Green
94H
(4)
LCC750-W
750
kcmil
2-
15/16
CD-920-750
CD-940-750
Black P106
(4)
500 750
kcmil
(3)
Black
106H
(4)
M.53 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
The CT-1700 and CT-1701 crimp die pockets are integrated into the
tool frame.
Half width dies.
CD-920 dies can be used with CT-940CH and CT-2940 tools with
CD-940-DA adapter.
Maximum size: 500 kcmil lugs.
Maximum size: 250 kcmil lugs.
Requires U die adapter.
Minimum size: #4 AWG lugs.
Extended wire range when crimped with these Panduit
Uni-Die
,
TBM8-750BSCR
TBM14M,
TBM14BSCR,
BPLT14BSCR,
13100A
Y2MR,
Y1MR,
Y1MRTC MY29
Y35,
Y35BH,
Y39,
Y39BH,
Y750,
Y750-2,
Y750BH,
Y750HS,
Y750BH-2,
PAT750,
BAT750,
BAT35
Y45
,
Y46
Y644M,
Y644HS,
Y644MBH,
PAT644,
BAT644 VC6 TDY-1 1989
Die Part Number/Color Code and Die Index Number/(Number of Crimps)
Red 71
(4)
STD
(3)
Red 71
(4)
U31RT
Red 18
(3)
U31RT
Red 18
(3)
STD
(1)
STD
(3)
STD
(2)
STD
(1)
Blue 76
(4)
STD
(3)
Blue 76
(4)
U32RT
Blue 19
(3)
U32RT
Blue 19
(3)
STD
(1)
STD
(3)
STD
(2)
STD
(1)
Brown 87
(4)
STD
(3)
Brown 87
(4)
U34RT
Brown 20
(3)
U34RT
Brown 20
(3)
STD
(1)
STD
(3)
STD
(2)
STD
(1)
Green 94
(4)
STD
(4)
Green 94
(4)
U36RT
Green 22
(4)
U36RT
Green 22
(4)
STD
(1)
STD
(4)
Black 106
(4)
STD
(4)
Black 106
(4)
U39RT
Black 24
(5)
U39RT
Black 24
(5)
STD
(1)
STD
(2)
Panduit
CT-1700
CT-2001, CT-2001/L,
CT-2001/LE,
CT-2002, CT2002/L,
CT-3001, CT3001/E
CT-930, CT-930/CH, CT-2930,
CT-2930/L, CT-2930/LE,
CT-2931, CT-920, CT-920CH,
CT-2940
, CT-2940/L
,
CT-2940/LE
,
CT-2920, CT-940CH
Panduit
Part Number
Std. Wire
Size Cable Classes
Wire
Strip
Length
(In.)
Die Part Number/Color Code and
Die Index Number/(Number of Crimps)
LCCX8 #8 AWG
Compact B, G, H, I, K, M,
Locomotive (DLO)
3/4
Red P21
(3)
CD-2001-8
Red P21
(2)
CD-920-8
Red P21
(1)
LCCX6 #6 AWG
Compact, B, G, H, I, K, M,
Locomotive (DLO)
1-1/8
Blue P24
(3)
CD-2001-6
Blue P24
(2)
CD-920-6
Blue P24
(1)
LCCX4
#4 AWG Compact, B, G, H, I, K, M
1-1/8
Gray P29
(3)
CD-2001-4
Gray P29
(2)
CD-920-4
Gray P29
(1)
#5, #4, #3
AWG
Locomotive (DLO)
LCCX2 #2 AWG
Compact, B, G, H, I, M,
Locomotive (DLO)
1-7/16
Brown P33
(3)
CD-2001-2
Brown P33
(2)
CD-920-2
Brown P33
(1)
LCCX1/0 1/0 AWG
Compact, B, G, H, I, K, M,
Locomotive (DLO)
1-9/16
CD-2001-1/0
Pink P42
(3)
CD-920-1/0
Pink P42
(3)
LCCX2/0 2/0 AWG
Compact, B, G, H, I, K, M,
Locomotive (DLO)
1-9/16
CD-2001-2/0
Black P45
(3)
CD-920-2/0
Black P45
(3)
LCCX3/0 3/0 AWG
Compact, B, G, H, I, K, M,
Locomotive (DLO)
1-5/8
CD-2001-3/0
Orange P50
(3)
CD-920-3/0
Orange P50
(3)
LCCX4/0 4/0 AWG
Compact, B, G, H, I, K, M,
Locomotive (DLO)
2-5/16
CD-2001-4/0
Purple P54
(3)
CD-920-4/0
Purple P54
(3)
LCCX250
250 kcmil G, H, I, K, M
2-5/16
CD-2001-250
Yellow P62
(3)
CD-920-250
Yellow P62
(3)
262.6 kcmil Locomotive (DLO)
LCCX350
350 kcmil G, H, I, K, M
2-9/16
CD-2001-400
Blue P76
(4)
CD-920-400
Blue P76
(3)
373.7 kcmil Locomotive (DLO)
LCCX450
450 kcmil G, H, I, K, M
2-3/4
CD-920-500
Brown P87
(4)
444.4 kcmil Locomotive (DLO)
LCCX500 535.3 kcmil Locomotive (DLO) 2-15/16
CD-920-500A
Pink P99
(4)
LCCX650 646.4 kcmil Locomotive (DLO) 1-1/2
CD-940-750
Black P106
(2)
M.54
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Installation Tooling and Die Selections for Type LCCX
For use with
Copper
Conductors
How to read
this chart
For LCCX6 lug
and CT-2001
crimping tool:
Die Part Number
Color
Code
Number of Crimps
Die Index
Number
CD-2001-6
Blue P24
(2)
The CT-1700 crimp die pockets are integrated into the tool frame.
CD-920 dies can be used with CT-940CH and CT-2940 tools with
CD-940-DA adapter.
Requires U die adapter.
Does not include class K Flex Conductor with Burndy tools.
Does not include class M Flex Conductor with T&B tools.
Does not include class K Flex Conductor with T&B tools.
Half width dies.
CD-940 dies to be used exclusively with CT-940CH and CT-2940 tools.
M.55 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Installation Tooling and Die Selections for Type LCCX (continued)
The CT-1700 crimp die pockets are integrated into the tool frame.
CD-920 dies can be used with CT-940CH and CT-2940 tools with
CD-940-DA adapter.
Requires U die adapter.
Does not include class K Flex Conductor with Burndy tools.
Does not include class M Flex Conductor with T&B tools.
Does not include class K Flex Conductor with T&B tools.
Half width dies.
CD-940 dies to be used exclusively with CT-940CH and CT-2940 tools.
Thomas & Betts Burndy
TBM12 TBM8
TBM6,
25000
TBM6BSCR,
TBM6H
TBM8-750,
TBM8-750M-1
TBM14BSCR,
TBM14M,
TBM15
BCT500HS,
Y500CT-HS Y644M
Y35, Y39, Y750,
Y46
, Y750-2,
Y750BH,
BAT35-14V,
BAT750-14V, PAT750-18V MRC840
Die Part Number/Color Code and Die Index Number/(Number of Crimps)
TBM12D-1
Red 21
(2)
13461
Red 21
(2)
13475 and 13477
Red 21
(2)
6TON21
Red 21
(2)
STD
(2)
15520
Red 21
(2)
W8CRT
Red 49
(2)
U8CRT
Red 49
(2)
Red 49
(2)
TBM12D-1
Blue 24
(2)
13461
Blue 24
(2)
13475 and 13477
Blue 24
(2)
6TON24
Blue 24
(2)
STD
(2)
15522
Blue 24
(2)
W5CRT
Blue 7
(2)
(2)
U5CRT
Blue 7
(2)
Blue 7
(2)
TBM12D-2
Gray 29
(3)
13461
Gray 29
(2)
13472 and 13476
Gray 29
(3)
6TON29
Gray 29
(2)
STD
(3)
15527-CK
Gray 29
(2)
W4CRT
Gray 8
(2)
(2)
U4CRT
Gray 8
(2)
TBM12D-2
Brown 33
(3)
13461
Brown 33
(3)
13474 and 13477
Brown 33
(3)
6TON33
Brown 33
(2)
STD
(3)
15528
Brown 33
(2)
W2CRT
Brown 10
(2)
(2)
U2CRT
Brown 10
(2)
TBM12D-3
Pink 42
(3)
13462
Pink 42
(3)
13475 and 13477
Pink 42
(3)
6TON42
Pink 42
(3)
STD
(3)
15508
Pink 42
(3)
W25RT
Pink 12
(3)
(2)
U25RT
Pink 12
(2)
TBM12D-4
Blk/Gold 45
(3)
13462
Black 45
(4)
13474 and 13477
Black 45
(3)
6TON45
Black 45
(3)
STD
(3)
15526
Black 45
(2)
W26RT
Black 13
(3)
(2)
U26RT
Black 13
(2)
TBM12D-4
Org/Tan 50
(3)
13462
Orange 50
(4)
13474 and 13477
Orange 50
(3)
6TON50
Orange 50
(3)
STD
(3)
15530
Orange 50
(3)
W27RT
Orange 14
(4)
(2)
U27RT
Orange 14
(2)
TBM12D-5
Purp/Olive 54
(4)
6TON54
Purple 54
(4)
STD
(4)
15511
Purple 54
(4)
W28RT
Purple 15
(4)
(3)
U28RT
Purple 15
(3)
TBM12D-5
Yellow 62
(3)
6TON62
Yellow 62
(4)
STD
(4)
15510-CK
Yellow 62
(2)
W29RT
Yellow 16
(4)
(3)
U29RT
Yellow 16
(3)
TBM12D-4
Blue 76H
(4)
6TON76
Blue 76H
(4)
STD
(4)
15512
Blue 76H
(4)
W32RT
Blue 19
(4)
(3)
U32RT
Blue 19
(4)
TBM12D-3
Brown 87H
(4)
6TON87
Brown 87H
(4)
STD
(4)
15506
Brown 87H
(4)
(4)
U34RT
Brown 20
(4)
TBM12D-2
Pink 99H
(4)
STD
(4)
15505
Pink 99H
(4)
(4)
U38XRT
Pink L99
(4)
TBM12D-2
Black 106H
(2)
15515-CK
Black 106H
(2)
(1)
U39RT
Black 24
(2)
Panduit
CT-1700
,
CT-2940/L
, CT-2940/LE
,
CT-2920, CT-940CH
CT-2001, CT-2001/L,
CT-2001/LE,
CT-2002, CT-2002/L,
CT-3001, CT-3001/E
Panduit
Part Number
Stranded Wire Size
Main Tap
Die Part Number/Color Code and Die Index Number/
(Number of Crimps)
CTAPF4-12
#6 AWG #8 #6 AWG
Brown P33
(4)
CDM-920-2
Brown P33M
(1)
CDM-2001-2
Brown P33M
(1)
CD-2001-2
Brown P33
(2) #5, #4 AWG #12 #8 AWG
CTAPF1/0-12
#2 AWG #4 #2 AWG
CDM-920-3/0
Orange P50M
(1)
CDM-2001-3/0
Orange P50M
(2)
CD-2001-3/0
Orange P50
(3)
#1 AWG #4 #3 AWG
1/0 AWG #12 #4 AWG
CTAPF2/0-12
#1 AWG #2 #1 AWG
CDM-920-4/0
Purple P54M
(1)
CD-2001-4/0
Purple P54
(3)
1/0 AWG #3 #2 AWG
2/0 AWG #12 #3 AWG
M.56 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
The CT-1700 crimp die pockets are integrated into the tool frame.
CD-920 dies can be used with CT-940CH and CT-2940 tools with CD-940-DA adapter.
Installation Tooling and Die Selections for Type CTAPF
For use with
Copper
Conductors
How to read
this chart
For
CTAPF6-12 tap
and CT-2001
crimping tool:
Die Part Number
Color
Code
Number of Crimps
Die Index
Number
CD-2001-4
Gray P29
(1)
M.57 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Installation Tooling and Die Selections for Type CTAPF
(continued)
The CT-1700 crimp die pockets are integrated into the tool frame.
CD-920 dies can be used with CT-940CH and CT-2940 tools with CD-940-DA adapter.
Burndy Thomas & Betts
Y35, Y39, Y45, Y46, Y750BH-2
Y750, BAT35, BAT750,
Y35BH, Y39BH, Y750BH,
Y750HS, PAT750, Y750-2
Y500CT-HS,
BCT500-HS,
BCT500,Y500CT
TBM8-750,
TBM8-750M-1,
TBM8-750BSCR
Panduit
Part Number
Stranded
Wire Size
Main Tap
Die Part Number/Color Code and Die Index Number/
(Number of Crimps)
CTAPF4-12
#6 AWG #8 #6 AWG UC4
Brown 10M
(1)
WC4
Brown 10M
(1)
TBM8-750C20
(1)
#5, #4 AWG #12 #8 AWG
CTAPF1/0-12
#2 AWG #4 #2 AWG
UC25
Orange 14M
(1)
WC25
Orange 14M
(2)
TBM8-750C3540
(1)
#1 AWG #4 #3 AWG
1/0 AWG #12 #4 AWG
CTAPF2/0-12
#1 AWG #2 #1 AWG
TBM8-750C4550
(1)
1/0 AWG #3 #2 AWG
2/0 AWG #12 #3 AWG
M.58 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Installation Tooling and Die Selections for Type HTCT
For use with
Copper
Conductors
Installation Tools
15 TON 14 TON 12 TON
Panduit
CT-940CH
,
CT-2940
,
CT-2940/L,
CT-2940/LE
CT-930,
CT-930CH,
CT-2930,
CT-2930/L,
CT-2930/LE
CT-920,
CT-920CH,
CT-2920,
CT-2931,
CT-2931/E
Burndy
Y46
,
Y46C
Y35, Y35-2,
Y35BH,
Y35BH-4,
Y750,
Y39, Y39BH,
Y750-2,
Y750BH,
Y750BH-2,
Y750HS,
BAT35,
BAT750,
BAT750C,
PAT750,
PAT750C
Thomas & Betts
Panduit
Part Number
Copper Conductor Sizes
(Code Cable)
Copper Conductor Sizes
(Flex Cable)
Types G, H, I, K, M
and Locomotive (DLO)
Crimp
Die
Color
Code
TBM15I,
TBM15BSCR
TBM14M,
TBM14BSCR,
BPLT14BSCR,
13100A
4/0-#2
AWG
#2-#8
AWG
#8-#14
AWG
Purple
CD-930H-250
PH25
CD-930H-250
PH25
CD-930H-250
PH25
HTCT250-250-1
250 kcmil
-#2 AWG
250 kcmil
-#2 AWG
4/0-#2
AWG
4/0-#2
AWG
Purple
CD-930H-250
PH25
CD-930H-250
PH25
CD-930H-250
PH25
How to read
this chart
For
HTCT6X-6X-1 tap
and CT-2930/L
crimping tool:
Die Part Number
Die Index Number
CD-920H-6
PH6
CD-920H and CD-930H dies can be used with CT-940CH and CT-2940 Panduit tools and Y46 and Y46C Burndy tools with CD-940-DA adapter.
Panduit crimping dies must be used with all tooling (Panduit and competitor) to maintain UL/CSA certifications for applications up to 600 V.
N.1 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
INDUSTRIAL
The Panduit
IndustrialNet
TX6
, TX5e
Ethernet Enclosures
(page N.3)
1
IndustrialNet
Connectors and
Patch Cords
(pages N.4 N.8)
2
Cabinets, Racks, and
Cable Management
(pages L.1 L.100)
3
Cable Management
Accessories
(pages L.87 L.88)
4
Power and Grounding
Connectors
(pages M.1 M.58)
5
5
Wiring Duct
(pages P.1 P.17)
6
Labeling and
Identification
(pages O.1 O.30)
7
Cable Ties and
Cable Tie Tools
(pages P.19 P.40)
8
3
2
6
4
5
7
8
4
1
DIN Rail
Mount Adapter
(page N.4)
9
9
N.3 www.panduit.com
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SOLUTIONS
IndustrialNet
Modules.
Includes built-in fiber spool that stores up to 24 meters of buffered fiber
optic cable. Icon slots available for optional icons. Dimensions: 0.98"H x
4.70"W x 6.66"L (25.0mm x 119.4mm x 169.2mm)
1
FLCDMCXAQY LC OptiCam
10Gig
50/125m.
1
IndustrialNet
TX6
Connectors
Bulkhead provides IP67/IP65 seal when mated with
IP67/IP65 plug or patch cord
Designed to exceed performance requirements of the
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 and ISO 11801 2nd Edition
Class E standards
Meet industrial Ethernet specifications from ODVA, TIA,
and IEC sealed RJ45 connectors
Utilize Panduit patented enhanced Giga-TX
Termination
technique for consistent, reliable terminations
Jack module terminates 4-pair 22 26 AWG solid and
stranded twisted pair cable
Gasket and seal made of inert, chemically
resistant material
Connector components are made of high temperature
rated material
Tethered caps maintain seal during unmated connection
Compatible with leading switch manufacturers equipment
IAEBH6S
EGJT tool terminates enhanced Giga-TX
TX6
Coupler
Provides convenient plug to plug connection point
between the hardened switch and automation device
Bulkhead provides IP67/IP65 seal when mated with
IP67/IP65 plug or patch cord
Designed to exceed performance requirements of the
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 and ISO 11801 2nd
Edition Class E standards
Meet industrial Ethernet specifications from ODVA, TIA,
and IEC sealed RJ45 connectors
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.af and IEEE 802.3at for
PoE applications
Gasket and seal made of inert, chemically
resistant material
Connector components are made of high temperature
rated material
Tethered caps maintain seal during unmated connection
Compatible with leading switch manufacturers equipment
Acts as one connecting hardware component in channel.
Not suitable for direct UV applications.
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
IAEBHC6 Category 6, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire black industrial bulkhead
coupler with protective cover.
1 10
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
IndustrialNet
TX6
TX6
TX5e
Connectors
Bulkhead provides IP67/IP65 seal when mated with
IP67/IP65 plug or patch cord
Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and ISO 11801
2nd Edition Class D standards
Meet the industrial Ethernet specifications from ODVA,
TIA, and IEC for sealed RJ45 connectors
Utilize Panduit patented Giga-TX
Termination technique
for consistent, reliable terminations
Terminate 4-pair 22 26 AWG solid and stranded twisted
pair cable
Gasket and seal made of inert, chemically
resistant material
High temperature rated material
Tethered caps maintain seal during unmated connection
EGJT tool terminates enhanced Giga-TX
TX5e
TX5e
TX6
TX6
TX6
TX5e
Modular Plugs
Bulkhead provides IP67/IP65 seal when mated with
IP67/IP65 connector or coupler
Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and ISO 11801
2nd Edition Class D standards
Terminate 24 gauge, stranded or solid conductor with
maximum conductor insulation diameter of .040"
Gasket and seal made of inert, chemically
resistant material
Connector components are made of high temperature
rated material
Tethered caps maintain seal during unmated connection
Compatible with leading switch manufacturers equipment
MPI588T
MPT5-8A crimp tool required for termination, available on page B.93.
Not suitable for direct UV applications.
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
IndustrialNet
TX5e
TX5e
TX5e
Coupler
Provides convenient plug to plug connection point
between the hardened switch and automation device
Bulkhead provides IP67/IP65 seal when mated with
IP67/IP65 plug or patch cord
Designed to exceed performance requirements of the
ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and ISO 11801 2nd
Edition Class D standards
Meets industrial Ethernet specifications from ODVA, TIA,
and IEC sealed RJ45 connectors
Gasket and seal made of inert, chemically
resistant material
Connector components are made of high temperature
rated material
Tethered caps maintain seal during unmated connection
Compatible with leading switch manufacturers equipment
Acts as one connecting hardware component in channel.
Not suitable for direct UV applications.
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
IAEBHC5E Category 5e, RJ45, 8-position, 8-wire industrial black bulkhead
coupler with protective cover.
1 10
IndustrialNet
USB Coupler
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
IAEBHUSBAA IndustrialNet
Mini-Com
TX5e
Patch Cords
Exceed ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 Category 5e and ISO 11801
Class D standards
Meet requirements of IEEE 802.3af and IEEE 802.3at for
PoE applications
Each patch cord is 100% performance tested and wired
to T568B
Constructed of industrial Category 5e, 24 AWG UTP or 26
AWG shielded stranded cable and modular plugs for
superior performance
Plug contacts plated with 50 microinches of gold for
superior performance
Plug meets all applicable ANSI/TIA/EIA-968-A
requirements and exceeds IEC 60603-7 specifications
Bulkhead provides IP67/IP65 seal when mated to an
IP67/IP65, NEMA 6 or 6P bulkhead connector
Patch cords are pre-terminated and provide IP67/IP65
seal when mated to IP67/IP65 bulkhead connectors
Available with or without dust caps
*For lengths other than 3 feet (5, 7, 10, 15, or 20 feet) change the length designation in the part number to the
desired length.
**For lengths other than 1 meter (2, 3, or 5 meters) change the length designation in the part number to the
desired length.
IUTPCH*BLY
IUTPCHNC*BLY
Part Number Part Description
Length
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty. Ft. m
IndustrialNet
TX5e
TX5e
Bulkhead
Connector or Adapter.
1 1 10
IAEFP2-2G Double gang, vertical faceplate accepts two IndustrialNet
Coupler Module. 1 10
IAPNGWH Data access port with GFCI. 1 10
IAPNWH Empty data access port. 1 10
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Faceplate
Part Number
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop
Printer Label
TDP43ME Thermal
Transfer Desktop
Printer Label
PanTher
LS8E
Hand-Held Printer Label
Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Printer Label
IAEFP1 C061X030FJJ C061X030YPT C061X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
IAEFP2-2G 2 C061X030FJJ 2 C061X030YPT 2 C061X030FJC T031X000FJC-BK
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages O.1 O.22.
N.10 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
NOTES
O.1 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION
Panduit designs and manufactures a full line of labeling products, software, and printers to assist you
with TIA/EIA-606-B compliance. Properly identifying your network allows moves, adds, changes, trouble
shooting, and repairs to be accomplished faster and more efficiently to lower the cost of ownership.
World-class quality ISO 9001 and ISO 14001
High performance and reliability
Wide variety of complete system solutions to meet
the most demanding requirements
Meet or exceed the requirements of UL, CSA, and
TIA/EIA-606-B
Identification solutions are available to comply with TIA/EIA-606-B requirements. For recommended
product information and labeling solutions, please refer to the following sections in this catalog: Copper
Systems; Fiber Optic Systems; Power over Ethernet; Zone Cabling, Wireless, Outlets; Media Distribution;
Physical Infrastructure Management; Overhead & Underfloor Routing; Surface Raceway; Cabinets, Racks,
and Cable Management; Grounding and Bonding; and Industrial.
O.2 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PanTher
LS8E Hand-Held
Thermal Transfer Printer
P1
L S 8 E C o u g a r
L S 9
Network Component Labels
Self-Laminating Labels
Die-Cut Nylon Cloth
Die-Cut Heat Shrink Label Cassettes
Continuous Tape Cassettes
Continuous Nylon Cloth Tape
Table continues on page O.4
Hand-Held
Thermal Transfer
Printing Solutions
Part Number Part Description
Width Height
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty. In. mm In. mm
C061X030FJC White, adhesive polyolefin label, 500/cassette, Mini-Com
1-port
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
0.61 15.5 0.30 7.6 1 10
C125X030FJC White, adhesive polyolefin label, 200/cassette, Mini-Com
2-port
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
1.25 31.8 0.30 7.6 1 10
C138X019FJC White, adhesive polyolefin label, 200/cassette, Mini-Com
Module
identifier. Application code: JM.
1.38 35.1 0.19 4.8 1 10
C150X030Y1C White, non-adhesive polyester label, 75/cassette, Mini-Com
3-port
identifier. Application codes: FP.
1.50 38.1 0.30 7.6 1 10
C188X030FJC White, adhesive polyolefin label, 150/cassette, Mini-Com
3-port
identifier. Application code: FP.
1.88 47.8 0.30 7.6 1 10
C195X040Y1C White, non-adhesive polyester label, 100/cassette, single-gang
faceplate. Application code: FP.
1.95 49.5 0.40 10.2 1 10
C200X100FJC White, adhesive polyolefin label, 150/cassette, SLCT bundle marker
identifier. Application code: SL, RK.
2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 1 10
C252X030FJC White, adhesive polyolefin label, 125/cassette, Mini-Com
4-port
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
2.52 64.0 0.30 7.6 1 10
Turn-Tell
Labels
Ultimate ID
Label Cassettes
Flag Labels
Marker Plates
Continuous Heat Shrink Label Cassettes
O.4 Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Prime items appear in BOLD.
P1
LS8E Hand-Held
Thermal Transfer Printer (continued)
Order number of cassettes required.
mm In. mm In.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Height Width
Part Description Part Number
C261X030FJC White, adhesive polyolefin label, 125/cassette, Mini-Com
4-port
identifier. Application codes: FP and PP.
2.61 66.3 0.30 7.6 1 10
C261X035Y1C White, non-adhesive polyester label, 75/cassette, Mini-Com
4-port
identifier. Application codes: FP and PP.
2.61 66.3 0.35 8.9 1 10
C282X030Y1C White, non-adhesive polyester label, 75/cassette, Mini-Com
4-port
identifier. Application codes: FP and PP.
2.82 71.6 0.30 7.6 1 10
C288X040Y1C White, non-adhesive polyester label, 75/cassette, double-gang
faceplate. Application code: FP.
2.88 73.2 0.40 10.2 1 10
C315X030FJC White, adhesive polyolefin label, 100/cassette, Mini-Com
5-port
identifier. Application code: FP.
3.15 80.0 0.30 7.6 1 10
C379X030FJC White, adhesive polyolefin label, 75/cassette, Mini-Com
6-port
identifier. Application code: FP.
3.79 96.3 0.30 7.6 1 10
C390X030Y1C White, non-adhesive polyester label, 50/cassette, Mini-Com
6-port
identifier. Application code: PP.
3.90 99.1 0.30 7.6 1 10
C750X050Y1C White, non-adhesive polyester label, 30/cassette, 110 block identifier.
Application code: PB.
7.50 190.5 0.50 12.7 1 10
C788X050Y1C White, non-adhesive polyester label, 30/cassette, GP6
System
identifier. Application code: GP.
7.88 200.2 0.50 12.7 1 10
O.5 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
P1
LS8E Hand-Held
Thermal Transfer Printer
P1
LS8E Hand-Held
Thermal Transfer Printer
Fast loading P1
Turn-Tell
LS8E Hand-Held
Thermal Transfer Printer
P1
LS8E Hand-Held
Thermal Transfer Printer
O.7 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
P1
LS8E Hand-Held
Thermal Transfer Printer
Labels offer crisp, clear legends with
superior legibility
Die-cut labels designed to provide
maximum aesthetic quality and
appearance
P1
LS8E or Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printers
Fast loading P1
LS8E Hand-Held
Thermal Transfer Printer
P1
LS8E
and Cougar
LS9
Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printers
P1
Labeling Software
Easy-Mark
Ultimate ID
Labeling Software
Facilitates quick and easy organization of identifiers from
CAD for printing within Easy-Mark
Labeling Software
Easily capture and organize CAD data for future use
and documentation
Saves time and reduces errors by utilizing identifiers
previously created in CAD files to eliminate manual entry
of data into labeling software
Compatible with full versions of AutoCAD* 2008 or newer
and Visio^ version 2002 or newer
Exports to alternative formats such as Excel^ (XLS) or
Text (CSV) files for future use and documentation
Upgrades are available on the Panduit website under
Support/Software, Firmware & Printers/CAD-Connect
Labeling Software
System Requirements:
64 MB hard drive space and 64 MB RAM
(256 MB RAM recommended)
Mouse or compatible pointing device
Windows^ 2000, XP, Vista, or Windows^ 7
CD-ROM Drive
Microsoft.NET Framework 2.0 or higher
*AutoCAD is a registered trademark of Autodesk, Inc.
^Visio, WINDOWS, and EXCEL are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or
other countries.
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
TDP43ME 300 dpi printer; includes printer, Panduit
Easy-Mark
Labeling
Software, RMEH4BL hybrid black ribbon, AC power adapter with US
power cord, USB cable, user manual, quick start card, and driver disk.
1
TDP43ME-KIT TDP43ME printer kit. Includes: printer, Panduit
Easy-Mark
Labeling
Software, RMEH4BL hybrid black ribbon, AC power adapter with US
power cord, USB cable, user manual, quick start card, TDP43ME-RS
Roll Stand, TDP43ME-CASE, one roll of S100X150VATY labels,
external roll stand, and driver disk.
1
TDP43ME-RS External label roll stand for TDP43ME printer; used to rear feed labels
that are supplied on 3" cores.
1
TDP43ME-CASE Hardside carrying case accommodates printer, AC power adapter,
ribbons, printer cable, external roll stand, labels, and tools.
1
TDP43ME-AC Replacement AC power adapter with power cord (US cord only). 1
TDP43ME-CUTTER Optional power/automatic cutter for TDP43ME thermal transfer
desktop printer; easy to install for automatic cutting of labels.
1
PTR-CLN Printer cleaning kit contains bottle of cleaning solution with MSDS,
cleaning pen, swabs, alcohol wipes, and cleaning instructions.
1
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
PROG-CCCD CAD-Connect
Labeling
Software, CD-ROM.
1 10
O.13 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Ribbons for Use with the TDP43ME Thermal Transfer Desktop Printer
Order number of ribbons required in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Ribbons load easily into the TDP43ME printer
Resin - recommended for use with polyester
and white polyimide component labels,
marker plates, raised panel labels, nylon
cloth labels, and continuous vinyl tape
Hybrid - recommended for use with heat
shrink, self-laminating, Turn-Tell
labels, and
tan polyimide, and vinyl cloth labels
RMER4BL-A black resin - recommended for
use with nuclear marker plates
Part Number Part Description
Width Length
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty. In. mm Ft. m
RMEH2BL Black hybrid thermal transfer ribbon, 2.50" x 300'. For use with TDP43ME
desktop printer. Use with heat shrink, self-laminating, Turn-Tell
, and vinyl
cloth labels.
2.50 63.5 300.0 91.4 1 12
RMEH4BL Black hybrid thermal transfer ribbon, 4.25" x 300'. For use with TDP43ME
desktop printer. Use with heat shrink, self-laminating, Turn-Tell
, and vinyl
cloth labels.
4.25 108.0 300.0 91.4 1 12
RMER2BL Black resin thermal transfer ribbon, 2.50" x 300'. For use with TDP43ME
desktop printer. Use with polyester and polyimide labels, continuous vinyl
tape, marker plates, and raised panel labels.
2.50 63.5 300.0 91.4 1 12
RMER4BL Black resin thermal transfer ribbon, 4.25" x 300'. For use with TDP43ME
desktop printer. Use with polyester and polyimide labels, continuous vinyl
tape, marker plates, and raised panel labels.
4.25 108.0 300.0 91.4 1 12
RMER2WH White resin thermal transfer ribbon, 2.50" x 300'. For use with TDP43ME
desktop printer. Use with continuous vinyl tape, marker plates, and raised
panel labels.
2.50 63.5 300.0 91.4 1 6
RMER4WH White resin thermal transfer ribbon, 4.25" x 300'. For use with TDP43ME
desktop printer. Use with continuous vinyl tape, marker plates, and raised
panel labels.
4.25 108.0 300.0 91.4 1 6
RMER4RD Red resin ribbon, 4.25" x 300'. For use with TDP43ME desktop printer.
Use with continuous vinyl tape, marker plates, and raised panel labels.
4.25 108.0 300.0 91.4 1 6
RMER4BL-A Black resin thermal transfer ribbon, 4.25" x 300'. For use with TDP43ME
desktop printer. Use with nuclear marker plates.
4.25 108.0 300.0 91.4 1 12
O.14 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Thermal Transfer Component Labels
Use for identifying patch panels, faceplates,
punchdown blocks and other network
systems hardware
Die-cut labels designed to provide
maximum aesthetic quality and appearance
Available in adhesive polyester and
non-adhesive polyester materials
Use with Panduit thermal transfer
resin ribbons
*Label is perforated to be used in 1, 2, 3, or 4-position applications.
Label is perforated to be used in 1, 2, 3, or 4-position applications.
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Labels roll mounted on 3.00" cores; when using the TDP43ME printer and 3.00" cores, the roll stand (TDP43ME-RS) is required.
G.22 G.26 Boxes Surface Mount, Outlet, Hybrid
Application Description
Typical
Application Page
B.84 Punchdown Blocks 110
G.3 G.14 Faceplates B.22 B.24 Patch Panels
B.81 GP6
1-port identifier.
Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
0.61 15.5 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C100X050YPT White, component label, super-tack polyester, 1.00 inch wide x
0.50 inch high, 3-inch core.
1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 10000 40000
C125X030YPT White, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
2-port identifier.
Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
1.25 31.8 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C138X019YPT White, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
module identifier.
Application code: JM.
1.38 35.1 0.19 4.8 2500 10000
C138X019Y0T Black, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
module identifier.
Application code: JM.
1.38 35.1 0.19 4.8 2500 10000
C150X030Y1T White, non-adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
3-port identifier.
Application code: FP.
1.50 38.1 0.30 7.6 1000 5000
C188X030YPT White, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
3-port identifier.
Application code: FP.
1.88 47.8 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C195X040Y1T White, non-adhesive polyester label. 1.95 49.5 0.40 10.2 1000 10000
C200X100YPT White, adhesive polyester label, SLCT bundle marker identifier.
Application code: SL and RK.
2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 2500 10000
C200X100Y0T Black, adhesive polyester label, SLCT bundle marker identifier.
Application code: SL and RK.
2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 2500 10000
C252X030YPT White, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
4-port identifier.
Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
2.52 64.0 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C252X030YPT-P* White, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
perforated port
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
2.52 64.0 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C252X030YQT-P* Blue, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
perforated port
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
2.52 64.0 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C252X030YRT-P* Brown, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
perforated port
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
2.52 64.0 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C252X030YST-P* Green, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
perforated port
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
2.52 64.0 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C252X030YTT-P* Gray, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
perforated port
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
2.52 64.0 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C252X030YUT-P* Orange, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
perforated port
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
2.52 64.0 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C252X030YVT-P* Purple, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
perforated port
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
2.52 64.0 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C252X030YWT-P* Red, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
perforated port
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
2.52 64.0 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C252X030Y0T-P* Black, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
perforated port
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
2.52 64.1 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C252X030Y8T-P* Yellow, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
perforated port
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
2.52 64.0 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C252X030Y9T-P* Gold, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
perforated port
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
2.52 64.0 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
O.15 For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
www.panduit.com
Thermal Transfer Component Labels (continued)
*Label is perforated to be used in 1, 2, 3, or 4-position applications.
Label is perforated to be used in 1, 2, 3, or 4-position applications.
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Labels roll mounted on 3.00" cores; when using the TDP43ME printer and 3.00" cores, the roll stand (TDP43ME-RS) is required.
mm In. mm In.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Height Width
Part Description Part Number
C261X030YPT White, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
4-port identifier.
Application codes: FP and PP.
2.61 66.3 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C261X035Y1T White, non-adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
4-port identifier.
Application codes: FP and PP.
2.61 66.3 0.35 8.9 1000 5000
C275X125YPT White, adhesive polyester label, general identifier. Application
code: RK.
2.75 69.9 1.25 31.8 2500 10000
C275X125Y0T Black, adhesive polyester label, general identifier. Application
code: RK.
2.75 69.9 1.25 31.8 2500 10000
C288X030YPT White, adhesive polyester label, double gang faceplate identifier.
Application code: FP.
2.88 73.2 0.30 7.6 2500 2500
C288X040Y1T White, non-adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
double-gang
faceplate. Application code: FP.
2.88 73.2 0.40 10.2 1000 1000
C300X100YJT White, polyester label. 3.00 76.2 1.00 25.4 2500 2500
C315X030YPT White, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
5-port identifier.
Application code: FP.
3.15 80.0 0.30 7.6 2500 2500
C379X030YPT White, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
6-port identifier.
Application code: FP.
3.79 96.3 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C379X030YPT-P White, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
perforated port
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
3.79 96.3 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C379X030YQT-P Blue, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
perforated port
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
3.79 96.3 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C379X030YRT-P Brown, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
perforated port
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
3.79 96.3 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C379X030YST-P Green, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
perforated port
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
3.79 96.3 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C379X030YTT-P Gray, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
perforated port
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
3.79 96.3 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C379X030YUT-P Orange, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
perforated port
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
3.79 96.3 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C379X030YVT-P Purple, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
perforated port
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
3.79 96.3 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C379X030YWT-P Red, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
perforated port
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
3.79 96.3 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C379X030Y0T-P Black, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
perforated port
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
3.79 96.3 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C379X030Y8T-P Yellow, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
perforated port
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
3.79 96.3 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C379X030Y9T-P Gold, adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
perforated port
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
3.79 96.3 0.30 7.6 2500 10000
C390X030Y1T White, non-adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
6-port identifier.
Application code: PP.
3.90 99.1 0.30 7.6 1000 5000
C400X100YJT White, polyester label. 4.00 101.6 1.00 25.4 2500 10000
C400X200YJT White, polyester label. 4.00 101.6 2.00 50.8 1000 4000
C750X050Y1T White, non-adhesive polyester label, 110 block identifier.
Application code: PB.
7.50 190.5 0.50 12.7 1000 5000
C788X050Y1T White, non-adhesive polyester label, GP6 System identifier.
Application code: GP.
7.88 200.2 0.50 12.7 1000 5000
O.16 Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Thermal Transfer Self-Laminating Labels
Self-laminating labels supplied on rolls,
include a colored print-on area and clear
overlaminate to protect the legend for clear
and durable identification
Use with Panduit thermal transfer hybrid
ribbons
Order number of labels required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Labels are roll mounted on 3.00" cores; when using the TDP43ME printer and 3.00" cores, the roll stand (TDP43ME-RS) is required.
*For labels mounted on 1.00" cores, replace suffix TY with 1Y.
Part Number Part Description
Width Length
Print-On
Area Height
Min. Cable
O.D.
Max. Cable
O.D.
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty. In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
S050X075VATY* White print-on area, vinyl label
for 18 14 AWG wires.
0.50 12.7 0.75 19.1 0.25 6.4 0.08 2.0 0.16 4.0 5000 40000
S050X125VATY* White print-on area, vinyl label
for 12 10 AWG wires, Cat. 3
UTP cable.
0.50 12.7 1.25 31.8 0.38 9.7 0.12 3.1 0.28 7.0 5000 10000
S050X150VATY* White print-on area, vinyl label
for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat. 6A
UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
0.50 12.7 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 5000 40000
S050X250VATY White print-on area, vinyl label
for 6 2 AWG wires.
0.50 12.7 2.50 63.5 1.00 25.4 0.32 8.1 0.95 24.3 5000 20000
S075X075VATY White print-on area, vinyl label
for 18 14 AWG wires.
0.75 19.1 0.75 19.1 0.25 6.4 0.08 2.0 0.16 4.0 5000 20000
S075X125VATY White print-on area, vinyl label
for 12 10 AWG wires, Cat. 3
UTP cable.
0.75 19.1 1.25 31.8 0.38 9.7 0.12 3.1 0.28 7.0 5000 20000
S075X150VATY White print-on area, vinyl label
for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat. 6A
UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
0.75 19.1 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 5000 20000
S100X075VATY* White print-on area, vinyl label
for 18 14 AWG wires.
1.00 25.4 0.75 19.1 0.25 6.4 0.08 2.0 0.16 4.0 5000 10000
S100X125VATY* White print-on area, vinyl label
for 12 10 AWG wires, Cat. 3
UTP cable.
1.00 25.4 1.25 31.8 0.38 9.7 0.12 3.1 0.28 7.0 5000 10000
S100X150VATY* White print-on area, vinyl label
for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat. 6A
UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 5000 20000
S100X150VBTY Blue print-on area, vinyl label
for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat. 6A
UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 5000 20000
S100X150VCTY Brown print-on area, vinyl label
for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat. 6A
UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 5000 20000
S100X150VDTY Green print-on area, vinyl label
for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat. 6A
UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 5000 20000
S100X150VETY Gray print-on area, vinyl label
for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat. 6A
UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 5000 20000
S100X150VFTY Orange print-on area, vinyl
label for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat. 6A
UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 5000 20000
S100X150VGTY Purple print-on area, vinyl
label for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat. 6A
UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 5000 20000
S100X150VHTY Red print-on area, vinyl label
for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat. 6A
UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 5000 20000
S100X150VITY Yellow print-on area, vinyl label
for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat. 6A
UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 5000 20000
S100X150V0TY Black print-on area, vinyl label
for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat. 6A
UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 5000 20000
mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Max. Cable
O.D.
Min. Cable
O.D.
Print-On
Area Height Length Width
Part Description Part Number
O.17 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Thermal Transfer Self-Laminating Labels (continued)
Order number of labels required in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Labels are roll mounted on 3.00" cores; when using the TDP43ME printer and 3.00" cores, the roll stand (TDP43ME-RS) is required.
* For labels mounted on 1.00" cores, replace suffix TY with 1Y.
S100X150V9TY Gold print-on area, vinyl label
for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat. 6A
UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 5000 20000
S100X225VATY* White print-on area, vinyl label
for 8 4 AWG wires, Cat. 6A
UTP, FTP/Cat. 6 FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 5000 20000
S100X225VBTY Blue print-on area, vinyl label
for 8 4 AWG wires, Cat. 6A
UTP, FTP/Cat. 6 FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 5000 20000
S100X225VCTY Brown print-on area, vinyl label
for 8 4 AWG wires, Cat. 6A
UTP, FTP/Cat. 6 FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 5000 20000
S100X225VDTY Green print-on area, vinyl label
for 8 4 AWG wires, Cat. 6A
UTP, FTP/Cat. 6 FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 5000 20000
S100X225VETY Gray print-on area, vinyl label
for 8 4 AWG wires, Cat. 6A
UTP, FTP/Cat. 6 FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 5000 20000
S100X225VFTY Orange print-on area, vinyl
label for 8 4 AWG wires, Cat.
6A UTP, FTP/Cat. 6 FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 5000 20000
S100X225VGTY Purple print-on area, vinyl
label for 8 4 AWG wires, Cat.
6A UTP, FTP/Cat. 6 FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 5000 20000
S100X225VHTY Red print-on area, vinyl label
for 8 4 AWG wires, Cat. 6A
UTP, FTP/Cat. 6 FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 5000 20000
S100X225VITY Yellow print-on area, vinyl label
for 8 4 AWG wires, Cat. 6A
UTP, FTP/Cat. 6 FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 5000 20000
S100X225V0TY Black print-on area, vinyl label
for 8 4 AWG wires, Cat. 6A
UTP, FTP/Cat. 6 FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 5000 20000
S100X225V9TY Gold print-on area, vinyl label
for 8 4 AWG wires, Cat. 6A
UTP, FTP/Cat. 6 FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 5000 20000
S100X250VATY* White print-on area, vinyl label
for 6 2 AWG wires.
1.00 25.4 2.50 63.5 1.00 25.4 0.32 8.1 0.48 12.1 5000 20000
S100X400VATY* White print-on area, vinyl label
for 6 2 AWG wires.
1.00 25.4 2.50 63.5 1.00 25.4 0.32 8.1 0.95 12.1 5000 20000
S100X650VATY* White print-on area, vinyl label
for 1/0 250 MCM wires.
1.00 25.4 6.50 165.1 1.50 38.1 0.48 12.1 1.59 40.4 1000 2000
S150X150VATY White print-on area, vinyl label
for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat. 6A
UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
1.50 38.1 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 5000 20000
S150X225VATY White print-on area, vinyl label
for 8 4 AWG wires, Cat. 6A
UTP, FTP/Cat. 6 FTP cable.
1.50 38.1 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 5000 20000
S150X400VATY White print-on area, vinyl label
for 2 1 AWG wires.
1.50 38.1 4.00 101.6 1.00 25.4 0.32 8.1 0.95 24.1 2500 10000
S200X150VATY White print-on area, vinyl label
for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat. 6A
UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
2.00 50.8 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 5000 20000
S200X225VATY* White print-on area, vinyl label
for 6 2 AWG wires.
2.00 50.8 2.50 63.5 1.00 25.4 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 1000 4000
S200X250VATY White print-on area, vinyl label
for 6 2 AWG wires.
2.00 50.8 2.50 63.5 1.00 25.4 0.32 8.1 0.48 12.1 1000 4000
S200X400VATY* White print-on area, vinyl label
for 2 1 AWG wires.
2.00 50.8 4.00 101.6 1.00 25.4 0.32 8.1 0.95 24.1 1000 3000
S200X650VATY* White print-on area, vinyl label
for 1/0 250 MCM wires.
2.00 50.8 6.50 165.1 1.50 38.1 0.48 12.1 1.59 40.4 1000 2000
O.18 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
LabelCore
Labels
Part Number Part Description
Width Length
Print-On
Area Height
Min. Cable
O.D.
Max. Wire
O.D.
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty. In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
R050X075V1T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 0.50" W x 0.75" H,
0.25" POA, Clear/White, 3" Core, 18 14
AWG wire/cable.
0.50 12.7 0.75 19.1 0.25 6.4 0.12 3.1 0.16 4.1 5000 20000
R050X125V1T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 0.50" W x 1.25" H,
0.38" POA, Clear/White, 3" Core, 12 10
AWG wire/cable, Cat. 3 UTP cable.
0.50 12.7 1.25 31.8 0.38 9.7 0.12 3.1 0.16 4.1 5000 20000
R050X150V1T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 0.50" W x 1.50" H,
0.50" POA, Clear/White, 3" Core, 10 6
AWG wire/cable, Cat. 5e/6/6e UTP and
Cat. 5e FTP cable.
0.50 12.7 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.0 0.32 8.1 5000 20000
R100X075V1T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 0.75" H,
0.25" POA, Clear/White, 3" Core, 18 14
AWG wire/cable.
1.00 25.4 0.75 19.1 0.25 6.4 0.12 3.1 0.16 4.1 2500 10000
R100X125V1T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 1.25" H,
0.38" POA, Clear/White, 3" Core, 12 10
AWG wire/cable, Cat. 3 UTP cable.
1.00 25.4 1.25 31.8 0.38 9.7 0.16 4.1 0.22 5.6 2500 10000
R100X150V1T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 1.50" H,
0.50" POA, Clear/White, 3" Core, Cat.
5e/6/6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1 2500 10000
R100X150V2T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 1.50" H,
0.50" POA, Clear/Blue, 3" Core,
Cat. 5e/6/6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1 2500 10000
R100X150V3T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 1.50" H,
0.50" POA, Clear/Green, 3" Core,
Cat. 5e/6/6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1 2500 10000
R100X150V7T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 1.50" H,
0.50" POA, Clear/Red, 3" Core,
Cat. 5e/6/6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1 2500 10000
R100X150V8T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 1.50" H,
0.50" POA, Clear/Yellow, 3" Core,
Cat. 5e/6/6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1 2500 10000
R100X225V1T Thermal Transfer Vinyl, 1.00" W x 2.25" H,
0.75" POA, Clear/White, 3" Core,
8 4 AWG wire/cable, Cat. 6A UTP,
FTP/Cat. 6 FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9 2500 10000
R100X225V2T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 2.25" H,
0.75" POA, Clear/Blue, 3" Core,
8 4 AWG wire/cable, Cat. 6A UTP,
FTP/Cat. 6 FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9 2500 10000
R100X225V3T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 2.25" H,
0.75" POA, Clear/Green, 3" Core,
8 4 AWG wire/cable, Cat. 6A UTP,
FTP/Cat. 6 FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9 2500 10000
R100X225V7T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 2.25" H,
0.75" POA, Clear/Red, 3" Core,
8 4 AWG wire/cable, Cat. 6A UTP,
FTP/Cat. 6 FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9 2500 10000
R100X225V8T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 2.25" H,
0.75" POA, Clear/Yellow, 3" Core,
8 4 AWG wire/cable, Cat. 6A UTP,
FTP/Cat. 6 FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9 2500 10000
Table continues on page O.20
Allows labels to rotate for visibility from any
angle, and allows repositioning on the
wire/cable to align legends for improved
aesthetics
Ideal for use in high-density or space-
constrained cable applications
Use thermal transfer hybrid ribbon
Temperature range: -40F to 200F (-40C to
107C)
O.20 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Replace the asterisk in part numbers above with the desired color code.
Thermal Transfer Marker Plates
Non-adhesive halogen-free marker plates
used to identify wires, cables, equipment,
and many other applications
Offers crisp, clear legend with superior
legibility and engineered to withstand high
temperatures, harsh solvents, oils, and
chemicals without over-lamination
Attachable in horizontal or
vertical orientation
Available in a variety of colors and sizes
Temperature range: -58F to 221F (-50C
to 105C)
Use with Panduit thermal transfer
resin ribbons
Part Number
Color
Width
In.
(mm)
Height
In.
(mm)
Print-On
Area Width
In.
(mm)
Labels
Per Roll
Std.
Pkg.
Qty. Yellow White Blue Green Gray Orange Red
M200X050* Y6T Y7T ACT AET AFT AGT AIT 2.00
(50.8)
0.50
(12.7)
1.07
(27.2)
500 1 Roll
M200X100* Y6T Y7T ACT AET AFT AGT AIT 2.00
(50.8)
1.00
(25.4)
0.80
(20.3)
500 1 Roll
M300X050* Y6T Y7T ACT AET AFT AGT AIT 3.00
(76.2)
0.50
(12.7)
2.07
(52.6)
500 1 Roll
M300X100* Y6T Y7T ACT AET AFT AGT AIT 3.00
(76.2)
1.00
(25.4)
1.80
(45.7)
500 1 Roll
Thermal Transfer Flag Labels
Halogen-free, polyester flag-style marker
for wire/cable labeling
Improved legibility and more information on
small wires and cables provide clearer,
more complete identification
Innovative design allows the product to be
applied as a permanent adhesive label or
as a repositionable non-adhesive label
Temperature range: -40F to 302F (-40C
to 150C )
UL969 recognized, File # MH14576 and
File # MH14979; cUL recognized C22.2 No
0.15-01, File # MH14979
Use with Panduit thermal transfer
resin ribbons
Part Number Color
Width Height Min. Cable O.D.
Max. Cable
O.D.
Wire
Range
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty. In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
F100X150AJT White 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.12 3.1 0.20 5.1 12 10 AWG 2500 10000
F100X213AJT White 1.00 25.4 2.13 54.1 0.32 8.1 0.38 9.7 3 2 AWG 2500 10000
F100X300AJT White 1.00 25.4 3.00 76.2 0.90 2.3 0.28 7.1 8 4 AWG 2500 10000
F100X363AJT White 1.00 25.4 3.63 92.2 0.20 5.1 0.46 11.7 2 1 AWG 2500 10000
R100X400V1T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 1.00" W x 4.00" H,
1.00" POA, Clear/White, 3" Core,
2 AWG 250 MCM wire/cable.
1.00 25.4 4.00 101.6 1.00 25.4 0.39 9.9 0.95 24.1 1000 4000
R200X150V1T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 2.00" W x 1.50" H,
0.50" POA, Clear/White, 3" Core,
Cat. 5e/6/6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP
cable.5/5e/6 cable.
2.00 50.8 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1 1000 4000
R200X225V1T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 2.00" W x 2.25" H,
0.75" POA, Clear/White, 3" Core,
8 4 AWG wire/cable, Cat. 6A UTP,
FTP/Cat. 6 FTP cable.
2.00 50.8 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9 1000 4000
R200X400V1T Thermal Transfer, Vinyl, 2.00" W x 4.00" H,
1.00" POA, Clear/White, 3" Core,
2 AWG 250 MCM wire/cable.
2.00 50.8 4.00 101.6 1.00 25.4 0.39 9.9 0.95 24.1 1000 4000
Part Number Part Description
Width Length
Print-On
Area Height
Min. Cable
O.D.
Max. Wire
O.D.
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty. In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
Turn-Tell
Labels (continued)
Order number of labels required in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
O.21 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Table continues on page O.22
Thermal Transfer Raised Panel Labels
Raised thermal transfer printable surface
with high-tack adhesive for strong
holding power
Variety of sizes and colors for a wide range
of applications
Thermal transfer print technology provides
crisp, clear, and durable text
Use with Panduit thermal transfer
resin ribbons
Ultimate ID
1-port identifier.
Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
0.61 15.5 0.30 7.6 5000 25000
C125X030FJJ White, adhesive polyolefin label, Mini-Com
2-port identifier.
Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
1.25 31.8 0.30 7.6 2500 12500
C138X019FJJ White, adhesive polyolefin label, Mini-Com
module identifier.
Application code: JM.
1.38 35.1 0.19 4.8 2500 12500
C150X030Y1J White, non-adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
3-port
identifier. Application code: FP.
1.50 38.1 0.30 7.6 1000 5000
C188X030FJJ White, adhesive polyolefin label, Mini-Com
3-port identifier.
Application code: FP.
1.88 47.8 0.30 7.6 1000 5000
C195X040Y1J White, non-adhesive polyester label, single-gang faceplate.
Application code: FP.
1.95 49.5 0.40 10.2 1000 5000
C200X100FJJ White, adhesive polyolefin label, SLCT bundle marker
identifier. Application code: SL and RK.
2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 1000 5000
C252X030FJJ White, adhesive polyolefin label, Mini-Com
4-port identifier.
Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
2.52 64.0 0.30 7.6 1000 5000
C252X030FRJ Brown, non-adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
4-port
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
2.52 64.0 0.30 7.6 1000 5000
C252X030FTJ Gray, non-adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
4-port
identifier. Application codes: BX, FP, and PP.
2.52 64.0 0.30 7.6 1000 5000
C261X030FJJ White, adhesive polyolefin label, Mini-Com
4-port identifier.
Application codes: FP and PP.
2.61 66.3 0.30 7.6 1000 5000
C261X035Y1J White, non-adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
4-port
identifier. Application codes: FP and PP.
2.61 66.3 0.35 8.9 1000 5000
C282X030Y1J White, non-adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
4-port
identifier. Application codes: FP and PP.
2.82 71.6 0.30 7.6 1000 5000
C288X040Y1J White, non-adhesive polyester label, double-gang faceplate.
Application code: FP.
2.88 73.2 0.40 10.2 1000 5000
C315X030FJJ White, adhesive polyolefin label, Mini-Com
5-port identifier.
Application code: FP.
3.15 80.0 0.30 7.6 1000 5000
C379X030FJJ White, adhesive polyolefin label, Mini-Com
6-port identifier.
Application code: FP.
3.79 96.3 0.30 7.6 1000 5000
C390X030Y1J White, non-adhesive polyester label, Mini-Com
6-port
identifier. Application code: PP.
3.90 99.1 0.30 7.6 1000 5000
C750X050Y1J White, non-adhesive polyester label, 110 block identifier.
Application code: PB.
7.50 190.5 0.50 12.7 500 2500
C788X050Y1J White, non-adhesive polyester label, GP6
System identifier.
Application code: GP.
7.88 200.2 0.50 12.7 500 2500
O.23 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Laser/Ink Jet Self-Laminating Labels
Labels can be printed in both laser and ink
jet printers
Self-laminating adhesive labels
include a colored print-on area and
clear overlaminate
Order number of labels required in multiples of Std. Pkg. Qty.
Part Number Part Description
Width Length
Print-On Area
Height
Min. Cable
O.D.
Max. Cable
O.D.
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty. In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
S050X075YAJ White print-on area, polyester
label for 18 14 AWG wire.
0.50 12.7 0.75 19.1 0.25 6.4 0.08 2.0 0.16 4.1 5000 25000
S050X125YAJ White print-on area, polyester
label for 12 10 AWG wire,
Cat. 3 UTP cable.
0.50 12.7 1.25 31.8 0.38 9.7 0.12 3.1 0.28 7.0 5000 25000
S050X150YAJ White print-on area, polyester
label for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat.
6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
0.50 12.7 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 0.32 8.1 5000 25000
S075X075YAJ White print-on area, polyester
label for 18 14 AWG wire.
0.75 19.1 0.75 19.1 0.25 6.4 0.08 2.0 0.16 4.1 2500 10000
S075X125YAJ White print-on area, polyester
label for 12 10 AWG wire,
Cat. 3 UTP cable.
0.75 19.1 1.25 31.8 0.38 9.7 0.12 3.1 0.28 7.0 2500 10000
S075X150YAJ White print-on area, polyester
label for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat.
6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
0.75 19.1 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 0.32 8.1 2500 10000
S100X075YAJ White print-on area, polyester
label for 18 14 AWG wire.
1.00 25.4 0.75 19.1 0.25 6.4 0.08 2.0 0.16 4.1 2500 10000
S100X125YAJ White print-on area, polyester
label for 12 10 AWG wire,
Cat. 3 UTP cable.
1.00 25.4 1.25 31.8 0.38 9.7 0.12 3.1 0.28 7.0 2500 10000
S100X150YAJ White print-on area, polyester
label for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat.
6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 0.32 8.1 2500 10000
S100X150YBJ Blue print-on area, polyester
label for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat.
6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 0.32 8.1 2500 10000
S100X150YCJ Brown print-on area, polyester
label for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat.
6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 0.32 8.1 2500 10000
S100X150YDJ Green print-on area, polyester
label for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat.
6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 0.32 8.1 2500 10000
S100X150YEJ Gray print-on area, polyester
label for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat.
6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 0.32 8.1 2500 10000
S100X150YFJ Orange print-on area,
polyester label for Cat. 5e/Cat.
6/Cat. 6A UTP/Cat. 5e
FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 0.32 8.1 2500 10000
S100X150YGJ Purple print-on area,
polyester label for Cat. 5e/Cat.
6/Cat. 6A UTP/Cat. 5e
FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 0.32 8.1 2500 10000
S100X150YHJ Red print-on area, polyester
label for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat.
6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 0.32 8.1 2500 10000
S100X150YIJ Yellow print-on area, polyester
label for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat.
6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 0.32 8.1 2500 10000
O.24 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Max. Cable
O.D.
Min. Cable
O.D.
Print-On Area
Height Length Width
Part Description Part Number
Laser/Ink Jet Self-Laminating Labels (continued)
S100X160YAJ White print-on area,
polyester label. For use
with LabelCore
Sleeves
NWSLC-2Y and NWSLC-3Y.
1.00 25.4 1.60 40.6 0.80 20.3 0.25 6.4 0.25 6.4 2500 10000
S100X220YAJ White print-on area,
polyester label. For use
with LabelCore
Sleeves NWSLC-7Y.
1.00 25.4 2.20 55.9 1.10 27.9 0.35 8.9 0.35 8.9 1000 5000
S100X225YAJ White print-on area, polyester
label for 8 4 AWG wire, Cat.
6A UTP, FTP/Cat. 6
FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 1000 5000
S100X225YBJ Blue print-on area, polyester
label for 8 4 AWG wire, Cat.
6A UTP, FTP/Cat. 6
FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 1000 5000
S100X225YCJ Brown print-on area, polyester
label for 8 4 AWG wire, Cat.
6A UTP, FTP/Cat. 6
FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 1000 5000
S100X225YDJ Green print-on area, polyester
label for 8 4 AWG wire, Cat.
6A UTP, FTP/Cat. 6
FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 1000 5000
S100X225YEJ Gray print-on area, polyester
label for 8 4 AWG wire, Cat.
6A UTP, FTP/Cat. 6
FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 1000 5000
S100X225YFJ Orange print-on area,
polyester label for 8 4 AWG
wire, Cat. 6A UTP, FTP/Cat. 6
FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.2 1000 5000
S100X225YGJ Purple print-on area,
polyester label.for 8 4 AWG
wire, Cat. 6A UTP, FTP/Cat. 6
FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 1000 5000
S100X225YHJ Red print-on area, polyester
label for 8 4 AWG wire, Cat.
6A UTP, FTP/Cat. 6
FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.0 0.48 12.1 1000 5000
S100X225YIJ Yellow print-on area, polyester
label for 8 4 AWG wire, Cat.
6A UTP, FTP/Cat. 6
FTP cable.
1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 1000 5000
S100X400YAJ White print-on area, polyester
label for 2 1 AWG wire.
1.00 25.4 4.00 101.6 1.00 25.4 0.32 8.1 0.95 24.3 1000 5000
S100X650YAJ White print-on area, polyester
label for 1/0 350 MCM wire.
1.00 25.4 6.50 165.1 1.50 38.1 0.48 12.1 1.59 40.4 1000 5000
S150X400YAJ White print-on area, polyester
label for 2 1 AWG wire.
1.50 38.1 4.00 101.6 1.00 25.4 0.32 8.1 0.95 24.1 1000 5000
S150X400YIJ Yellow print-on area, polyester
label for 2 1 AWG wire..
1.50 38.1 4.00 101.6 1.00 25.4 0.32 8.1 0.95 24.1 1000 5000
S200X150YAJ White print-on area, polyester
label for Cat. 5e/Cat. 6/Cat.
6A UTP/Cat. 5e FTP cable.
2.00 50.8 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 0.32 8.1 1000 5000
S200X225YAJ White print-on area, polyester
label for 8 4 AWG wire, Cat.
6A UTP, FTP/Cat. 6
FTP cable.
2.00 50.8 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 1000 5000
S200X400YAJ White print-on area, polyester
label for 2 1 AWG wire.
2.00 50.8 4.00 101.6 1.00 25.4 0.32 8.1 0.95 24.1 1000 5000
S200X650YAJ White print-on area, polyester
label for 1/0 350 MCM wire.
2.00 50.8 6.50 165.1 1.50 38.1 0.48 12.1 1.59 40.4 500 2500
O.25 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Wire Size Selection Guide
To use this guide place your wire or cable
in the appropriate circle to determine
wire, outside diameter.
The charts below indicate the approximate cable outside diameter or
various electrical and communication cables.
Diameter 0.10" (2.5mm)
Diameter 0.20" (5.1mm)
Diameter 0.28" (7.1mm)
Diameter 0.54" (13.7mm)
Diameter 0.94" (23.9mm)
Diameter 1.40" (35.5mm)
Diameter 1.90" (48.3mm)
Diameter 2.40" (61.0mm)
Fiber Optic Distribution (62.5/125)
Size Non-Plenum Plenum
6 Strand 0.26 (6.6) 0.18 (4.6)
8 Strand 0.27 (6.9) 0.18 (4.6)
12 Strand 0.28 (7.1) 0.21 (5.3)
18 Strand 0.49 (12.4) 0.47 (11.9)
24 Strand 0.54 (13.7) 0.52 (13.2)
36 Strand 0.54 (13.7) 0.52 (13.2)
48 Strand 0.59 (15.0) 0.56 (14.2)
72 Strand 0.72 (18.3) 0.71 (18.0)
Coaxial Cable
Size Coax
RG58/u 0.19 (4.8)
RG59/u 0.24 (6.1)
RG62A/u 0.24 (6.1)
RG6/u 0.27 (6.8)
RG11/u 0.40 (10.2)
Category 3, Category 5e, Category 6 and Category 6A Cable
Size
Category 3 Category 5e Category 6 Category 6A
UTP
Voice
UTP
Data UTP FTP UTP FTP UTP FTP
2 Pair 0.12
(3.0)
3 Pair 0.15
(3.8)
4 Pair 0.19
(4.8)
0.22
(5.6)
0.20
(5.1)
0.25
(6.3)
0.22
(5.6)
0.28
(7.1)
0.32
(8.1)
0.30
(7.6)
25 Pair 0.42
(10.7)
0.51
(12.9)
0.73
(18.5)
50 Pair 0.46
(11.7)
0.66
(16.8)
100 Pair 0.63
(16.0)
0.96
(24.4)
300 Pair 1.07
(27.2)
1.27
(32.2)
Electrical Cables
Approximate Wire Outside Diameter In. (mm)
Size TF THW TW
TFN/THHN/
THWN
18 AWG 0.11 (2.8) 0.11 (2.8) 0.11 (2.8) 0.09 (2.3)
16 AWG 0.12 (3.0) 0.12 (3.0) 0.12 (3.0) 0.10 (2.5)
14 AWG 0.13 (3.3) 0.16 (4.1) 0.16 (4.1) 0.10 (2.5)
12 AWG 0.15 (3.8) 0.18 (4.6) 0.18 (4.6) 0.12 (3.0)
10 AWG 0.17 (4.3) 0.20 (5.1) 0.20 (5.1) 0.15 (3.8)
8 AWG 0.24 (6.1) 0.28 (7.1) 0.28 (7.1) 0.22 (5.6)
6 AWG 0.32 (8.1) 0.32 (8.1) 0.32 (8.1) 0.26 (6.6)
4 AWG 0.37 (9.4) 0.37 (9.4) 0.37 (9.4) 0.33 (8.4)
3 AWG 0.40 (10.2) 0.40 (10.2) 0.40 (10.2) 0.36 (9.1)
2 AWG 0.43 (10.9) 0.43 (10.9) 0.43 (10.9) 0.39 (9.9)
1AWG 0.51 (12.9) 0.51 (12.9) 0.51 (12.9) 0.45 (11.4)
1/0 0.55 (14.0) 0.55 (14.0) 0.55 (14.0) 0.49 (12.4)
2/0 0.59 (15.0) 0.59 (15.0) 0.59 (15.0) 0.54 (13.7)
3/0 0.65 (16.5) 0.65 (16.5) 0.65 (16.5) 0.59 (15.0)
4/0 0.70 (17.8) 0.70 (17.8) 0.70 (17.8) 0.65 (16.5)
250 MCM 0.79 (20.1) 0.79 (20.1) 0.79 (20.1) 0.72 (18.3)
300 MCM 0.84 (21.3) 0.84 (21.3) 0.84 (21.3) 0.77 (19.6)
350 MCM 0.89 (22.6) 0.89 (22.6) 0.89 (22.6) 0.82 (20.8)
400 MCM 0.94 (23.9) 0.94 (23.9) 0.94 (23.9) 0.87 (22.1)
500 MCM 1.03 (26.2) 1.03 (26.2) 1.03 (26.2) 0.95 (24.1)
600 MCM 1.14 (29.0) 1.14 (29.0) 1.14 (29.0) 1.06 (26.9)
700 MCM 1.21 (30.7) 1.21 (30.7) 1.21 (30.7) 1.13 (28.7)
750 MCM 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.16 (29.5)
800 MCM 1.28 (32.5) 1.28 (32.5) 1.28 (32.5) 1.20 (30.5)
900 MCM 1.34 (34.0) 1.34 (34.0) 1.34 (34.0) 1.26 (32.0)
1000 MCM 1.40 (35.6) 1.40 (35.6) 1.40 (35.6) 1.32 (33.5)
1250 MCM 1.58 (40.1) 1.58 (40.1) 1.58 (40.1)
1500 MCM 1.70 (43.2) 1.70 (43.2) 1.70 (43.2)
1750 MCM 1.82 (46.2) 1.82 (46.2) 1.82 (46.2)
2000 MCM 1.92 (48.8) 1.92 (48.8) 1.92 (48.8)
O.26 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Self-Laminating Fiber Optic Cable Marker Tags
Part Number Legend
Color
(Legend/Background)
Width Height
Tags
Per
Pkg.
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty. In. mm In. mm
PST-FO
CAUTION FIBER OPTIC
CABLE TYPE_____
COUNT_____
Black/Yellow 3.50 89.0 2.00 51.0 5 1 40
PST-FOBLNK
BLANK Yellow 3.50 89.0 2.00 51.0 5 1 40
Material Chart
Material Print Method Temperature Range Features
Rigid Vinyl,
Self-Laminating
Pre-Printed 0F to 176F
(-18C to 80C)
Indoor/outdoor rated; high quality, rugged
material resistant to abrasion; legend is
protected by overlaminate; use where
adhesives will not work
Photoluminescent Safety Signs
Used to mark egress routes, fire alarms, and fire equipment that
is clearly visible for up to ten hours after power is lost
Absorbs energy from ambient light and releases this energy in
the form of a glow when power is lost
Recommended for use with Photoluminescent Tapes see page
O.30 for more information
Panduit Photoluminescent Signs meet or exceed the following
safety standard specification for photoluminescent safety
markings including: ASTM E 2072-00, ASTM E 2073-00,
ASTM E 2030-99, DIN67510-1, IMO Resolution A.752.18,
ISO/CD 15370, DIN 67510, UL 924, ASTM 162, ASTM 648,
ASTM 662, MIL-L-3891 B, NFPA 101 Life Safety Code,
OSHA 1910.37
PPS0710G001
PPS1014G002
PPS0710G020 PPS1209G011 PPS1209G010 PPS1209G012
Size Reference Chart
Part
Number
Width Height
Signs
Per
Card
Std.
Pkg.
Qty. In. mm In. mm
*0710* 10.00 254.0 7.00 177.8 1 1 Sign
*1014* 14.00 355.6 10.00 254.0 1 1 Sign
*1209* 9.00 228.6 12.00 304.8 1 1 Sign
*Denotes the part numbers prefix and suffix.
O.27 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Arc Flash Pre-Printed Labels
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Basic
PPS0204W2100 4.50" x 2.25" (114.3mm x 57.2mm), black/orange, adhesive
polyester sign, WARNING. Potential Arc Flash Hazard.
5 100
PPS0204W2100-F 4.50" x 2.25" (114.3mm x 57.2mm), black/orange, adhesive
polyester sign, WARNING. Potential Arc Flash Hazard, written
in French.
5 100
PPS0305W2100 3.50" x 5.00" (88.9mm x 127.0mm), black/orange, adhesive
polyester sign, WARNING. Potential Arc Flash Hazard.
5 50
PPS0507W2100 5.00" x 7.00" (127.0mm x 177.8mm), black/orange, adhesive
polyester sign, WARNING. Potential Arc Flash Hazard.
5 50
PPS0507W2100-F 5.00" x 7.00" (127.0mm x 177.8mm), black/orange, adhesive
polyester sign, WARNING. Potential Arc Flash Hazard, written
in French.
5 50
Standard
PVS0305W2102Y 3.50" x 5.00" (88.9mm x 127.0mm), WARNING (Header) orange
and black, adhesive vinyl sign, WARNING. ARC Flash and
Shock Hazard.
5 50
PVS0305W2102Y-S 3.50" x 5.00" (88.9mm x 127.0mm), WARNING (Header) orange
and black, adhesive vinyl sign, WARNING. ARC Flash and
Shock Hazard. Written in Spanish.
5 50
Detailed
PVS0305W2103Y 3.50" x 5.00" (88.9mm x 127.0mm), WARNING (Header) orange
and black, adhesive vinyl sign, WARNING. Potential Arc Flash
and Shock Hazard with detailed write-on area.
5 100
PVS0305D2101Y 3.50" x 5.00" (88.9mm x 127.0mm), DANGER (Header) red and
white, adhesive vinyl sign, DANGER. Potential Arc Flash Exists
with detailed write-on area.
5 50
PVS0507W2103Y 5.00" x 7.00" (127.0mm x 177.8mm), WARNING (Header)
orange and black, adhesive vinyl sign, WARNING. Potential
Arc Flash and Shock Hazard with detailed write-on area.
5 100
PVS0507D2101Y 5.00" x 7.00" (127.0mm x 177.8mm), DANGER (Header) red
and white, adhesive vinyl sign, DANGER. Potential Arc Flash
Exists with detailed write-on area.
5 50
Compact
PVS0204W2103Y 2.25" x 4.50" (57.2mm x 114.3mm), WARNING (Header) orange
and black, adhesive vinyl sign, WARNING. Potential Arc Flash
and Shock Hazard with detailed write-on area.
5 100
PVS0204D2101Y 2.25" x 4.50" (57.2mm x 114.3mm), DANGER (Header) red
and white, adhesive vinyl sign, DANGER. Potential Arc Flash
Exists with detailed write-on area.
5 100
Detailed Bilingual
PVS0705W2105Y-S 7.00" x 5.00" (177.8mm x 127.0mm), WARNING (Header)
orange and black, adhesive vinyl sign, WARNING. Arc Flash
and Shock Hazard, with detailed write-on area. Written in
English and Spanish.
5 100
PVS0705D2105Y-S 7.00" x 5.00" (177.8mm x 127.0mm), DANGER (Header) red
and white, adhesive vinyl sign, DANGER. Arc Flash and Shock
Hazard, with detailed write-on area. Written in English and
Spanish.
5 100
Basic
WARNING
Standard
Detailed
Detailed Bilingual
Compact
Provide employees with the highest degree of safety
through proper identification and communication
New 2012 detailed format is compliant with NFPA 70E
2012 standard for Arc Flash labeling
Clearly visible and recognizable hazard information to
communicate Arc Flash hazards are present
Large WARNING header, universal hazard symbols and
clear, concise, hazard description
New DANGER header signs available for high risk Arc
Flash applications
Multiple sizes to choose from for specific applications
Labels are constructed of durable polyester (PPS), and
designed to withstand UV exposure, outdoor use, water,
abrasion or vinyl material (PVS) that accepts handwritten
hazard information by using Panduit permanent black
marking pens, part number - PFX-0
O.28
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Arc Flash Pre-Printed Labels with PPE Listings
Arc Flash Print On-Demand Labels
Custom Arc Flash Hazard Labels can be printed using Panduit
labeling software and desktop thermal transfer printers with resin
ribbons
Provide employees with the highest degree of safety through
proper identification and communication
New 2012 detailed format is compliant with NFPA 70E 2012
standard for Arc Flash labeling
Clearly visible and recognizable hazard information to
communicate arc flash hazards present
Labels are constructed of durable polyester designed to withstand
UV exposure, outdoor use, water and abrasion
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
Detailed with PPE Pictograms
PVS0507W2104Y-0 PPE Pictograms for Hazard Risk Category 0. 5 100
PVS0507W2104Y-1 PPE Pictograms for Hazard Risk Category 1. 5 100
PVS0507W2104Y-2 PPE Pictograms for Hazard Risk Category 2. 5 100
PVS0507W2104Y-3 PPE Pictograms for Hazard Risk Category 3. 5 100
PVS0507W2104Y-4 PPE Pictograms for Hazard Risk Category 4. 5 100
Detailed with PPE Listing
PVS0507W2106Y-0 PPE Listing for Hazard Risk Category 0. 5 100
PVS0507W2106Y-1 PPE Listing for Hazard Risk Category 1. 5 100
PVS0507W2106Y-2 PPE Listing for Hazard Risk Category 2. 5 100
PVS0507W2106Y-3 PPE Listing for Hazard Risk Category 3. 5 100
PVS0507W2106Y-4 PPE Listing for Hazard Risk Category 4. 5 100
Part Number Part Description
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
C200X400A51 2.00" x 4.00" (50.8mm x 101.6mm), polyester safety label, WARNING (Header) orange and black, 250 labels per roll. 1 4
C200X400YZ1 2.00" x 4.00" (50.8mm x 101.6mm), polyester safety label, DANGER (Header) red and white, 250 labels per roll. 1 4
C400X400A11* 4.00" x 4.00" (101.6mm x 101.6mm), polyester safety label, orange header, green footer, 250 labels per roll. 1 4
C400X400A21* 4.00" x 4.00" (101.6mm x 101.6mm), polyester safety label, orange header, yellow footer, 250 labels per roll. 1 4
C400X400A31* 4.00" x 4.00" (101.6mm x 101.6mm), polyester safety label, orange header, red footer, 250 labels per roll. 1 4
C400X400A51 4.00" x 4.00" (101.6mm x 101.6mm), polyester safety label, WARNING (Header) orange and black, 250 labels per roll. 1 4
C400X400YZ1 4.00" x 4.00" (101.6mm x 101.6mm), polyester safety label, DANGER (Header) red and white, 250 labels per roll. 1 4
C400X600A51 4.00" x 6.00" (101.6mm x 152.4mm), polyester safety label, WARNING (Header) orange and black, 100 labels per roll. 1 4
C400X600YX1 4.00" x 6.00" (101.6mm x 152.4mm), polyester arc flash label, orange header, 100 labels per roll. 1 4
C400X600YZ1 4.00" x 6.00" (101.6mm x 152.4mm), polyester safety label, DANGER (Header) red and white,100 labels per roll. 1 4
Arc Flash Print On-Demand Continuous Tape
T400X000A91 4.00" x 50.00 (101.6mm x 15.2m), polyester arc flash tape, red header. 1 4
T400X000YX1 4.00" x 50.00 (101.6mm x 15.2m), polyester arc flash tape, orange header. 1 4
C400X600YX1 T400X000YX1 T400X000A91 C400X600YZ1 C400X600A51 C400X400YZ1 C400X400A51 C400X400A11
Detailed with PPE
Pictograms
Detailed with PPE
Listing
*It is suggested to use the green footer for Hazard Risk Categories 0 and 1, the yellow footer for categories 2 and 3, and the red footer for categories 4
and Danger.
New 2012 detailed PPE format is compliant with NFPA
70E 2012 standard for Arc Flash labeling
Provides helpful guide for employees to select PPE
appropriate to the electrical hazard
Labels are constructed of vinyl material (PVS) that
accepts handwritten hazard information by using Panduit
permanent black marking pens, part number - PFX-0
Labels are 5.00" x 7.00" (127.0mm x 177.8mm) with large
WARNING header
O.29 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Voltage and Fiber Optic Markers
Material Chart
Material Print Method
Temperature
Range Features
Vinyl Pre-Printed -20F to 176F
(-29C to 80C)
Indoor rated; material has excellent adhesive
properties when applied to a clean dry surface.
Style
Width Height
Pipe/Conduit
O.D. Range
Markers
Per
Card In. mm In. mm In. mm
A 9.00 228.0 2.25 57.1 3.00 and Over 76.2 and Over 1
B 4.50 114.3 1.13 28.6 1.25 3.00 31.7 76.2 4
C 2.20 57.1 0.50 12.7 1.25 Under 31.7 and Under 18
Part Number
Legend
Color
(Legend/Background)
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty. Style A Style B Style C
PCV-110AY PCV-110BY PCV-110CY 110 Volts
Black/Orange
5 50
PCV-115AY PCV-115BY PCV-115CY 115 Volts 5 50
PCV-120/208AY PCV-120/208BY PCV-120/208CY 120/208 Volts 5 50
PCV-120AY PCV-120BY PCV-120CY 120 Volts 5 50
PCV-12470AY PCV-12470BY PCV-12470CY 12470 Volts 5 50
PCV-13200AY PCV-13200BY PCV-13200CY 13200 Volts 5 50
PCV-13800AY PCV-13800BY PCV-13800CY 13800 Volts 5 50
PCV-1PHAY PCV-1PHBY PCV-1PHCY Single Phase 5 50
PCV-208AY PCV-208BY PCV-208CY 208 Volts 5 50
PCV-220AY PCV-220BY PCV-220CY 220 Volts 5 50
PCV-2300AY PCV-2300BY PCV-2300CY 2300 Volts 5 50
PCV-230AY PCV-230BY PCV-230CY 230 Volts 5 50
PCV-2400AY PCV-2400BY PCV-2400CY 2400 Volts 5 50
PCV-240AY PCV-240BY PCV-240CY 240 Volts 5 50
PCV-24VDCBY 24 Volts DC 5 50
PCV-277/480AY PCV-277/480BY PCV-277/480CY 277/480 Volts 5 50
PCV-277AY PCV-277BY PCV-277CY 277 Volts 5 50
PCV-380AY PCV-380BY PCV-380CY 380 Volts 5 50
PCV-3PHAY PCV-3PHBY PCV-3PHCY Three Phase 5 50
PCV-415AY PCV-415BY PCV-415CY 415 Volts 5 50
PCV-4160AY PCV-4160BY PCV-4160CY 4160 Volts 5 50
PCV-440AY PCV-440BY PCV-440CY 440 Volts 5 50
PCV-460AY PCV-460BY PCV-460CY 460 Volts 5 50
PCV-480AY PCV-480BY PCV-480CY 480 Volts 5 50
PCV-600AY PCV-600BY PCV-600CY 600 Volts 5 50
PCV-BLANKAY PCV-BLANKBY PCV-BLANKCY Blank-No Legend 5 50
PCV-ESAY PCV-ESBY PCV-ESCY Emergency Service 5 50
PCV-FAAY PCV-FABY PCV-FACY Fire Alarm 5 50
PCV-FOAY PCV-FOBY PCV-FOCY Fiber Optic 5 50
PCV-FOCAY PCV-FOCBY PCV-FOCCY Fiber Optic Cable 5 50
PCV-MAINAY PCV-MAINBY PCV-MAINCY Main 5 50
PCV-TELEAY PCV-TELEBY PCV-TELECY Telephone 5 50
O.30 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Voltage and Fiber Optic Snap-On Markers (Non-Adhesive)
Part Number
Legend
Color
(Legend/Background)
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty. Style M Style R
PCV-120RY 120 Volts
Black/Orange
1 25
PCV-480RY 480 Volts 1 25
PCV-FOMY PCV-FORY Fiber Optic 1 25
Material Chart
Material Print Method
Temperature
Range Features
Polyester Pre-Printed -40F to 176F
(-40C to 80C)
Indoor/outdoor rated; pre-coiled material protects
legend from abrasion and chemicals; resistant to
UV light chemical atmosphere and abrasion.
Photoluminescent Tapes Thermal Transfer Printable
Used to mark egress routes, fire alarms, and
fire equipment that is clearly visible for up to
ten hours after power is lost
Absorb energy from ambient light and releases
this energy in the form of a glow when power
is lost
Can be used in Panduit thermal transfer
desktop printers to create direction arrow tape,
striped tape, or safety signs on demand
Panduit photoluminescent tapes meet or
exceed the following safety standard
specification for photoluminescent safety
markings including: ASTM E 2072-00,
ASTM E 2073-00, ASTM E 2030-99,
DIN67510-1, IMO Resolution A.752.18,
ISO/CD 15370, DIN 67510, UL924,
ASTM 162, ASTM 648, ASTM 662,
MIL-L-3891 B, NFPA 101 Life Safety Code,
OSHA 1910.37
Recommended for use with Photoluminescent
Safety Signs see page O.26 for
more information
Order number of rolls required.
Labels roll mounted on 3.00" cores; when using the TDP43ME thermal transfer desktop printer and 3.00" cores,
the roll stand (TDP43M-RS) is required.
Normal Lighting
Black Light
PT2S-RED
PT2S-ARW
PT2S-BLK
Material Chart
Material Print Method
Temperature
Range Features
Polyester,
Photoluminescent
(Y2)
Thermal Transfer
(T)
-40F to 230F
(-40C to 110C)
Indoor/outdoor rated; provides durability, high
temperature resistance and dimensional stability;
does not stretch or easily tear; after power is lost,
material emits glow that is clearly visible
for up to 10 hours.
Part Number Part Description
Width
Roll
Length
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty. In. mm Ft. m
Pre-Printed
PT2S-ARW Photoluminescent, polyester tape,
black arrow.
2.00 50.8 30.0 9.1 1 4
PT2S-BLK Photoluminescent, polyester tape,
black stripe.
2.00 50.8 30.0 9.1 1 4
PT2S-RED Photoluminescent, polyester tape,
red stripe.
2.00 50.8 30.0 9.1 1 4
Blank
T200X000Y2T Photoluminescent, polyester tape. 2.00 50.8 15.0 4.5 1 4
T400X000Y2T Photoluminescent, polyester tape. 4.00 101.6 15.0 4.5 1 4
Style
Width Height
Pipe/Conduit
O.D. Range
Markers
Per
Card In. mm In. mm In. mm
M 14.00 355.6 23.00 584.2 2.25 6.00 57.2 152.4 1
R 8.00 230.2 8.00 230.2 0.75 2.25 19.1 57.2 1
P.1 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
WIRING DUCT
Panduit
Panduct
Wiring Duct is designed to manage, protect, and conceal cabling. Available in a wide
selection of styles, sizes, colors and materials, Panduct
Type H Hinged
Cover Wiring Duct
(page P.5)
Fiber-Duct
Bend Radius
Control Trumpets
(page P.14)
Ultra-Cinch
Hook &
Loop Cable Tie Rolls
(page P.21)
1
2
3
4
1
2
5
3
6
7
P.3 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Wiring Duct for Cord Management at the Workstation Roadmap
Panduct
Type G
and H Wiring Duct
Wire Retainers
(page P.12)
Tak-Ty
Bend Radius
Control Strips
(page P.14)
5
GP6
PLUS
Punchdown System
(pages B.79 B.81)
6
8
1
4
9
Corrugated
Loom Tubing
(page P.51)
9
P.4 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Panduct
PanelMax
Noise Shield
Used within Panduit wiring duct or mounted separately,
PanelMax
PanelMax
Divider Wall
Wiring duct divider walls can be mounted inside any type
of Panduit PVC wiring duct to create multiple channels
Simply install the divider wall base when mounting the
duct and snap the divider wall onto the mounting base
accessory (shown below)
All versions snap onto DB-C mounting base
Divider wall heights 2" and greater have a scoreline
feature allowing sections to be removed leaving a smooth
edge
*Note: 1.5 x 1.5 duct uses 3/4" width tape.
P.14 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Panduct
Channels.
2.00 50.8 1 10
TRC4BL Bend radius control trumpet for exiting at
the sidewall of 4" wall heights of type G,
FS, or E Fiber-Duct
Channels.
4.00 101.6 1 10
TRC2HDBL Bend radius control trumpet for exiting
at the sidewall of 2" wall heights of type
H hinged cover wiring duct channels.
2.00 50.8 1 10
TRC4HDBL Bend radius control trumpet for exiting
at the sidewall of 4" wall heights of type
H hinged cover wiring duct channels.
4.00 101.6 1 10
All product color is black.
Create a strong rigid corner at wiring duct junctions
Provide bend radius protection for cabling as required in
NFPA 79-2007 section 13.1.5.9 and TIA/EIA-568-B
and 569-A
Available in 6 foot lengths that can be cut to size to meet
any size requirement
Easy to install two-piece design
Compatible with all styles of Panduit wiring duct
UL 94 flammability rating of V-0
Material: Lead-free PVC
Cutting Guide for Duct Corner Strips
*Cut-to-size measure fits into the flat area of the duct sidewall.
Part Number Part Description
For Duct Height
Color
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
(Pcs.)
Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
(Pcs.) In. mm
6' Lengths for use with all Types of PVC Wiring Duct
CSC1LG6 Cut-to-size 6 foot corner strip
with a 1" bend radius.
All sizes
(Cut to
height)*
All sizes
(Cut to
height)*
Light
Gray
6 120
Used with
Duct Height Cut-to-Size*
Used with Metric
Duct Height Cut-to-Size*
1 inch 0.47" (11.9) 25mm 0.43" (10.9)
1.5 inch 1.04" (26.4) 37mm 0.91" (23.1)
2 inch 1.23" (31.2) 50mm 1.39" (35.3)
2.5 inch 1.97" (50.0) 62mm 1.85" (47.0)
3 inch 2.27" (57.7) 75mm 2.38" (60.5)
4 inch 3.25" (82.5) 100mm 3.35" (85.1)
5 inch 4.47" (113.5)
P.15 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Panduct
Installation Tools
DCT easily cuts any Panduct
Duct and Cover DNT-100 notches sidewalls to bottom scoreline for tees
and corner junctions
DNT-100
Always use approved safety goggles when using any tools.
Panduct
Tak-Ty
X
Size Type Cross Section Package Size
Approx.
Maximum
Bundle
Dia. (In.)
M= Miniature
I = Intermediate
S = Standard
X = 10
Q = 25
C = 100
M = 1000
15R = 15' Roll
20R = 20' Roll
35R3 = 35' Rolls (3)
35RX = 35' Rolls (10)
75R = 75' Roll
Part Number System for Tak-Ty
X
Mount Type Size Package Size
UCT = Cinch Tie
UGCT = Grommet Cinch Tie
E = End Mount
C = Center Mount
Approx.
Maximum
Bundle
Dia. (In.)
X = 10
S
Cross Section
I = Intermediate
S = Standard
Part Number System for Ultra-Cinch
Roll
HLTT = Hook and Loop with non-slip applicator
Standard Packaging
Part Number Color
HLB2S-C 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
HLM-15R 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
HLS-15R 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
HLS-75R 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
HLS1.5S-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
HLS3S-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
HLS5S-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
HLSP1.5S-X 0,12
HLSP3S-X 0,12
HLSP5S-X 0,12
HLT2I-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
HLT3I-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
HLTP2I-X 0,12
HLTP3I-X 0,12
HLTT1.5S-C 20
HLTT1.5S-Q 20
TTS-20R 0
TTS-35RX 0
TTS-35R3 0
UCT3S-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
UCT5S-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
UGCTC3S-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
UGCTC5S-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
UGCTE3S-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
UGCTE5S-X 0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
Color
Panduit
Suffix Color
Panduit
Suffix
Black 0 Blue 6
Red 2 Gray 8
Orange 3 White 10
Yellow 4 Maroon 12
Green 5 Black (indoor) 20
P.25 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Elastomeric Cable Ties
Elastic material provides a flexible tie
body that safely contours around cable
bundle, preventing over-tensioning of data
cables to maintain network integrity
UL 94V-0 material provides greater flame
resistance; meets stringent
telecommunication flammability
requirements (such as
NEBS GR-63-CORE)
Soft material has no sharp edges;
protects the installer and the cable bundle
High coefficient of friction grips and
prevents lateral movement along
cable bundle
Releasable and re-usable to
accommodate frequent moves, adds,
and changes
Halogen-free, non-toxic, and
environmentally safe material will not
release toxic or corrosive gases
upon combustion
Locking head design; the tapered tip
threads into locking head to speed
productivity; industry-accepted intuitive
tie design
Part Number
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle Dia.
Min. Loop
Tensile Str.
Recommended
Installation
Tool
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty. In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
ERT2M-C20 8.50 216.0 0.50 12.7 0.09 2.3 2.35 59.7 18 80 Hand install only 100 1000
ERT3M-C20 11.00 279.0 0.50 12.7 0.09 2.3 3.00 76.2 18 80 Hand install only 100 1000
ERT4.5M-C20 16.00 406.0 0.50 12.7 0.09 2.3 4.50 114 18 80 Hand install only 100 1000
Material/Color
ERT 2 M
C
Size Cross Section Package Size
ERT = Elastomeric
Releasable Tie
Approx.
Maximum
Bundle
Dia. (In.)
M = Miniature C = 100 See chart
below
Type
Part Number System for Elastomeric Cable Ties
Material Color
Panduit
Suffix
TPU Black 20
Material and Color Chart
P.26
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
Contour-Ty
Cable Ties
Material and Color Chart
Part Number Availability List
Material/Color
CBR 2 S
M
Size Type Cross Section Package Size
CBR = Locking Tie Approx.
Maximum
Bundle
Dia. (In.)
M =Miniature
I =Intermediate
S =Standard
HS =Heavy-Standard
LH =Light-Heavy
C = 100
TL = 250
D = 500
M = 1000
See chart
below
Denotes Panduit Natural Nylon 6.6 (no suffix required).
Material Color
Panduit
Suffix Material Color
Panduit
Suffix
Nylon 6.6 Natural Nylon 6.6 Blue 6
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Black 0 Nylon 6.6 Purple 7
Nylon 6.6 Brown 1 Nylon 6.6 Gray 8
Nylon 6.6 Red 2 Nylon 6.6 White 10
Nylon 6.6 Orange 3 Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Black 30
Nylon 6.6 Yellow 4Y Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Natural 39
Nylon 6.6 Green 5 Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6 Natural (Ivory) 69
Bulk Packaging
Part Number
Natural
Nylon 6.6 Material/Color Suffix
CBR1M-M 0,30
CBR1.5M-M 0
CBR2M-M 0,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7
CBR1.5I-M 0,30
CBR3I-M 0,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10
CBR4I-M 0
CBR2S-M 0,30,39
CBR3S-M 0,30,69
CBR4S-M 0,30
CBR2HS-D 0
CBR4LH-TL 0,30
CBR6LH-C 0,30
P.28 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Pan-Ty
Distinctive
Maroon Color
UL Listed for use in plenum or air
handling spaces per NEC, Section
300-22 (C) and (D)
Low smoke density and excellent
flammability rating of UL 94V-0
Commonly accepted solution for
bundling qualified cable without
conduit in air handling
space applications
Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat
surfaces and allows faster initial
threading to speed installation
Aqua Blue 76
Metal Detectable Nylon Blue 86
Metal Detectable Polypropylene Blue 186
Weather Resistant Polypropylene Black 100
Polypropylene Green 109
Nylon 12 Black 120
Heat Stabilized Weather Black 300
Resistant Nylon 6.6
HALAR
Maroon 702Y
Material and Color Chart
C
Size Type Cross Section
Screw Hole Size
Package Size
PLT = Locking Tie
PLC = Locking Clamp
PLF = Locking Marker, Flag
PLM = Locking Marker, Wrap
Approx.
Maximum
Bundle
Dia. (In.)
SM=Subminiature
M =Miniature
I =Intermediate
S =Standard
LH =Light-Heavy
H =Heavy
EH =Extra-Heavy
(Clamp Ties Only)
-S4 = #4 (M2.5)
-S6 = #6 (M3)
-S8 = #8 (M4)
-S10= #10 (M5)
-S25= 1/4 (M6)
Q = 25
L = 50
C = 100
TL = 250
D = 500
M = 1000
See chart
below
Part Number System for Pan-Ty
Cable Ties
Standard Packaging Bulk Packaging
Part Number
Natural
Nylon 6.6 Material/Color Suffix Part Number
Natural
Nylon 6.6 Material/Color Suffix
PLC1M-S4-C 0 PLC1M-S4-M 0,30
PLC1.5I-S8-C 0 PLC1.5I-S8-M 0,30
PLC2S-S6-C 0 PLC2S-S6-M 0
PLC2S-S10-C 0,14 PLC2S-S10-M 0,20,30
PLC3S-S10-C 0 PLC3S-S10-M 0
PLC4S-S10-C 0 PLC4S-S10-M 0,30
PLC2H-S25-L PLC2H-S25-TL 0,30
PLC4H-S25-L 0 PLC4H-S25-TL 0,30
PLF1M-C 0 PLF1M-M 0,2,3,4Y,6,10,69
PLF1MA-C 3,4Y PLF1MA-M 0,2,3,4Y,5,6,10
PLF1MB-C PLF1MB-M
PLF1MC-M 3
PLM1M-C 0 PLM1M-M 0,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,69
PLM2M-C PLM2M-M 0,4Y,6
PLM2S-C 0,4Y PLM2S-D 0,2,3,4Y,5,6,8
PLM4S-C PLM4S-D 0,2,4Y,6
Part Number Availability List
P.32 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Material/Color Suffix
Natural
Nylon 6.6 Part Number Material/Color Suffix
Natural
Nylon 6.6 Part Number
Bulk Packaging Standard Packaging
PL2M2S-L 0 PL2M2S-D 0,4Y,10
PL3M2S-L PL3M2S-D 0,4Y
PLT.6SM-C 0 PLT.6SM-M 0,30
PLT.7M-C PLT.7M-M 0,30
PLT1M-C 0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,14,30,
76,86,186,702Y
PLT1M-M 0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,14,20,30,53,54,
55, 59,60,69,76,100,109,300,702Y
PLT1M-XMR 0,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,30
PLT1.5M-C 0 PLT1.5M-M 0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,14,20,30
PLT1.5M-XMR 0,00,30
PLT2M-C 0 PLT2M-M 0,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,20,30,69
PLT1.5I-C 0,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,20,30 PLT1.5I-M 0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,20,30,69,100,
109,120,300
PLT2I-C 0,14,30,76,86,186 PLT2I-M 0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,14,20,30,53,54,
55,59,69,76,300
PLT2.5I-C 0 PLT2.5I-M 0,20
PLT3I-C 0,14 PLT3I-M 0,2,3,4Y,5,6,8,10,14,20,30
PLT4I-C 0,14 PLT4I-M 0,2,5,6,14,20,30
PLT1S-C 0 PLT1S-M 0,30,38,300
PLT1.5S-C 0 PLT1.5S-M 0,30
PLT2S-C 0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,20,30,
71,76,86,702Y
PLT2S-M 0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,20,30,38,39,53,
54,55,59,60,69,71,76,100,109,120,
300,702Y
PLT2S-VMR 0,30
PLT2.5S-C 0 PLT2.5S-M 0,30
PLT3S-C 0,00,2,20,30,76,86,186,702Y PLT3S-M 0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,20,30,53,54,55,
59,76,100,109,702Y
PLT4S-C 0,00,2,3,4Y,5,6,8,20,30,76,86,
186
PLT4S-M 0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,14,20,30,69,76,
100,109,120,300
PLT4.5S-C 0 PLT4.5S-M 0
PLT5S-C 0 PLT5S-M 0,2,3,4Y,5,6,8,30
PLT6LH-L 0 PLT6LH-C 0
PLT7LH-L 0 PLT7LH-C 0,30
PLT8LH-L 0 PLT8LH-C 0,120
PLT8LH-Q 0
PLT9LH-L 0 PLT9LH-C 0,30
PLT10LH-L PLT10LH-C
PLT2H-L 0 PLT2H-TL 0,2,4Y,6,30,100,109,300
PLT2.5H-L 0 PLT2.5H-TL 0
PLT3H-L 0,76,86,186 PLT3H-TL 0,30,76,100,109
PLT4H-L 0,00,76,86,186 PLT4H-TL 0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,10,20,30,69,76,100,109,
120,300
PLT4H-C 0
PLT5H-L 0 PLT5H-C 0,30
PLT6H-L 0 PLT6H-C 0,30
PLT8H-L 0 PLT8H-C 0,00,30
PLT8H-L 0
PLT13H-Q 0 PLT13H-C 0,3
PLT2EH-Q 0 PLT2EH-C 0
PLT3EH-NB-C 0
PLT5EH-Q 0 PLT5EH-C 0
PLT5EH-NB-C 0
PLT6EH-Q 0 PLT6EH-C 0
PLT6EH-NB-C 0
PLT8EH-Q 0 PLT8EH-C 0
PLT10EH-Q 0 PLT10EH-C 0
PLT12EH-Q 0 PLT12EH-C 0
Pan-Ty
C
Size Type Cross Section Package Size
Material/Color Size Type Cross Section Package Size
DT = Locking Tie Approx.
Maximum
Bundle
Dia. (In.)
H =Heavy
EH =Extra-Heavy
Q = 25
L = 50
C = 100
See chart
below
See chart
below
Part Number System for Dura-Ty
Kit or
pocket pouch shown on the next page (sold separately)
Part Number Color
Length Width Thickness
Max.
Bundle Dia.
Min. Loop
Tensile Str.
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty. In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
PLT1M-L6-10 Blue/White Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L3-10 Orange/White Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L5-10 Green/White Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L1-10 Brown/White Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L8-10 Slate/White Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L6-2 Blue/Red Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L3-2 Orange/Red Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L5-2 Green/Red Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L1-2 Brown/Red Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L8-2 Slate/Red Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L6-0 Blue/Black Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L3-0 Orange/Black Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L5-0 Green/Black Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L1-0 Brown/Black Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L8-0 Slate/Black Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L6-4 Blue/Yellow Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L3-4 Orange/Yellow Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L5-4 Green/Yellow Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L1-4 Brown/Yellow Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L8-4 Slate/Yellow Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L6-7 Blue/Violet Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L3-7 Orange/Violet Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L5-7 Green/Violet Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L1-7 Brown/Violet Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L8-7 Slate/Violet Stripe 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L0 Black 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L1 Brown 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L2 Red 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L3 Orange 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L4Y Yellow 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L5 Green 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L6 Blue 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L8 Slate 4.0 102 .100 2.5 .036 .9 .82 21 18 80 50 1000
Note: CSA Certified on solid colors only.
P.37 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Telephone Cable Identification Kits
Pan-Pouch
PEEK
Metal
Detectable
Nylon
Metal
Detectable
Polypropylene
General
Purpose
ABS PVC
Color Natural Black Ivory Black/Green Black Blue Brown Blue Blue Black/
Natural
Gray/
White
Part Number
Suffix
None 30 69 100/109 120 76 71 86 186 None/20 8/10
Flammability
Rating UL 94
V2 V2 V0 HB HB V0 V0 HB HB HB V0
Radiation
Resistance
(Rads)
1x10
5
1x10
5
1x10
5
1x10
6
3.5x10
6
2x10
8
1x10
9
1x10
6
Water
Absorption
24 hours
ASTM D570
1.2% 1.2% 1.1% 0.1% 0.3% <0.03% 0.5% 1.2% 0.1% 0.43% 0.3%
Maximum
Continuous
Use
Temperature
UL 746B
185F
85C
239F
115C
212F
100C
239F
115C
194F
90C
338F
170C
500F
260C
Note 1
185F
85C
239F
115C
185F
85C
122F
50C
Minimum
Application
Use
Temperature
EN 50146
(Note 2)
-40F
-40C
-40F
-40C
-40F
-40C
-40F
-40C
-40F
-40C
-40F
-40C
-40F
-40C
-40F
-40C
-40F
-40C
-40F
-40C
-40F
-40C
Chemical Resistance
Salts
Hydrocarbons
(Oil,
Lubricants)
Chlorinated
Hydrocarbons
Acids
Bases
Acid Rain
P.47 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
ABRASION PROTECTION
Panduit abrasion protection products provide an economical and easy way to insulate, protect, bundle
and color-code components and cable. A wide variety of sizes and materials are available to meet a
broad range of indoor and outdoor applications. To help assure optimum quality, Panduit abrasion
protection products are designed and manufactured to meet applicable quality standards including
International, UL, Military, ISO, and Aerospace.
Pan-Wrap
Installation Tools
Patented installation tool with 180 opening allows easy loading of maximum bundle diameters to speed installation,
providing the lowest installed cost
*Order number of tools required.
Reel packaging may contain splices.
*Order number of reels required.
**Flame retardant products are manufactured from a material that is rated UL 94V-0 and RoHS compliant.
Contact Panduit Customer Service for additional sizes and materials available.
Spiral Wrap
Harness multiple cables into a single manageable bundle
Allows breakouts of single/multiple cables
Provides protection for cables
Multiple colors allow easy identification of cable bundles
Reusable
General purpose material for use up to 122F (50C);
Flame retardant material for use up to 167F (75C)
Installation tool supplied in each package
Outside diameter: 0.50" (12.7mm)
Wall Thickness: 0.06" (1.52mm)
Bundle range: 0.38" 4.00" (9.5mm 101.6mm)
Packaged on a 100' (30.5M) reel for easy handling and
dispensing of product
Part Number Material Color
Length
of Reel
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.* Ft. m
T50F-C Polyethylene Natural 100 30.5 1
T50F-C0 Weather Resistant Polyethylene Black 100 30.5 1
T50F-C1 Polyethylene Brown 100 30.5 1
T50F-C2 Polyethylene Red 100 30.5 1
T50F-C3Y Polyethylene Orange 100 30.5 1
T50F-C4Y Polyethylene Yellow 100 30.5 1
T50F-C5 Polyethylene Green 100 30.5 1
T50F-C6 Polyethylene Blue 100 30.5 1
T50F-C7 Polyethylene Purple 100 30.5 1
T50F-C8 Polyethylene Gray 100 30.5 1
T50F-C10 Polyethylene White 100 30.5 1
T50F-C16 Polyethylene Pink 100 30.5 1
T50FR-CY** Flame Retardant Polyethylene White 100 30.5 1
T50FR-C20Y** Flame Retardant Polyethylene Black 100 30.5 1
Part Number Color For Use With
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.*
PWT38 White PW38F- Series 1
PWT50 White PW50F- Series 1
PWT75 White PW75F- Series 1
PWT100 White PW100F- Series 1
PWT150 White PW150F- Series 1
P.50 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Fray Resistant Braided Expandable Sleeving
Fray-resistant design resists fraying when cut with scissors
Provides continuous abrasion protection resistance for
wires, cables, and tubing
For indoor use only
Material: Polyethylene Terephthalate
Rated for use up to 257F (125C)
Reel packaging may contain splices. Contact Panduit Customer Service for further information.
Heat Shrink Flame Retardant End Caps
Applications include insulating and protecting wires
and cables
Adhesive lined inner wall seals and provides excellent
protection against moisture
Voltage rating of 600 V
Shrink ratio: 3:1
Temperature range: -67F to 230F (-55C to 110C)
Material: Adhesive lined black flame retardant
cross-linked Polyolefin
Braided Expandable Sleeving Polyethylene Terephthalate (PET)
Provides continuous abrasion protection for wires, cables,
hoses, and tubing
Highly flexible open weave will not trap heat or humidity
Allows for use with irregular shapes
Lightweight, durable protection
Rated for use up to 257F (125C)
Compliant with U.S. and European passenger
rail standards
Reel packaging may contain splices. Contact Panduit Customer Service for further information.
Part Number Color
Nominal I.D. Nominal Diameter Range
Length
per reel
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty. In. mm In. mm Ft. m
SE12P-TR0 Black 0.12 3.2 0.094 0.250 2.4 6.4 200 61.0 1 4
SE25P-TR0 Black 0.25 6.4 0.125 0.375 3.2 9.5 200 61.0 1 4
SE38P-TR0 Black 0.38 9.5 0.188 0.500 4.8 15.9 200 61.0 1 4
SE50P-CR0 Black 0.50 12.7 0.250 0.750 6.4 19.1 100 30.5 1 4
SE75P-CR0 Black 0.75 19.1 0.500 1.25 12.7 31.8 100 30.5 1 4
SE125P-LR0 Black 1.25 31.8 0.750 1.50 19.1 38.1 50 15.2 1 4
SE150P-LR0 Black 1.50 38.1 1.00 2.13 25.4 54.0 50 15.2 1 4
SE175P-TR0 Black 1.75 44.5 1.25 2.75 31.8 69.9 200 61.0 1 2
Part Number Color
Nominal
I.D.
Nominal
Diameter Range
Length
Per Reel
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty. In. mm In. mm Ft. m
SE12PSC-TR0 Black 0.12 3.2 0.13 0.25 3.2 6.4 200 61.0 1 4
SE25PSC-TR0 Black 0.25 6.4 0.16 0.44 4.0 11.1 200 61.0 1 4
SE38PSC-TR0 Black 0.38 9.5 0.19 0.63 4.8 15.9 200 61.0 1 4
SE50PSC-CR0 Black 0.50 12.7 0.25 0.75 6.4 19.1 100 30.5 1 4
SE75PSC-CR0 Black 0.75 19.1 0.63 1.0 15.9 25.4 100 30.5 1 4
SE125PSC-LR0 Black 1.25 31.8 1.0 1.5 25.4 38.1 50 15.2 1 4
SE150PSC-LR0 Black 1.50 38.1 1.3 2.0 31.8 50.8 50 15.2 1 4
Part Number
Min.
Expanded
I.D.
Max.
Recovered
I.D.
Nominal Recovered
Wall Thickness Cap Length
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
Std.
Ctn.
Qty. In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm
HSECFR0.5-XY 0.51 13.0 0.16 4.1 0.09 2.3 2.5 63.5 10 100
HSECFR0.8-XY 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.09 2.3 2.5 63.5 10 100
HSECFR1.0-XY 1.10 27.9 0.35 8.9 0.12 3.0 3.0 76.2 10 100
HSECFR1.5-5Y 1.50 38.1 0.47 11.9 0.16 4.1 3.5 88.9 5 50
HSECFR2.0-5Y 2.00 50.8 0.63 16.0 0.16 4.1 3.5 88.9 5 50
P.51 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Corrugated Loom Tubing
Provides protection for cables
For indoor use only
Material: Polyethylene
Temperature Range: -40F to 122F (-40C to 50C)
Reel packaging may contain splices.
* Order number of reels required.
Contact Panduit Customer Service for additional sizes, materials, colors and bulk packaging.
**Designated parts packaged in dispenser carton, not on reel.
Part Number Color
Inside Diameter Outside Diameter
Length
of Reel
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.* In. mm In. mm Ft. m
Slit Wall
CLT25F-C3** Orange 0.28 7.0 0.40 10.1 100 30.5 1
CLT38F-C3 Orange 0.42 10.5 0.56 14.1 100 30.5 1
CLT50F-C3 Orange 0.51 12.8 0.67 17.0 100 30.5 1
CLT75F-C3 Orange 0.76 19.3 0.94 23.8 100 30.5 1
CLT100F-C3 Orange 0.92 23.2 1.09 27.7 100 30.5 1
CLT125F-L3 Orange 1.29 32.8 1.50 38.1 50 15.2 1
CLT150F-X3 Orange 1.48 37.6 1.73 43.9 10 3.1 1
CLT188F-X3 Orange 1.88 47.8 2.17 55.1 10 3.1 1
CLT25F-C20** Black 0.28 7.0 0.40 10.1 100 30.5 1
CLT38F-C20 Black 0.42 10.5 0.56 14.1 100 30.5 1
CLT50F-C20 Black 0.51 12.8 0.67 17.0 100 30.5 1
CLT75F-C20 Black 0.76 19.3 0.94 23.8 100 30.5 1
CLT100F-C20 Black 0.92 23.2 1.09 27.7 100 30.5 1
CLT125F-L20 Black 1.29 32.8 1.50 38.1 50 15.2 1
CLT150F-T20 Black 1.48 37.6 1.73 43.9 200 61.0 1
CLT150F-X20 Black 1.48 37.6 1.73 43.9 10 3.0 1
CLT188F-X20 Black 1.88 47.8 2.17 55.1 10 3.1 1
CLT150F-X4 Yellow 1.48 37.6 1.73 43.9 10 3.1 1
CLT188F-X4 Yellow 1.88 47.8 2.17 55.1 10 3.1 1
Solid Wall
CLTS25F-C3** Orange 0.28 7.0 0.40 10.1 100 30.5 1
CLTS38F-C3 Orange 0.42 10.5 0.56 14.1 100 30.5 1
CLTS50F-C3 Orange 0.51 12.8 0.67 17.0 100 30.5 1
CLTS75F-C3 Orange 0.76 19.3 0.94 23.8 100 30.5 1
CLTS100F-C3 Orange 0.92 23.2 1.09 27.7 100 30.5 1
CLTS125F-L3 Orange 1.29 32.8 1.50 38.1 50 15.2 1
CLTS150F-D3 Orange 1.48 37.6 1.73 43.9 500 152.4 1
CLTS25F-C** Black 0.28 7.0 0.40 10.1 100 30.5 1
CLTS38F-C Black 0.42 10.5 0.56 14.1 100 30.5 1
CLTS50F-C Black 0.51 12.8 0.67 17.0 100 30.5 1
CLTS75F-C Black 0.76 19.3 0.94 23.8 100 30.5 1
CLTS100F-C Black 0.92 23.2 1.09 27.7 100 30.5 1
CLTS125F-L Black 1.29 32.8 1.50 38.1 50 15.2 1
P.52 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
Grommet Edging
Adhesive lining ensures product stays in place
Slotted wall product used on irregularly shaped and round
panel holes
Solid wall product used on straight panels
Highly flexible material
General purpose material for use up to 122F (50C)
Flame retardant material for use up to 167F (75C)
Packaged on a 100' (30.5m) reel for easy handling and
dispensing of product
*Flame retardant products are manufactured from a material that is rated UL 94V-0 and RoHS compliant.
Reel packaging may contain splices. Order the number of reels required.
Part Number
Width Height
Material Color
Panel Thickness Range
Std.
Pkg.
Qty. In. mm In. mm In. mm
Slotted Adhesive Lined
GEE62F-A-C 0.13 3.3 0.16 4.1 Polyethylene Natural 0.036 0.062 0.9 1.6 1
GEE62F-A-C0 0.13 3.3 0.16 4.1 Weather Resistant
Polyethylene
Black 0.036 0.062 0.9 1.6 1
GEE99F-A-C 0.17 4.3 0.19 4.7 Polyethylene Natural 0.062 0.099 1.6 2.5 1
GEE99F-A-C0 0.17 4.3 0.19 4.7 Weather Resistant
Polyethylene
Black 0.062 0.099 1.6 2.5 1
GEE144F-A-C 0.21 5.4 0.22 5.6 Polyethylene Natural 0.099 0.144 2.5 3.7 1
GEE144F-A-C0 0.21 5.4 0.22 5.6 Weather Resistant
Polyethylene
Black 0.099 0.144 2.5 3.7 1
Solid Adhesive Lined Use on straight edges only
GES62F-A-C 0.13 3.3 0.16 4.1 Polyethylene Natural 0.036 0.062 0.9 1.6 1
GES62F-A-C0 0.13 3.3 0.16 4.1 Weather Resistant
Polyethylene
Black 0.036 0.062 0.9 1.6 1
GES99F-A-C 0.17 4.3 0.19 4.7 Polyethylene Natural 0.062 0.099 1.6 2.5 1
GES99F-A-C0 0.17 4.3 0.19 4.7 Weather Resistant
Polyethylene
Black 0.062 0.099 1.6 2.5 1
GES144F-A-C 0.21 5.4 0.22 5.6 Polyethylene Natural 0.099 0.144 2.5 3.7 1
GES144F-A-C0 0.21 5.4 0.22 5.6 Weather Resistant
Polyethylene
Black 0.099 0.144 2.5 3.7 1
Slotted (without adhesive)
GEE36FR-CY* 0.11 2.7 0.12 3.0 Flame Retardant
Polyethylene
Natural 0.026 0.036 0.7 0.9 1
GEE62FR-CY* 0.13 3.3 0.16 4.1 Flame Retardant
Polyethylene
Natural 0.036 0.062 0.9 1.6 1
GEE99FR-CY* 0.17 4.3 0.19 4.7 Flame Retardant
Polyethylene
Natural 0.062 0.099 1.6 2.5 1
GEE144FR-CY* 0.21 5.4 0.22 5.6 Flame Retardant
Polyethylene
Natural 0.099 0.144 2.5 3.7 1
Solid (without adhesive) Use on straight edges only
GES36FR-CY* 0.11 2.7 0.12 3.0 Flame Retardant
Polyethylene
Natural 0.026 0.036 0.7 0.9 1
GES62FR-CY* 0.13 3.3 0.16 4.1 Flame Retardant
Polyethylene
Natural 0.036 0.062 0.9 1.6 1
GES99FR-CY* 0.17 4.3 0.19 4.7 Flame Retardant
Polyethylene
Natural 0.062 0.099 1.6 2.5 1
GES144FR-CY* 0.21 5.4 0.22 5.6 Flame Retardant
Polyethylene
Natural 0.099 0.144 2.5 3.7 1
Q.1 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Index by Name
System Overview
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A.1
Solutions Roadmap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A.2 A.3
Unified Physical Infrastructure
SM
Approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A.4
Solutions that Enable Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A.5
Physical Infrastructure Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A.5
Power Over Ethernet (PoE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A.6
10 Gigabit Ethernet Over Copper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A.7
10 Gigabit Ethernet and Fibre Channel Over Fiber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A.8
Fiber Optic Storage Networking Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A.9
Pre-Terminated Copper and Fiber Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A.10
Faster Implementation with Pre-Configured Physical Infrastructures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A.11
Network Grounding and Bonding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A.12
Physical Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A.13
Connected Building Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A.14
Multi-Dwelling/Multi-Tenant Unit Media Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A.15
Wireless Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A.16
Ultimate ID
10Gig
10Gig
TX6A
10Gig
TX6A
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
and TX6A-SD
10Gig
TX6A
10Gig
TX6A
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
10Gig
TX6
TX6
TX6
Ultimate ID
TX6
TX6
TX6
TX6
TX5e
TX5e
TX5e
TX5e
TX5e
TX5e
Mini-Jack
Mini-Jack
Ultimate ID
Ultimate ID
QuickNet
10Gig
10Gig
Multimode 62.5/125m (OM1) or 50/125m (OM2) Fiber Optic Patch Cords and Pigtails . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C.65 C.66
Cable Self-Laminating Labels for Opti-Core
Singlemode 9/125m (OS1/OS2) Fiber Optic Patch Cords and Pigtails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C.68 C.69
Cable Self-Laminating Labels for Opti-Core
Singlemode 9/125m (OS1/OS2) Fiber Optic Patch Cords and Pigtails . . . . . . .C.70
Opti-Core
APC 9/125m (OS1/OS2) Fiber Optic Patch Cords and Pigtails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C.71
Cable Self-Laminating Labels for Opti-Core
APC 9/125m (OS1/OS2) Fiber Optic Patch Cords and Pigtails . . . . . . . . . . . . .C.71
Keyed Opti-Core
10Gig
50/125m (OM3) Fiber Optic Patch Cords and Pigtails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C.72 C.74
Cable Self-Laminating Labels for Keyed Opti-Core
10Gig
Multimode 62.5/125m (OM1) or 50/125m (OM2) Fiber Optic Patch Cords and Pigtails . . . . . . . . .C.75 C.77
Cable Self-Laminating Labels for Keyed Opti-Core
Ultimate ID
Classic Series Sloped Faceplates with Label and Label Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G.4
Component Labels for Mini-Com
Classic Series Sloped Faceplates with Label and Label Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G.4
Mini-Com
Ultimate ID
Ultimate ID
Ultimate ID
Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G.15
Component Labels for Mini-Com
Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G.15
Mini-Com
Ultimate ID
Ultimate ID
Ultimate ID
Ultimate ID
Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G.27
Ultimate ID
(PIM
QuikLock
Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .J.4
24x4 FiberRunner
QuikLock
Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .J.13
12x4 FiberRunner
QuikLock
Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .J.26
6x4 FiberRunner
QuikLock
Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .J.41
4x4 FiberRunner
QuikLock
Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .J.53
2x2 FiberRunner
Spillouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .J.61
Fiber-Duct
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .J.62
Fiber-Duct
Waterfalls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .J.68
Wyr-Grid
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .J.70
Wyr-Grid
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .J.71
StructuredGround
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .J.72
Wyr-Grid
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .J.79
Surface Raceway
Surface Raceway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .K.1
Panduit
Pan-Way
Pan-Way
Mini-Com
Ultimate ID
Ultimate ID
Mini-Com
Modules . . . . .K.22
Pan-Way
Mini-Com
Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .K.23
Component Labels for Pan-Way
Mini-Com
Modules . . . . . . . . . .K.24
Pan-Way
Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .L.27
Basic Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .L.27
Standard Density Cable Management Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .L.28
Vertical Patch Cable Management Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .L.29
High Density Cable Management Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .L.30
Configuration for Vertical Exhaust Duct and High Density Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .L.31
Vertical Exhaust Ducting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .L.31
Net-SERV
High Capacity Vertical Cable Management System Cable Capacity Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .L.65
PatchRunner
Standoffs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .L.88
Bundle Retainers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .L.88
Cable Management Accessories Roadmap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .L.89
Cool Boot
TX6
Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .N.5
IndustrialNet
TX6
Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .N.5
Represents new product offering.
Q.11 www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S. and Canada, see back cover).
A.
System
Overview
B.
Copper
Systems
C.
Fiber
Optic
Systems
D.
Power
over
Ethernet
E.
Zone
Cabling
F.
Wireless
G.
Outlets
H.
Media
Distribution
I.
Physical
Infrastructure
Management
J.
Overhead &
Underfloor
Routing
K.
Surface
Raceway
L.
Cabinets,
Racks &
Cable
Management
M.
Grounding &
Bonding
N.
Industrial
O.
Labeling &
Identification
P.
Cable
Management
Accessories
Q.
Index
PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE SYSTEMS
Index by Name
Represents new product offering.
IndustrialNet
TX6
TX5e
Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .N.6
IndustrialNet
TX5e
Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .N.7
IndustrialNet
TX5e
TX5e
Turn-Tell
LS8E or Cougar
Ultimate ID
PanelMax
PanelMax
Pan-Net
Performance Guarantee
All Panduit
Pan-Net
Pan-Net
Pan-Net
product line.
THIS GUARANTEE IS MADE IN LIEU OF AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE ARE SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDED. Neither seller nor manufacturer shall be liable for any other injury, loss or damage, whether
direct or consequential. Before using, user shall determine the suitability of the product for its intended use and user assumes all risk and liability
whatsoever in connection therewith. The foregoing may not be altered except by an agreement signed by officers of seller and manufacturer.
Note: All networks shall be installed per applicable standards and manufacturers guidelines.
1. Meet all TIA/EIA commercial building wiring standards.
2. Panduit categorized product must be used in conjunction with an equivalent
or higher Category UL or ETL verified cable.
3. Panduit products must be installed per appropriate Panduit instruction sheets.
10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (IEEE 802.3)
100 Base FX
100 Base 4
100 Base TX
4/16 Mbps Token Ring (IEEE 802.5)
155, 622, 1.25 Gbps ATM
SONET
FDDI/CDDI
10G Ethernet
FOIRL
TPDDI
32 Mbps Token Ring
IBM System 3x-AS/400
Appletalk
ISDN
Panduit is a global leader in cabling and communication products,
delivering end-to-end solutions in support of
demanding electrical and networking requirements.
Panduit Catalogs
Cable Ties
Cable Accessories
Stainless Steel
Wiring Duct
Surface Raceway
Abrasion Protection
Cable Management
Terminals
Power and Grounding Connectors
Labeling System
Labels
Pre-Printed and Write-On Markers
Lockout/Tagout and Safety Solutions
Electrical Solutions
SA-ELCB10